About GPO   |   Newsroom/Media   |   Congressional Relations   |   Inspector General   |   Careers   |   Contact   |   askGPO   |   Help  
 
Home   |   Customers   |   Vendors   |   Libraries  

The Electronic Code of Federal Regulations (e-CFR) is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation of CFR material and Federal Register amendments produced by the National Archives and Records Administration's Office of the Federal Register (OFR) and the Government Printing Office.

Parallel Table of Authorities and Rules for the Code of Federal Regulations and the United States Code
Text | PDF

Find, review, and submit comments on Federal rules that are open for comment and published in the Federal Register using Regulations.gov.

Purchase individual CFR titles from the U.S. Government Online Bookstore.

Find issues of the CFR (including issues prior to 1996) at a local Federal depository library.

[1]
 
 

Electronic Code of Federal Regulations

e-CFR Data is current as of August 29, 2014

Title 40Chapter ISubchapter C → Part 63


Title 40: Protection of Environment


PART 63—NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES (CONTINUED)


Contents

Subpart AA—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Phosphoric Acid Manufacturing Plants

§63.600   Applicability.
§63.601   Definitions.
§63.602   Standards for existing sources.
§63.603   Standards for new sources.
§63.604   Operating requirements.
§63.605   Monitoring requirements.
§63.606   Performance tests and compliance provisions.
§63.607   Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.
§63.608   Applicability of general provisions.
§63.609   Compliance dates.
§63.610   Exemption from new source performance standards.
§63.611   Implementation and enforcement.
Appendix A to Subpart AA of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart AA

Subpart BB—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Phosphate Fertilizers Production Plants

§63.620   Applicability.
§63.621   Definitions.
§63.622   Standards for existing sources.
§63.623   Standards for new sources.
§63.624   Operating requirements.
§63.625   Monitoring requirements.
§63.626   Performance tests and compliance provisions.
§63.627   Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.
§63.628   Applicability of general provisions.
§63.629   Miscellaneous requirements.
§63.630   Compliance dates.
§63.631   Exemption from new source performance standards.
§63.632   Implementation and enforcement.
Appendix A to Subpart BB of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart BB

Subpart CC—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Petroleum Refineries

§63.640   Applicability and designation of affected source.
§63.641   Definitions.
§63.642   General standards.
§63.643   Miscellaneous process vent provisions.
§63.644   Monitoring provisions for miscellaneous process vents.
§63.645   Test methods and procedures for miscellaneous process vents.
§63.646   Storage vessel provisions.
§63.647   Wastewater provisions.
§63.648   Equipment leak standards.
§63.649   Alternative means of emission limitation: Connectors in gas/vapor service and light liquid service.
§63.650   Gasoline loading rack provisions.
§63.651   Marine tank vessel loading operation provisions.
§63.652   Emissions averaging provisions.
§63.653   Monitoring, recordkeeping, and implementation plan for emissions averaging.
§63.654   Heat exchange systems.
§63.655   Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
§63.656   Implementation and enforcement.
§§63.657-63.679   [Reserved]
Appendix to Subpart CC of Part 63—Tables

Subpart DD—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Off-Site Waste and Recovery Operations

§63.680   Applicability and designation of affected sources.
§63.681   Definitions.
§63.682   [Reserved]
§63.683   Standards: General.
§63.684   Standards: Off-site material treatment.
§63.685   Standards: Tanks.
§63.686   Standards: Oil-water and organic-water separators.
§63.687   Standards: Surface impoundments.
§63.688   Standards: Containers.
§63.689   Standards: Transfer systems.
§63.690   Standards: Process vents.
§63.691   Standards: Equipment leaks.
§63.692   [Reserved]
§63.693   Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.
§63.694   Testing methods and procedures.
§63.695   Inspection and monitoring requirements.
§63.696   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.697   Reporting requirements.
§63.698   Implementation and enforcement.
Table 1 to Subpart DD of Part 63—List of Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAP) for Subpart DD
Table 2 to Subpart DD of Part 63—Applicability of Paragraphs in Subpart A of This Part 63—General Provisions to Subpart DD
Table 3 to Subpart DD of Part 63—Tank Control Levels for Tanks at Existing Affected Sources as Required by 40 CFR 63.685(b)(1)
Table 4 to Subpart DD of Part 63—Tank Control Levels for Tanks at New Affected Sources as Required by 40 CFR 63.685(b)(2)

Subpart EE—National Emission Standards for Magnetic Tape Manufacturing Operations

§63.701   Applicability.
§63.702   Definitions.
§63.703   Standards.
§63.704   Compliance and monitoring requirements.
§63.705   Performance test methods and procedures to determine initial compliance.
§63.706   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.707   Reporting requirements.
§63.708   Implementation and enforcement.
Table 1 to Subpart EE of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart EE

Subpart FF [Reserved]

Subpart GG—National Emission Standards for Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities

§63.741   Applicability and designation of affected sources.
§63.742   Definitions.
§63.743   Standards: General.
§63.744   Standards: Cleaning operations.
§63.745   Standards: Primer and topcoat application operations.
§63.746   Standards: Depainting operations.
§63.747   Standards: Chemical milling maskant application operations.
§63.748   Standards: Handling and storage of waste.
§63.749   Compliance dates and determinations.
§63.750   Test methods and procedures.
§63.751   Monitoring requirements.
§63.752   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.753   Reporting requirements.
§§63.754-63.758   [Reserved]
§63.759   Implementation and enforcement.
Table 1 to Subpart GG of Part 63—General Provisions Applicability to Subpart GG
Appendix A to Subpart GG of Part 63—Specialty Coating Definitions

Subpart HH—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Oil and Natural Gas Production Facilities

§63.760   Applicability and designation of affected source.
§63.761   Definitions.
§63.762   Affirmative defense for violations of emission standards during malfunction.
§63.763   [Reserved]
§63.764   General standards.
§63.765   Glycol dehydration unit process vent standards.
§63.766   Storage vessel standards.
§§63.767-63.768   [Reserved]
§63.769   Equipment leak standards.
§63.770   [Reserved]
§63.771   Control equipment requirements.
§63.772   Test methods, compliance procedures, and compliance demonstrations.
§63.773   Inspection and monitoring requirements.
§63.774   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.775   Reporting requirements.
§63.776   Implementation and enforcement.
§63.777   Alternative means of emission limitation.
§§63.778-63.779   [Reserved]
Appendix to Subpart HH of Part 63—Tables

Subpart II—National Emission Standards for Shipbuilding and Ship Repair (Surface Coating)

§63.780   Relationship of subpart II to subpart A of this part.
§63.781   Applicability.
§63.782   Definitions.
§63.783   Standards.
§63.784   Compliance dates.
§63.785   Compliance procedures.
§63.786   Test methods and procedures.
§63.787   Notification requirements.
§63.788   Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
§63.789   Implementation and enforcement.
Table 1 to Subpart II of Part 63—General Provisions of Applicability to Subpart II
Table 2 to Subpart II of Part 63—Volatile Organic HAP (VOHAP) Limits for Marine Coatings
Table 3 to Subpart II of Part 63—Summary of Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements
Appendix A to Subpart II of Part 63—VOC Data Sheet
Appendix B to Subpart II of Part 63—Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Subpart JJ—National Emission Standards for Wood Furniture Manufacturing Operations

§63.800   Applicability.
§63.801   Definitions.
§63.802   Emission limits.
§63.803   Work practice standards.
§63.804   Compliance procedures and monitoring requirements.
§63.805   Performance test methods.
§63.806   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.807   Reporting requirements.
§63.808   Implementation and enforcement.
§§63.809-63.819   [Reserved]
Table 1 to Subpart JJ of Part 63—General Provisions Applicability to Subpart JJ
Table 2 to Subpart JJ of Part 63—List of Volatile Hazardous Air Pollutants
Table 3 to Subpart JJ of Part 63—Summary of Emission Limits
Table 4 to Subpart JJ of Part 63—Pollutants Excluded From Use in Cleaning and Washoff Solvents
Table 5 to Subpart JJ of Part 63—List of VHAP of Potential Concern Identified by Industry
Table 6 to Subpart JJ of Part 63—VHAP of Potential Concern

Subpart KK—National Emission Standards for the Printing and Publishing Industry

§63.820   Applicability.
§63.821   Designation of affected sources.
§63.822   Definitions.
§63.823   Standards: General.
§63.824   Standards: Publication rotogravure printing.
§63.825   Standards: Product and packaging rotogravure and wide-web flexographic printing.
§63.826   Compliance dates.
§63.827   Performance test methods.
§63.828   Monitoring requirements.
§63.829   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.830   Reporting requirements.
§63.831   Implementation and enforcement.
§§63.832-63.839   [Reserved]
Table 1 to Subpart KK of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart KK
Appendix A to Subpart KK of Part 63—Data Quality Objective and Lower Confidence Limit Approaches for Alternative Capture Efficiency Protocols and Test Methods

Subpart LL—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

§63.840   Applicability.
§63.841   Incorporation by reference.
§63.842   Definitions.
§63.843   Emission limits for existing sources.
§63.844   Emission limits for new or reconstructed sources.
§63.845   Incorporation of new source performance standards for potroom groups.
§63.846   Emission averaging.
§63.847   Compliance provisions.
§63.848   Emission monitoring requirements.
§63.849   Test methods and procedures.
§63.850   Notification, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements.
§63.851   Regulatory authority review procedures.
§63.852   Applicability of general provisions.
§63.853   Implementation and enforcement.
§§63.854-63.859   [Reserved]
Table 1 to Subpart LL of Part 63—Potline TF Limits for Emission Averaging
Table 2 to Subpart LL of Part 63—Potline POM Limits for Emission Averaging
Table 3 to Subpart LL of Part 63—Anode Bake Furnace Limits for Emission Averaging
Appendix A to Subpart LL of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions

Subpart MM—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Chemical Recovery Combustion Sources at Kraft, Soda, Sulfite, and Stand-Alone Semichemical Pulp Mills

§63.860   Applicability and designation of affected source.
§63.861   Definitions.
§63.862   Standards.
§63.863   Compliance dates.
§63.864   Monitoring requirements.
§63.865   Performance test requirements and test methods.
§63.866   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.867   Reporting requirements.
§63.868   Delegation of authority.
Table 1 to Subpart MM of Part 63—General Provisions Applicability to Subpart MM

Subpart OO—National Emission Standards for Tanks—Level 1

§63.900   Applicability.
§63.901   Definitions.
§63.902   Standards—Tank fixed roof.
§§63.903-63.904   [Reserved]
§63.905   Test methods and procedures.
§63.906   Inspection and monitoring requirements.
§63.907   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.908   Implementation and enforcement.

Subpart PP—National Emission Standards for Containers

§63.920   Applicability.
§63.921   Definitions.
§63.922   Standards—Container Level 1 controls.
§63.923   Standards—Container Level 2 controls.
§63.924   Standards—Container Level 3 controls.
§63.925   Test methods and procedures.
§63.926   Inspection and monitoring requirements.
§63.927   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.928   Reporting requirements.
§63.929   Implementation and enforcement.

Subpart QQ—National Emission Standards for Surface Impoundments

§63.940   Applicability.
§63.941   Definitions.
§63.942   Standards—Surface impoundment floating membrane cover.
§63.943   Standards—Surface impoundment vented to control device.
§63.944   [Reserved]
§63.945   Test methods and procedures.
§63.946   Inspection and monitoring requirements.
§63.947   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.948   Reporting requirements.
§63.949   Implementation and enforcement.

Subpart RR—National Emission Standards for Individual Drain Systems

§63.960   Applicability.
§63.961   Definitions.
§63.962   Standards.
§63.963   [Reserved]
§63.964   Inspection and monitoring requirements.
§63.965   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.966   Reporting requirements.
§63.967   Implementation and enforcement.

Subpart SS—National Emission Standards for Closed Vent Systems, Control Devices, Recovery Devices and Routing to a Fuel Gas System or a Process

§63.980   Applicability.
§63.981   Definitions.
§63.982   Requirements.
§63.983   Closed vent systems.
§63.984   Fuel gas systems and processes to which storage vessel, transfer rack, or equipment leak regulated material emissions are routed.
§63.985   Nonflare control devices used to control emissions from storage vessels and low throughput transfer racks.
§63.986   Nonflare control devices used for equipment leaks only.
§63.987   Flare requirements.
§63.988   Incinerators, boilers, and process heaters.
§63.989   [Reserved]
§63.990   Absorbers, condensers, and carbon adsorbers used as control devices.
§63.991   [Reserved]
§63.992   Implementation and enforcement.
§63.993   Absorbers, condensers, carbon adsorbers and other recovery devices used as final recovery devices.
§63.994   Halogen scrubbers and other halogen reduction devices.
§63.995   Other control devices.
§63.996   General monitoring requirements for control and recovery devices.
§63.997   Performance test and compliance assessment requirements for control devices.
§63.998   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.999   Notifications and other reports.

Subpart TT—National Emission Standards for Equipment Leaks—Control Level 1

§63.1000   Applicability.
§63.1001   Definitions.
§63.1002   Compliance assessment.
§63.1003   Equipment identification.
§63.1004   Instrument and sensory monitoring for leaks.
§63.1005   Leak repair.
§63.1006   Valves in gas and vapor service and in light liquid service standards.
§63.1007   Pumps in light liquid service standards.
§63.1008   Connectors in gas and vapor service and in light liquid service standards.
§63.1009   Agitators in gas and vapor service and in light liquid service standards.
§63.1010   Pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy liquid service; pressure relief devices in liquid service; and instrumentation systems standards.
§63.1011   Pressure relief devices in gas and vapor service standards.
§63.1012   Compressor standards.
§63.1013   Sampling connection systems standards.
§63.1014   Open-ended valves or lines standards.
§63.1015   Closed vent systems and control devices; or emissions routed to a fuel gas system or process.
§63.1016   Alternative means of emission limitation: Enclosed-vented process units.
§63.1017   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.1018   Reporting requirements.

Subpart UU—National Emission Standards for Equipment Leaks—Control Level 2 Standards

§63.1019   Applicability.
§63.1020   Definitions.
§63.1021   Alternative means of emission limitation.
§63.1022   Equipment identification.
§63.1023   Instrument and sensory monitoring for leaks.
§63.1024   Leak repair.
§63.1025   Valves in gas and vapor service and in light liquid service standards.
§63.1026   Pumps in light liquid service standards.
§63.1027   Connectors in gas and vapor service and in light liquid service standards.
§63.1028   Agitators in gas and vapor service and in light liquid service standards.
§63.1029   Pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy liquid service; pressure relief devices in liquid service; and instrumentation systems standards.
§63.1030   Pressure relief devices in gas and vapor service standards.
§63.1031   Compressors standards.
§63.1032   Sampling connection systems standards.
§63.1033   Open-ended valves or lines standards.
§63.1034   Closed vent systems and control devices; or emissions routed to a fuel gas system or process standards.
§63.1035   Quality improvement program for pumps.
§63.1036   Alternative means of emission limitation: Batch processes.
§63.1037   Alternative means of emission limitation: Enclosed-vented process units or affected facilities.
§63.1038   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.1039   Reporting requirements.
Table 1 to Subpart UU of Part 63—Batch Processes Monitoring Frequency For Equipment Other Than Connectors

Subpart VV—National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators

§63.1040   Applicability.
§63.1041   Definitions.
§63.1042   Standards—Separator fixed roof.
§63.1043   Standards—Separator floating roof.
§63.1044   Standards—Separator vented to control device.
§63.1045   Standards—Pressurized separator.
§63.1046   Test methods and procedures.
§63.1047   Inspection and monitoring requirements.
§63.1048   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.1049   Reporting requirements.
§63.1050   Implementation and enforcement.

Subpart WW—National Emission Standards for Storage Vessels (Tanks)—Control Level 2

§63.1060   Applicability.
§63.1061   Definitions.
§63.1062   Storage vessel control requirements.
§63.1063   Floating roof requirements.
§63.1064   Alternative means of emission limitation.
§63.1065   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.1066   Reporting requirements.
§63.1067   Implementation and enforcement.

Subpart XX—National Emission Standards for Ethylene Manufacturing Process Units: Heat Exchange Systems and Waste Operations

Introduction

§63.1080   What is the purpose of this subpart?
§63.1081   When must I comply with the requirements of this subpart?

Definitions

§63.1082   What definitions do I need to know?

Applicability for Heat Exchange Systems

§63.1083   Does this subpart apply to my heat exchange system?
§63.1084   What heat exchange systems are exempt from the requirements of this subpart?

Heat Exchange System Requirements

§63.1085   What are the general requirements for heat exchange systems?

Monitoring Requirements for Heat Exchange Systems

§63.1086   How must I monitor for leaks to cooling water?

Repair Requirements for Heat Exchange Systems

§63.1087   What actions must I take if a leak is detected?
§63.1088   In what situations may I delay leak repair, and what actions must I take for delay of repair?

Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements for Heat Exchange Systems

§63.1089   What records must I keep?
§63.1090   What reports must I submit?

Background for Waste Requirements

§63.1091   What do the waste requirements do?
§63.1092   What are the major differences between the requirements of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF, and the waste requirements for ethylene production sources?

Applicability for Waste Requirements

§63.1093   Does this subpart apply to my waste streams?
§63.1094   What waste streams are exempt from the requirements of this subpart?

Waste Requirements

§63.1095   What specific requirements must I comply with?
§63.1096   What requirements must I comply with if I transfer waste off-site?

Implementation and Enforcement

§63.1097   Who implements and enforces this subpart?
Table 1 to Subpart XX of Part 63—Hazardous Air Pollutants
Table 2 to Subpart XX of Part 63—Requirements of 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart FF, Not Included in the Requirements for This Subpart and Alternate Requirements

Subpart YY—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source Categories: Generic Maximum Achievable Control Technology Standards

§63.1100   Applicability.
§63.1101   Definitions.
§63.1102   Compliance schedule.
§63.1103   Source category-specific applicability, definitions, and requirements.
§63.1104   Process vents from continuous unit operations: applicability assessment procedures and methods.
§63.1105   Transfer racks.
§63.1106   Wastewater provisions.
§63.1107   Equipment leaks: applicability assessment procedures and methods.
§63.1108   Compliance with standards and operation and maintenance requirements.
§63.1109   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.1110   Reporting requirements.
§63.1111   Startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
§63.1112   Extension of compliance, and performance test, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting waivers and alternatives.
§63.1113   Procedures for approval of alternative means of emission limitation.
§63.1114   Implementation and enforcement.

Subparts ZZ-BBB [Reserved]

Subpart CCC—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Steel Pickling—HCl Process Facilities and Hydrochloric Acid Regeneration Plants

§63.1155   Applicability.
§63.1156   Definitions.
§63.1157   Emission standards for existing sources.
§63.1158   Emission standards for new or reconstructed sources.
§63.1159   Operational and equipment standards for existing, new, or reconstructed sources.
§63.1160   Compliance dates and maintenance requirements.
§63.1161   Performance testing and test methods.
§63.1162   Monitoring requirements.
§63.1163   Notification requirements.
§63.1164   Reporting requirements.
§63.1165   Recordkeeping requirements.
§63.1166   Implementation and enforcement.
§§63.1167-63.1174   [Reserved]
Table 1 to Subpart CCC of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart CCC

Subpart DDD—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Mineral Wool Production

§63.1175   What is the purpose of this subpart?
§63.1176   Where can I find definitions of key words used in this subpart?
§63.1177   Am I subject to this subpart?

Standards

§63.1178   For cupolas, what standards must I meet?
§63.1179   For curing ovens, what standards must I meet?
§63.1180   When must I meet these standards?

Compliance With Standards

§63.1181   How do I comply with the particulate matter standards for existing, new, and reconstructed cupolas?
§63.1182   How do I comply with the carbon monoxide standards for new and reconstructed cupolas?
§63.1183   How do I comply with the formaldehyde standards for existing, new, and reconstructed curing ovens?

Additional Monitoring Information

§63.1184   What do I need to know about the design specifications, installation, and operation of a bag leak detection system?
§63.1185   How do I establish the average operating temperature of an incinerator?
§63.1186   How may I change the compliance levels of monitored parameters?
§63.1187   What do I need to know about operations, maintenance, and monitoring plans?

Performance Tests and Methods

§63.1188   What performance test requirements must I meet?
§63.1189   What test methods do I use?
§63.1190   How do I determine compliance?

Notification, Recordkeeping, and Reporting

§63.1191   What notifications must I submit?
§63.1192   What recordkeeping requirements must I meet?
§63.1193   What reports must I submit?

Other Requirements and Information

§63.1194   Which general provisions apply?
§63.1195   Who implements and enforces this subpart?
§63.1196   What definitions should I be aware of?
§§63.1197-63.1199   [Reserved]
Table 1 to Subpart DDD of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart DDD of Part 63
Appendix A to Subpart DDD of Part 63—Free Formaldehyde Analysis of Insulation Resins by the Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride Method

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.

Source: 57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart AA—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Phosphoric Acid Manufacturing Plants

§63.600   Applicability.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section, the requirements of this subpart apply to the owner or operator of each phosphoric acid manufacturing plant.

(b) The requirements of this subpart apply to emissions of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) emitted from the following new or existing affected sources at a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant:

(1) Each wet-process phosphoric acid process line. The requirements of this subpart apply to the following emission points which are components of a wet-process phosphoric acid process line: reactors, filters, evaporators, and hot wells;

(2) Each evaporative cooling tower at a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant;

(3) Each phosphate rock dryer located at a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant;

(4) Each phosphate rock calciner located at a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant;

(5) Each superphosphoric acid process line. The requirements of this subpart apply to the following emission points which are components of a superphosphoric acid process line: evaporators, hot wells, acid sumps, and cooling tanks; and

(6) Each purified acid process line. The requirements of this subpart apply to the following emission points which are components of a purified phosphoric acid process line: solvent extraction process equipment, solvent stripping and recovery equipment, seal tanks, carbon treatment equipment, cooling towers, storage tanks, pumps and process piping.

(c) The requirements of this subpart do not apply to the owner or operator of a new or existing phosphoric acid manufacturing plant that is not a major source as defined in §63.2.

(d) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to research and development facilities as defined in §63.601.

(e) The emission limitations and operating parameter requirements of this subpart do not apply during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction, as those terms are defined in §63.2, provided that the source is operated in accordance with §63.6(e)(1)(i).

[57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, as amended at 67 FR 65076, Dec. 17, 2001; 71 FR 20457, Apr. 20, 2006]

§63.601   Definitions.

Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in §63.2, or in this section as follows:

Equivalent P2O5 feed means the quantity of phosphorus, expressed as phosphorous pentoxide, fed to the process.

Evaporative cooling tower means an open water recirculating device that uses fans or natural draft to draw or force ambient air through the device to remove heat from process water by direct contact.

Exceedance means a departure from an indicator range established under this subpart, consistent with any averaging period specified for averaging the results of the monitoring.

HAP metals mean those metals and their compounds (in particulate or volatile form) that are included on the list of hazardous air pollutants in section 112 of the Clean Air Act. HAP metals include, but are not limited to: antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, lead, manganese, nickel, and selenium expressed as particulate matter as measured by the methods and procedures in this subpart or an approved alternative method. For the purposes of this subpart, HAP metals are expressed as particulate matter as measured by 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, Method 5.

Phosphate rock calciner means the equipment used to remove moisture and organic matter from phosphate rock through direct or indirect heating.

Phosphate rock dryer means the equipment used to reduce the moisture content of phosphate rock through direct or indirect heating.

Phosphate rock feed means all material entering any phosphate rock dryer or phosphate rock calciner including moisture and extraneous material as well as the following ore materials: fluorapatite, hydroxylapatite, chlorapatite, and carbonateapatite.

Purified phosphoric acid process line means any process line which uses a HAP as a solvent in the separation of impurities from the product acid for the purposes of rendering that product suitable for industrial, manufacturing or food grade uses.

Research and development facility means research or laboratory operations whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development into new processes and products, where the operations are under the close supervision of technically trained personnel, and where the facility is not engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale in commerce or other off-site distribution, except in a de minimis manner.

Superphosphoric acid process line means any process line which concentrates wet-process phosphoric acid to 66 percent or greater P2O5 content by weight.

Total fluorides means elemental fluorine and all fluoride compounds, including the HAP hydrogen fluoride, as measured by reference methods specified in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A , Method 13 A or B, or by equivalent or alternative methods approved by the Administrator pursuant to §63.7(f).

Wet process phosphoric acid process line means any process line manufacturing phosphoric acid by reacting phosphate rock and acid.

§63.602   Standards for existing sources.

(a) Wet process phosphoric acid process line. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 10.0 gram/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.020 lb/ton).

(b) Superphosphoric acid process line—(1) Vacuum evaporation process. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 5.0 gram/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.010 lb/ton).

(2) Submerged combustion process. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 100.0 gram/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.20 lb/ton).

(c) Phosphate rock dryer. On or after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of 0.10750 kilogram/metric ton of phosphate rock feed (0.2150 lb/ton).

(d) Phosphate rock calciner. On or after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of 0.1810 gram per dry standard cubic meter (g/dscm) (0.080 grains per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf)).

(e) Evaporative cooling tower. No owner or operator shall introduce into any evaporative cooling tower any liquid effluent from any wet scrubbing device installed to control emissions from process equipment. Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this paragraph (e) must certify to the Administrator annually that he/she has complied with the requirements contained in this section.

(f) Purified phosphoric acid process line. (1) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with the provisions of subpart H of this part.

(2) For any existing purified phosphoric acid process line, any of the following shall constitute a violation of this subpart:

(i) A thirty day average of daily concentration measurements of methyl isobutyl ketone in excess of twenty parts per million for each product acid stream.

(ii) A thirty day average of daily concentration measurements of methyl isobutyl ketone in excess of thirty parts per million for each raffinate stream.

(iii) A daily average chiller stack exit gas stream temperature in excess of fifty degrees Fahrenheit.

[57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, as amended at 67 FR 40579, June 12, 2002; 67 FR 40817, June 13, 2002]

§63.603   Standards for new sources.

(a) Wet process phosphoric acid process line. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 6.750 gram/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.01350 lb/ton).

(b) Superphosphoric acid process line. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 4.350 gram/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.00870 lb/ton).

(c) Phosphate rock dryer. On or after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of 0.030 kilogram/megagram of phosphate rock feed (0.060 lb/ton).

(d) Phosphate rock calciner. On or after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of 0.0920 gram per dry standard cubic meter (g/dscm) [0.040 grain per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf)].

(e) Evaporative cooling tower. No owner or operator shall introduce into any evaporative cooling tower any liquid effluent from any wet scrubbing device installed to control emissions from process equipment. Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this paragraph (e) must certify to the Administrator annually that he/she has complied with the requirements contained in this section.

(f) Purified phosphoric acid process line. (1) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with the provisions of subpart H of this part.

(2) For any new purified phosphoric acid process line, any of the following shall constitute a violation of this subpart:

(i) A thirty day average of daily concentration measurements of methyl isobutyl ketone in excess of twenty parts per million for each product acid stream.

(ii) A thirty day average of daily concentration measurements of methyl isobutyl ketone in excess of thirty parts per million for each raffinate stream.

(iii) A daily average chiller stack exit gas stream temperature in excess of fifty degrees Fahrenheit.

[57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, as amended at 67 FR 65076, Dec. 17, 2001]

§63.604   Operating requirements.

On or after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.606 is required to be completed, the owner/operator using a wet scrubbing emission control system must maintain daily averages of the pressure drop across each scrubber and of the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber within the allowable ranges established pursuant to the requirements of §63.605(d)(1) or (2).

[67 FR 40818, June 13, 2002]

§63.605   Monitoring requirements.

(a)(1) Each owner or operator of a new or existing wet-process phosphoric acid process line or superphosphoric acid process line subject to the provisions of this subpart shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring system which can be used to determine and permanently record the mass flow of phosphorus-bearing feed material to the process. The monitoring system shall have an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range.

(2) Each owner or operator of a new or existing phosphate rock dryer or phosphate rock calciner subject to the provisions of this subpart shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring system which can be used to determine and permanently record either the mass flow of phosphorus-bearing feed material to the dryer or calciner, or the mass flow of product from the dryer or calciner. The monitoring system shall have an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range. Since the emissions limits under §§63.602(c) and 63.603(c) for the phosphate rock dryer are in the format of kilogram/megagram (lb/ton) of phosphate rock feed, during performance testing required in §63.606, the owner or operator that chooses to operate a monitoring system to determine and permanently record the mass flow of product from the dryer must either simultaneously monitor the dryer feed rate and dryer output rate, or monitor the dryer output rate and the dryer input and output moisture contents and calculate the corresponding dryer input rate.

(b)(1) Each owner or operator of a new or existing wet-process phosphoric acid process line or superphosphoric acid process line subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain a daily record of equivalent P2O5 feed by first determining the total mass rate in metric ton/hour of phosphorus bearing feed using a monitoring system for measuring mass flowrate which meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and then by proceeding according to §63.606(c)(3).

(2) Each owner or operator of a new or existing phosphate rock calciner or phosphate rock dryer subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain a daily record of the following:

(i) For owners and operators that monitor the mass flow of phosphorus-bearing feed material to the dryer or calciner, a daily record of phosphate rock feed by determining the total mass rate in metric ton/hour of phosphorus-bearing feed using a monitoring system for measuring mass flowrate which meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(ii) For owners and operators that monitor the mass flow of product from the dryer or calciner, a daily record of product by determining the total mass rate in metric ton/hour of product using a monitoring system for measuring mass flowrate which meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(c) Each owner or operator of a new or existing wet-process phosphoric acid process line, superphosphoric acid process line, phosphate rock dryer or phosphate rock calciner using a wet scrubbing emission control system shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate the following monitoring systems:

(1) A monitoring system which continuously measures and permanently records the pressure drop across each scrubber in the process scrubbing system in 15-minute block averages. The monitoring system shall be certified by the manufacturer to have an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range.

(2) A monitoring system which continuously measures and permanently records the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system in 15-minute block averages. The monitoring system shall be certified by the manufacturer to have an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range.

(d) Following the date on which the performance test required in §63.606 is completed, the owner or operator of a new or existing affected source using a wet scrubbing emission control system and subject to emissions limitations for total fluorides or particulate matter contained in this subpart must establish allowable ranges for operating parameters using the methodology of either paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section:

(1) The allowable range for the daily averages of the pressure drop across each scrubber and of the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system is ±20 percent of the baseline average value determined as a requirement of §63.606(c)(4), (d)(4), or (e)(2). The Administrator retains the right to reduce the ±20 percent adjustment to the baseline average values of operating ranges in those instances where performance test results indicate that a source's level of emissions is near the value of an applicable emissions standard, but, in no instance shall the adjustment be reduced to less than ±10 percent. The owner or operator must notify the Administrator of the baseline average value and must notify the Administrator each time that the baseline value is changed as a result of the most recent performance test. When a source using the methodology of this paragraph is retested, the owner or operator shall determine whether new allowable ranges of baseline average values will be based upon the new performance test or (if the new performance test results are within the previously established range) whether there will be no change in the operating parameters derived from previous tests. When a source using the methodology of this paragraph is retested and the performance test results are submitted to the Administrator pursuant to §§63.607(c)(1), 63.7(g)(1), and/or 63.10(d)(2), the owner or operator will indicate whether the operating range will be based on the new performance test or the previously established range. If the Administrator has not denied approval of the new operating ranges within 30 days of submission of the performance test results, the new ranges shall be deemed approved and the new baseline value shall then be effective on the 31st day following submission.

(2) The owner or operator of any new or existing affected source shall establish, and provide to the Administrator for approval, allowable ranges for the daily averages of the pressure drop across and of the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system for the purpose of assuring compliance with this subpart. Allowable ranges may be based upon baseline average values recorded during previous performance tests using the test methods required in §63.606(c)(4), (d)(4), or (e)(2). As an alternative, the owner or operator can establish the allowable ranges using the results of performance tests conducted specifically for the purposes of this paragraph using the test methods required in this subpart and established in the manner required in §63.606(c)(4), (d)(4), or (e)(2). The source shall certify that the control devices and processes have not been modified subsequent to the testing upon which the data used to establish the allowable ranges were obtained. The allowable ranges developed pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph must be submitted to the Administrator for approval. The owner or operator must request and obtain approval of the Administrator for changes to the allowable ranges. When a source using the methodology of this paragraph is retested, the owner or operator shall determine new allowable ranges of baseline average values unless the retest indicates no change in the operating parameters outside the previously established ranges. If the Administrator has not denied approval of the new operating ranges within 30 days of submission of the performance test results, the new ranges shall be deemed approved and the new baseline value shall then be effective on the 31st day following submission.

(e) Each owner or operator of a new or existing purified phosphoric acid process line shall:

(1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring system which continuously measures and permanently records the stack gas exit temperature for each chiller stack.

(2) Measure and record the concentration of methyl isobutyl ketone in each product acid stream and each raffinate stream once daily.

[57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, as amended at 67 FR 65076, Dec. 17, 2001]

§63.606   Performance tests and compliance provisions.

(a)(1) On or before the applicable compliance date in §63.609 and once per annum thereafter, each owner or operator of a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant shall conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standard for each existing wet-process phosphoric acid process line, superphosphoric acid process line, phosphate rock dryer, and phosphate rock calciner. The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test according to the procedures in subpart A of this part and in this section.

(2) As required by §63.7(a)(2) and once per annum thereafter, each owner or operator of a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant shall conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standard for each new wet-process phosphoric acid process line, superphosphoric acid process line, phosphate rock dryer, and phosphate rock calciner. The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test according to the procedures in subpart A of this part and in this section.

(b) In conducting performance tests, each owner or operator of an affected source shall use as reference methods and procedures the test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or other methods and procedures as specified in this section, except as provided in §63.7(f).

(c) Each owner or operator of a new or existing wet-process phosphoric acid process line or superphosphoric acid process line shall determine compliance with the applicable total fluorides standards in §63.602 or §63.603 as follows:

(1) The emission rate (E) of total fluorides shall be computed for each run using the following equation:

eCFR graphic er10jn99.000.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

E = emission rate of total fluorides, g/metric ton (lb/ton) of equivalent P2O5 feed.

Csi = concentration of total fluorides from emission point “i,” mg/dscm (mg/dscf).

Qsdi = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas from emission point “i,” dscm/hr (dscf/hr).

N = number of emission points associated with the affected facility.

P = equivalent P2O5 feed rate, metric ton/hr (ton/hr).

K = conversion factor, 1000 mg/g (453,600 mg/lb).

(2) Method 13A or 13B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) shall be used to determine the total fluorides concentration (Csi) and volumetric flow rate (Qsdi) of the effluent gas from each of the emission points. If Method 13B is used, the fusion of the filtered material described in Section 7.3.1.2 and the distillation of suitable aliquots of containers 1 and 2, described in section 7.3.3 and 7.3.4. in Method 13 A, may be omitted. The sampling time and sample volume for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm (30 dscf).

(3) The equivalent P2O5 feed rate (P) shall be computed using the following equation:

P = Mp Rp

Where:

Mp = total mass flow rate of phosphorus-bearing feed, metric ton/hr (ton/hr).

Rp = P2O5 content, decimal fraction.

(i) The accountability system described in §63.605(a) and (b) shall be used to determine the mass flow rate (Mp) of the phosphorus-bearing feed.

(ii) The P2O5 content (Rp) of the feed shall be determined using as appropriate the following methods (incorporated by reference—see 40 CFR 63.14) specified in the Book of Methods Used and Adopted By The Association Of Florida Phosphate Chemists, Seventh Edition 1991, where applicable:

(A) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 1 Preparation of Sample.

(B) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 3 Phosphorus-P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method A-Volumetric Method.

(C) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 3 Phosphorus-P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method B-Gravimetric Quimociac Method.

(D) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 3 Phosphorus-P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method C-Spectrophotometric Method.

(E) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus-P2O5, Method A-Volumetric Method.

(F) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus-P2O5, Method B-Gravimetric Quimociac Method.

(G) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus-P2O5, Method C-Spectrophotometric Method.

(4) To comply with §63.605(d) (1) or (2), the owner or operator shall use the monitoring systems in §63.605(c) to determine the average pressure loss of the gas stream across each scrubber in the process scrubbing system and to determine the average flow rate of the scrubber liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system during each of the total fluoride runs. The arithmetic averages of the three runs shall be used as the baseline average values for the purposes of §63.605(d) (1) or (2).

(d) Each owner or operator of a new or existing phosphate rock dryer shall demonstrate compliance with the particulate matter standards in §63.602 or §63.603 as follows:

(1) The emission rate (E) of particulate matter shall be computed for each run using the following equation:

E = (Cs Qsd)/(P K)

Where:

E = emission rate of particulate matter, kg/Mg (lb/ton) of phosphate rock feed.

Cs = concentration of particulate matter, g/dscm (g/dscf).

Qsd = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas, dscm/hr (dscf/hr).

P = phosphate rock feed rate, Mg/hr (ton/hr).

K = conversion factor, 1000 g/kg (453.6 g/lb).

(2) Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) shall be used to determine the particulate matter concentration (cs) and volumetric flow rate (Qsd) of the effluent gas. The sampling time and sample volume for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm (30 dscf).

(3) The system described in §63.605(a) shall be used to determine the phosphate rock feed rate (P) for each run.

(4) To comply with §63.605(d) (1) or (2), the owner or operator shall use the monitoring systems in §63.605(c) to determine the average pressure loss of the gas stream across each scrubber in the process scrubbing system and to determine the average flow rate of the scrubber liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system during each of the particulate matter runs. The arithmetic average of the one-hour averages determined during the three test runs shall be used as the baseline average values for the purposes of §63.605(d) (1) or (2).

(e) Each owner or operator of a new or existing phosphate rock calciner shall demonstrate compliance with the particulate matter standards in §§63.602 and 63.603 as follows:

(1) Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) shall be used to determine the particulate matter concentration. The sampling time and volume for each test run shall be at least 60 minutes and 1.70 dscm.

(2) To comply with §63.605(d) (1) or (2), the owner or operator shall use the monitoring systems in §63.605(c) to determine the average pressure loss of the gas stream across each scrubber in the process scrubbing system and to determine the average flow rate of the scrubber liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system during each of the particulate matter runs. The arithmetic average of the one-hour averages determined during the three test runs shall be used as the baseline average values for the purposes of §63.605(d) (1) or (2).

§63.607   Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this subpart shall comply with the notification requirements in §63.9.

(b) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this subpart shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements in §63.10.

(c) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with the reporting requirements specified in §63.10 as follows:

(1) Performance test report. As required by §63.10, the owner or operator shall report the results of the initial and annual performance tests as part of the notification of compliance status required in §63.9.

(2) Excess emissions report. As required by §63.10, the owner or operator of an affected source shall submit an excess emissions report for any exceedance of an operating parameter limit. The report shall contain the information specified in §63.10. When no exceedances of an operating parameter have occurred, such information shall be included in the report. The report shall be submitted semiannually and shall be delivered or postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the calendar half. If exceedances are reported, the owner or operator shall report quarterly until a request to reduce reporting frequency is approved as described in §63.10.

(3) Summary report. If the total duration of control system exceedances for the reporting period is less than 1 percent of the total operating time for the reporting period, the owner or operator shall submit a summary report containing the information specified in §63.10 rather than the full excess emissions report, unless required by the Administrator. The summary report shall be submitted semiannually and shall be delivered or postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the calendar half.

(4) If the total duration of control system operating parameter exceedances for the reporting period is 1 percent or greater of the total operating time for the reporting period, the owner or operator shall submit a summary report and the excess emissions report.

§63.608   Applicability of general provisions.

The requirements of the general provisions in subpart A of this part that are applicable to the owner or operator subject to the requirements of this subpart are shown in appendix A to this subpart.

§63.609   Compliance dates.

(a) Each owner or operator of an existing affected source at a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant shall achieve compliance with the requirements of this subpart no later than June 10, 2002. Notwithstanding the requirements of §63.7(a)(2)(iii), each owner or operator of an existing source at an affected existing phosphoric acid manufacturing plant shall fulfill the applicable requirements of §63.606 no later than June 10, 2002.

(b) Each owner or operator of a phosphoric acid manufacturing plant that commences construction or reconstruction of an affected source after December 27, 1996 shall achieve compliance with the requirements of this subpart upon startup of operations or by June 10, 1999, whichever is later.

§63.610   Exemption from new source performance standards.

Any affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart is exempted from any otherwise applicable new source performance standard contained in 40 CFR part 60, subpart T, subpart U or subpart NN. To be exempt, a source must have a current operating permit pursuant to Title V of the Act and the source must be in compliance with all requirements of this subpart. For each affected source, this exemption is effective upon the date that the owner or operator demonstrates to the Administrator that the requirements of §§63.604, 63.605 and 63.606 have been met.

§63.611   Implementation and enforcement.

(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable State, local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or Tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to a State, local, or Tribal agency.

(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to the State, local, or Tribal agency.

(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or Tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in §§63.600, 63.602 through 63.604, and 63.609 through 63.610.

(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under §63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under §63.8(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under §63.10(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

[68 FR 37351, June 23, 2003]

Appendix A to Subpart AA of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart AA

40 CFR citationRequirementApplies to
subpart AA
Comment
63.1(a)(1) through (4)General ApplicabilityYes.
63.1(a)(5)No[Reserved].
63.1(a)(6) through (8)Yes.
63.1(a)(9)No[Reserved].
63.1(a)(10) through (14)Yes.
63.1(b)Initial Applicability DeterminationYes.
63.1(c)(1)Applicability After Standard EstablishedYes.
63.1(c)(2)Yes.Some plants may be area sources.
63.1(c)(3)No[Reserved].
63.1(c)(4) and (5)Yes.
63.1(d)No[Reserved].
63.1(e)Applicability of Permit ProgramYes.
63.2DefinitionsYes.Additional definitions in §63.601.
63.3Units and AbbreviationsYes.
63.4(a)(1) through (3)Prohibited ActivitiesYes.
63.4(a)(4)No[Reserved].
63.4(a)(5)Yes.
63.4(b) and (c)Circumvention/SeverabilityYes.
63.5(a)Construction/Reconstruction ApplicabilityYes.
63.5(b)(1)Existing, New, Reconstructed Sources RequirementsYes.
63.5(b)(2)No[Reserved].
63.5(b)(3) through (6)Yes.
63.5(c)No[Reserved].
63.5(d)Application for Approval of Construction/ ReconstructionYes.
63.5(e)Approval of Construction/ReconstructionYes.
63.5(f)Approval of Construction/Reconstruction Based on State ReviewYes.
63.6(a)Compliance with Standards and Maintenance ApplicabilityYes.
63.6(b)(1) through (5)New and Reconstructed Sources DatesYes.See also §63.609.
63.6(b)(6)No[Reserved].
63.6(b)(7)Yes.
63.6(c)(1)Existing Sources DatesYes.§63.609 specifies dates.
63.6(c)(2)Yes.
63.6(c)(3) and (4)No[Reserved].
63.6(c)(5)Yes.
63.6(d)No[Reserved].
63.6(e)(1) and (2)Operation & Maintenance RequirementsYes
63.6(e)(3)Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction PlanYes
63.6(f)Compliance with Emission StandardsYes
63.6(g)Alternative StandardYes.
63.6(h)Compliance with Opacity/VE StandardsNoSubpart AA does not include VE/opacity standards.
63.6(i)(1) through (14)Extension of ComplianceYes.
63.6(i)(15)No[Reserved].
63.6(i)(16)Yes.
63.6(j)Exemption from ComplianceYes.
63.7(a)Performance Test Requirements ApplicabilityYes.§63.609(a) applies rather than §63.7(a)(2)(iii).
63.7(b)NotificationYes.
63.7(c)Quality Assurance/Test PlanYes.
63.7(d)Testing FacilitiesYes.
63.7(e)Conduct of TestsYes.§§63.604 and 63.605 specify additional requirements.
63.7(f)Alternative Test MethodYes.
63.7(g)Data AnalysisYes.
63.7(h)Waiver of TestsYes.
63.8(a)(1)Monitoring Requirements ApplicabilityYes.
63.8(a)(2)NoSubpart AA does not require CMS performance specifications.
63.8(a)(3)No[Reserved].
63.8(a)(4)Yes.
63.8(b)Conduct of MonitoringYes.
63.8(c)(1) through (4)CMS Operation/MaintenanceYes.
63.8(c)(5) through (8)NoSubpart AA does not require COMS/CEMS or CMS performance specifications.
63.8(d)Quality ControlYes.
63.8(e)CMS Performance EvaluationNoSubpart AA does not require CMS performance evaluations
63.8(f)(1) through (5)Alternative Monitoring MethodYes.
63.8(f)(6)Alternative to RATA TestNoSubpart AA does not require CEMS.
63.8(g)(1)Data ReductionYes.
63.8(g)(2)NoSubpart AA does not require COMS or CEMS
63.8(g)(3) through (5)Yes.
63.9(a)Notification Requirements ApplicabilityYes.
63.9(b)Initial NotificationsYes.
63.9(c)Request for Compliance ExtensionYes.
63.9(d)New Source Notification for Special Compliance RequirementsYes.
63.9(e)Notification of Performance TestYes.
63.9(f)Notification of VE/Opacity TestNoSubpart AA does not include VE/opacity standards.
63.9(g)Additional CMS NotificationsNoSubpart AA does not require CMS performance evaluation, COMS, or CEMS.
63.9(h)(1) through (3)Notification of Compliance StatusYes.
63.9(h)(4)No[Reserved].
63.9(h)(5) and (6)Yes.
63.9(i)Adjustment of DeadlinesYes.
63.9(j)Change in Previous InformationYes.
63.10(a)Recordkeeping/Reporting-ApplicabilityYes.
63.10(b)General Recordkeeping RequirementsYes.
63.10(c)(1)Additional CMS RecordkeepingYes.
63.10(c)(2) through (4)No[Reserved].
63.10(c)(5)Yes.
63.10(c)(6)NoSubpart AA does not require CMS performance specifications.
63.10(c)(7) and (8)Yes.
63.10(c)(9)No[Reserved].
63.10(c)(10) through (13)Yes.
63.10(c)(14)NoSubpart AA does not require a CMS quality control program.
63.10(c)(15)Yes.
63.10(d)(1)General Reporting RequirementsYes.
63.10(d)(2)Performance Test ResultsYes.
63.10(d)(3)Opacity or VE ObservationsNoSubpart AA does not include VE/opacity standards.
63.10(d)(4) and (5)Progress Reports/Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction ReportsYes.
63.10(e)(1) and (2)Additional CMS ReportsNoSubpart AA does not require CEMS or CMS performance evaluations.
63.10(e)(3)Excess Emissions/CMS Performance ReportsYes.§63.606(c)(2) includes additional requirements. A CMS performance report is not required.
63.10(e)(4)COMS Data ReportsNoSubpart AA does not require COMS.
63.10(f)Recordkeeping/Reporting WaiverYes.
63.11(a)Control Device Requirements ApplicabilityYes.
63.11(b)FlaresNoFlares not applicable.
63.12State Authority and DelegationsYes.
63.13AddressesYes.
63.14Incorporation by ReferenceYes.
63.15Information Availability/ConfidentialityYes.

Subpart BB—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Phosphate Fertilizers Production Plants

Source: 64 FR 31382, June 10, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

§63.620   Applicability.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section, the requirements of this subpart apply to the owner or operator of each phosphate fertilizers production plant.

(b) The requirements of this subpart apply to emissions of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) emitted from the following new or existing affected sources at a phosphate fertilizers production plant:

(1) Each diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line. The requirements of this subpart apply to the following emission points which are components of a diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line: reactors, granulators, dryers, coolers, screens, and mills.

(2) Each granular triple superphosphate process line. The requirements of this subpart apply to the following emission points which are components of a granular triple superphosphate process line: mixers, curing belts (dens), reactors, granulators, dryers, coolers, screens, and mills.

(3) Each granular triple superphosphate storage building. The requirements of this subpart apply to the following emission points which are components of a granular triple superphosphate storage building: storage or curing buildings, conveyors, elevators, screens and mills.

(c) The requirements of this subpart do not apply to the owner or operator of a new or existing phosphate fertilizers production plant that is not a major source as defined in §63.2.

(d) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to research and development facilities as defined in §63.621.

(e) The emission limitations and operating parameter requirements of this subpart do not apply during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction, as those terms are defined in §63.2, provided that the source is operated in accordance with §63.6(e)(1)(i).

[64 FR 31382, June 10, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 65077, Dec. 17, 2001; 71 FR 20457, Apr. 20, 2006]

§63.621   Definitions.

Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in §63.2, or in this section as follows:

Diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line means any process line manufacturing granular diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate by reacting ammonia with phosphoric acid which has been derived from or manufactured by reacting phosphate rock and acid.

Equivalent P2O5 feed means the quantity of phosphorus, expressed as phosphorous pentoxide, fed to the process.

Equivalent P2O5 stored means the quantity of phosphorus, expressed as phosphorus pentoxide, being cured or stored in the affected facility.

Exceedance means a departure from an indicator range established for monitoring under this subpart, consistent with any averaging period specified for averaging the results of the monitoring.

Fresh granular triple superphosphate means granular triple superphosphate produced within the preceding 72 hours.

Granular triple superphosphate process line means any process line, not including storage buildings, manufacturing granular triple superphosphate by reacting phosphate rock with phosphoric acid.

Granular triple superphosphate storage building means any building curing or storing fresh granular triple superphosphate.

Research and development facility means research or laboratory operations whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development into new processes and products, where the operations are under the close supervision of technically trained personnel, and where the facility is not engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale in commerce or other off-site distribution, except in a de minimis manner.

Total fluorides means elemental fluorine and all fluoride compounds, including the HAP hydrogen fluoride, as measured by reference methods specified in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, Method 13 A or B, or by equivalent or alternative methods approved by the Administrator pursuant to §63.7(f).

§63.622   Standards for existing sources.

(a) Diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.626 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 30 grams/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.060 lb/ton).

(b) Granular triple superphosphate process line. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.626 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 75 grams/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.150 lb/ton).

(c) Granular triple superphosphate storage building. (1) On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.626 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 0.250 grams/hr/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 stored (5.0×10−4 lb/hr/ton of equivalent P2O5 stored).

(2) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall ship fresh granular triple superphosphate from an affected facility.

§63.623   Standards for new sources.

(a) Diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.626 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 29.0 grams/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.0580 lb/ton).

(b) Granular triple superphosphate process line. On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.626 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 61.50 grams/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.1230 lb/ton).

(c) Granular triple superphosphate storage building. (1) On and after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.626 is required to be completed, no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected source any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 0.250 grams/hr/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 stored (5.0×10−4 lb/hr/ton of equivalent P2O5 stored).

(2) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall ship fresh granular triple superphosphate from an affected facility.

§63.624   Operating requirements.

On or after the date on which the performance test required to be conducted by §§63.7 and 63.626 is required to be completed, the owner/operator using a wet scrubbing emission control system must maintain daily averages of the pressure drop across each scrubber and of the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber within the allowable ranges established pursuant to the requirements of §63.625(f)(1) or (2).

[67 FR 40818, June 13, 2002]

§63.625   Monitoring requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator of a new or existing diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line or granular triple superphosphate process line subject to the provisions of this subpart shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring system which can be used to determine and permanently record the mass flow of phosphorus-bearing feed material to the process. The monitoring system shall have an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range.

(b) Each owner or operator of a new or existing diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line or granular triple superphosphate process line subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain a daily record of equivalent P2O5 feed by first determining the total mass rate in metric ton/hour of phosphorus bearing feed using a monitoring system for measuring mass flowrate which meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and then by proceeding according to §63.626(c)(3).

(c) Each owner or operator of a new or existing diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line, granular triple superphosphate process line, or granular triple superphosphate storage building using a wet scrubbing emission control system shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate the following monitoring systems:

(1) A monitoring system which continuously measures and permanently records the pressure drop across each scrubber in the process scrubbing system in 15-minute block averages. The monitoring system shall be certified by the manufacturer to have an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range.

(2) A monitoring system which continuously measures and permanently records the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system in 15-minute block averages. The monitoring system shall be certified by the manufacturer to have an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range.

(d) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate storage building subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain an accurate account of granular triple superphosphate in storage to permit the determination of the amount of equivalent P2O5 stored.

(e)(1) Each owner or operator of a new or existing granular triple superphosphate storage building subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain a daily record of total equivalent P2O5 stored by multiplying the percentage P2O5 content, as determined by §63.626(d)(3), times the total mass of granular triple superphosphate stored.

(2) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate storage building subject to the provisions of this subpart shall develop for approval by the Administrator a site-specific methodology including sufficient recordkeeping for the purposes of demonstrating compliance with §63.622(c)(2) or §63.623(c)(2), as applicable.

(f) Following the date on which the performance test required in §63.626 is completed, the owner or operator of a new or existing affected source using a wet scrubbing emission control system and subject to emissions limitations for total fluorides or particulate matter contained in this subpart must establish allowable ranges for operating parameters using the methodology of either paragraph (f)(1) or (2) of this section:

(1) The allowable range for the daily averages of the pressure drop across each scrubber and of the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system is ±20 percent of the baseline average value determined as a requirement of §63.626(c)(4) or (d)(4). The Administrator retains the right to reduce the ±20 percent adjustment to the baseline average values of operating ranges in those instances where performance test results indicate that a source's level of emissions is near the value of an applicable emissions standard, but in no instance shall the adjustment be reduced to less than ±10 percent. The owner or operator must notify the Administrator of the baseline average value and must notify the Administrator each time that the baseline value is changed as a result of the most recent performance test. When a source using the methodology of this paragraph is retested, the owner or operator shall determine whether new allowable ranges of baseline average values will be based upon the new performance test or (if the new performance test results are within the previously established range) whether there will be no change in the operating parameters derived from previous tests. When a source using the methodology of this paragraph is retested and the performance test results are submitted to the Administrator pursuant to §§63.627(c)(1), 63.7(g)(1), and/or 63.10(d)(2), the owner or operator will indicate whether the operating range will be based on the new performance test or the previously established range. If the Administrator has not denied approval of the new operating ranges within 30 days of submission of the performance test results, the new ranges shall be deemed approved and the new baseline value shall then be effective on the 31st day following submission.

(2) The owner or operator of any new or existing affected source shall establish, and provide to the Administrator for approval, allowable ranges for the daily averages of the pressure drop across and of the flow rate of the scrubbing liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system for the purpose of assuring compliance with this subpart. Allowable ranges may be based upon baseline average values recorded during previous performance tests using the test methods required in §63.626(c)(4) or (d)(4). As an alternative, the owner or operator can establish the allowable ranges using the results of performance tests conducted specifically for the purposes of this paragraph using the test methods required in this subpart and established in the manner required in §63.626(c)(4) or (d)(4). The source shall certify that the control devices and processes have not been modified subsequent to the testing upon which the data used to establish the allowable ranges were obtained. The allowable ranges developed pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph must be submitted to the Administrator for approval. The owner or operator must request and obtain approval of the Administrator for changes to the allowable ranges. When a source using the methodology of this paragraph is retested, the owner or operator shall determine new allowable ranges of baseline average values unless the retest indicates no change in the operating parameters outside the previously established ranges. If the Administrator has not denied approval of the new operating ranges within 30 days of submission of the performance test results, the new ranges shall be deemed approved and the new baseline value shall then be effective on the 31st day following submission.

[64 FR 31382, June 10, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 65077, Dec. 17, 2001]

§63.626   Performance tests and compliance provisions.

(a)(1) On or before the applicable compliance date in §63.630 and once per annum thereafter, each owner or operator of a phosphate fertilizers production plant subject to the provisions of this subpart shall conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standard for each existing diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line, granular triple superphosphate process line, or granular triple superphosphate storage building. The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test according to the procedures in subpart A of this part and in this section.

(2) As required by §63.7(a)(2) and once per annum thereafter, each owner or operator of a phosphate fertilizers production plant subject to the provisions of this subpart shall conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standard for each new diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line, granular triple superphosphate process line, or granular triple superphosphate storage building. The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test according to the procedures in subpart A of this part and in this section.

(b) In conducting performance tests, each owner or operator of an affected source shall use as reference methods and procedures the test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or other methods and procedures as specified in this section, except as provided in §63.7(f).

(c) Each owner or operator of a new or existing diammonium and/or monoammonium phosphate process line or granular triple superphosphate process line shall determine compliance with the applicable total fluorides standards in §63.622 or §63.623 as follows:

(1) The emission rate (E) of total fluorides shall be computed for each run using the following equation:

eCFR graphic er10jn99.001.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

E = emission rate of total fluorides, g/metric ton (lb/ton) of equivalent P2O5 feed.

Csi = concentration of total fluorides from emission point “i,” mg/dscm (mg/dscf).

Qsdi = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas from emission point “i,” dscm/hr (dscf/hr).

N = number of emission points associated with the affected facility.

P = equivalent P2O5 feed rate, metric ton/hr (ton/hr).

K = conversion factor, 1000 mg/g (453,600 mg/lb).

(2) Method 13A or 13B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) shall be used to determine the total fluorides concentration (Csi) and volumetric flow rate (Qsdi) of the effluent gas from each of the emission points. If Method 13 B is used, the fusion of the filtered material described in section 7.3.1.2 and the distillation of suitable aliquots of containers 1 and 2, described in sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 in Method 13 A, may be omitted. The sampling time and sample volume for each run shall be at least one hour and 0.85 dscm (30 dscf).

(3) The equivalent P2O5 feed rate (P) shall be computed using the following equation:

P = Mp Rp

Where:

Mp = total mass flow rate of phosphorus-bearing feed, metric ton/hr (ton/hr).

Rp = P2O5 content, decimal fraction.

(i) The accountability system described in §63.625(a) and (b) shall be used to determine the mass flow rate (Mp) of the phosphorus-bearing feed.

(ii) The P2O5 content (Rp) of the feed shall be determined using as appropriate the following methods (incorporated by reference—see 40 CFR 63.14) specified in the Book of Methods Used and Adopted By The Association Of Florida Phosphate Chemists, Seventh Edition 1991, where applicable:

(A) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 1 Preparation of Sample.

(B) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 3 Phosphorus—P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method A—Volumetric Method.

(C) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 3 Phosphorus-P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method B—Gravimetric Quimociac Method.

(D) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 3 Phosphorus-P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method C—Spectrophotometric Method.

(E) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus-P2O5, Method A—Volumetric Method.

(F) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus-P2O5, Method B—Gravimetric Quimociac Method.

(G) Section XI, Methods of Analysis for Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus-P2O5, Method C—Spectrophotometric Method.

(4) To comply with §63.625(f)(1) or (2), the owner or operator shall use the monitoring systems in §63.625(c) to determine the average pressure loss of the gas stream across each scrubber in the process scrubbing system and to determine the average flow rate of the scrubber liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system during each of the total fluoride runs. The arithmetic averages of the three runs shall be used as the baseline average values for the purposes of §63.625(f)(1) or (2).

(d) Each owner or operator of a new or existing granular triple superphosphate storage building shall determine compliance with the applicable total fluorides standards in §63.622 or §63.623 as follows:

(1) The owner or operator shall conduct performance tests only when the following quantities of product are being cured or stored in the facility.

(i) Total granular triple superphosphate is at least 10 percent of the building capacity, and

(ii) Fresh granular triple superphosphate is at least six percent of the total amount of granular triple superphosphate, or

(iii) If the provision in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section exceeds production capabilities for fresh granular triple superphosphate, fresh granular triple superphosphate is equal to at least 5 days maximum production.

(2) In conducting the performance test, the owner or operator shall use as reference methods and procedures the test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or other methods and procedures as specified in this section, except as provided in §63.7(f).

(3) The owner or operator shall determine compliance with the total fluorides standard in §§63.622 and 63.623 as follows:

(i) The emission rate (E) of total fluorides shall be computed for each run using the following equation:

eCFR graphic er10jn99.002.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

E = emission rate of total fluorides, g/hr/metric ton (lb/hr/ton) of equivalent P2O5 stored.

Csi = concentration of total fluorides from emission point “i,” mg/dscm (mg/dscf).

Qsdi = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas from emission point “i,” dscm/hr (dscf/hr).

N = number of emission points in the affected facility.

P = equivalent P2O5 stored, metric tons (tons).

K = conversion factor, 1000 mg/g (453,600 mg/lb).

(ii) Method 13A or 13B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) shall be used to determine the total fluorides concentration (Csi) and volumetric flow rate (Qsdi) of the effluent gas from each of the emission points. If Method 13B is used, the fusion of the filtered material described in section 7.3.1.2 and the distillation of suitable aliquots of containers 1 and 2, described in Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 in Method 13 A, may be omitted. The sampling time and sample volume for each run shall be at least one hour and 0.85 dscm (30 dscf).

(iii) The equivalent P2O5 feed rate (P) shall be computed using the following equation:

P = Mp Rp

Where:

Mp = amount of product in storage, metric ton (ton).

Rp = P2O5 content of product in storage, weight fraction.

(iv) The accountability system described in §63.625(d) and (e) shall be used to determine the amount of product (Mp) in storage.

(v) The P2O5 content (Rp) of the product stored shall be determined using as appropriate the following methods (incorporated by reference—see 40 CFR 63.14) specified in the Book of Methods Used and Adopted By The Association Of Florida Phosphate Chemists, Seventh Edition 1991, where applicable:

(A) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus—P2O5, Method A—Volumetric Method.

(B) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus—P2O5, Method B—Gravimetric Quimociac Method.

(C) Section XI, Methods of Analysis For Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, Triple superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total Phosphorus—P2O5, Method C—Spectrophotometric Method, or,

(vi) The P2O5 content (Rp) of the product stored shall be determined using as appropriate the following methods (incorporated by reference—see 40 CFR 63.14) specified in the Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC International, sixteenth Edition, 1995, where applicable:

(A) AOAC Official Method 957.02 Phosphorus (Total) In Fertilizers, Preparation of Sample Solution.

(B) AOAC Official Method 929.01 Sampling of Solid Fertilizers.

(C) AOAC Official Method 929.02 Preparation of Fertilizer Sample.

(D) AOAC Official Method 978.01 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, Automated Method.

(E) AOAC Official Method 969.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, Alkalimetric Quinolinium Molybdophosphate Method.

(F) AOAC Official Method 962.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, Gravimetric Quinolinium Molybdophosphate Method.

(G) AOAC Official Method 958.01 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, Spectrophotometric Molybdovanadophosphate Method.

(4) To comply with §63.625(f) (1) or (2), the owner or operator shall use the monitoring systems described in §63.625(c) to determine the average pressure loss of the gas stream across each scrubber in the process scrubbing system and to determine the average flow rate of the scrubber liquid to each scrubber in the process scrubbing system during each of the total fluoride runs. The arithmetic averages of the three runs shall be used as the baseline average values for the purposes of §63.625(f) (1) or (2).

§63.627   Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this subpart shall comply with the notification requirements in §63.9.

(b) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this subpart shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements in §63.10.

(c) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with the reporting requirements specified in §63.10 as follows:

(1) Performance test report. As required by §63.10, the owner or operator shall report the results of the initial and annual performance tests as part of the notification of compliance status required in §63.9.

(2) Excess emissions report. As required by §63.10, the owner or operator of an affected source shall submit an excess emissions report for any exceedance of an operating parameter limit. The report shall contain the information specified in §63.10. When no exceedances of an operating parameter have occurred, such information shall be included in the report. The report shall be submitted semiannually and shall be delivered or postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the calendar half. If exceedances are reported, the owner or operator shall report quarterly until a request to reduce reporting frequency is approved as described in §63.10.

(3) Summary report. If the total duration of control system exceedances for the reporting period is less than 1 percent of the total operating time for the reporting period, the owner or operator shall submit a summary report containing the information specified in §63.10 rather than the full excess emissions report, unless required by the Administrator. The summary report shall be submitted semiannually and shall be delivered or postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the calendar half.

(4) If the total duration of control system operating parameter exceedances for the reporting period is 1 percent or greater of the total operating time for the reporting period, the owner or operator shall submit a summary report and the excess emissions report.

§63.628   Applicability of general provisions.

The requirements of the general provisions in subpart A of this part that are applicable to the owner or operator subject to the requirements of this subpart are shown in appendix A to this subpart.

§63.629   Miscellaneous requirements.

The Administrator retains the authority to approve site-specific test plans for uncontrolled granular triple superphosphate storage buildings developed pursuant to §63.7(c)(2)(i).

§63.630   Compliance dates.

(a) Each owner or operator of an existing affected source at a phosphate fertilizers production plant shall achieve compliance with the requirements of this subpart no later than June 10, 2002. Notwithstanding the requirements of §63.7(a)(2)(iii), each owner or operator of an existing affected source at a phosphate fertilizers production plant shall fulfill the applicable requirements of §63.626 no later than June 10, 2002.

(b) Each owner or operator of a phosphate fertilizers production plant that commences construction or reconstruction of an affected source after December 27, 1996 shall achieve compliance with the requirements of this subpart upon startup of operations or by June 10, 1999, whichever is later.

(c) The owner or operator of any existing uncontrolled granular triple superphosphate storage building subject to the provisions of this subpart shall submit for approval by the Administrator a site-specific test plan for each such building according to the provisions of §63.7(b)(2)(i) no later than June 12, 2000.

§63.631   Exemption from new source performance standards.

Any affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart is exempted from any otherwise applicable new source performance standard contained in 40 CFR part 60, subpart V, subpart W, or subpart X. To be exempt, a source must have a current operating permit pursuant to Title V of the Act and the source must be in compliance with all requirements of this subpart. For each affected source, this exemption is effective upon the date that the owner or operator demonstrates to the Administrator that the requirements of §§63.624, 63.625 and 63.626 have been met.

§63.632   Implementation and enforcement.

(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable State, local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or Tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to a State, local, or Tribal agency.

(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to the State, local, or Tribal agency.

(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or Tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in §§63.620, 63.622 through 63.624, and 63.629 through 63.631.

(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under §63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under §63.8(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under §63.10(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

[68 FR 37351, June 23, 2003]

Appendix A to Subpart BB of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart BB

40 CFR citationRequirementApplies to subpart BBComment
63.1(a)(1) through (4)General ApplicabilityYes.
63.1(a)(5)No[Reserved].
63.1(a)(6) through (8)Yes.
63.1(a)(9)No[Reserved].
63.1(a)(10) through (14)Yes.
63.1(b)Initial Applicability DeterminationYes.
63.1(c)(1)Applicability After Standard EstablishedYes.
63.1(c)(2)YesSome plants may be area sources.
63.1(c)(3)No[Reserved].
63.1(c)(4) and (5)Yes
63.1(d)No[Reserved].
63.1(e)Applicability of Permit ProgramYes.
63.2DefinitionsYesAdditional definitions in §63.621.
63.3Units and AbbreviationsYes.
63.4(a)(1) through (3)Prohibited ActivitiesYes.
63.4(a)(4)No[Reserved].
63.4(a)(5)Yes.
63.4(b) and (c)Circumvention/SeverabilityYes.
63.5(a)Construction/Reconstruction ApplicabilityYes.
63.5(b)(1)Existing, New, Reconstructed Sources RequirementsYes.
63.5(b)(2)No[Reserved].
63.5(b)(3) through (6)Yes.
63.5(c)No[Reserved].
63.5(d)Application for Approval of Construction/ReconstructionYes.
63.5(e)Approval of Construction/ReconstructionYes.
63.5(f)Approval of Construction/Reconstruction Based on State ReviewYes.
63.6(a)Compliance with Standards and Maintenance ApplicabilityYes.
63.6(b)(1) through (5)New and Reconstructed Sources DatesYesSee also §63.629.
63.6(b)(6)No[Reserved].
63.6(b)(7)Yes.
63.6(c)(1)Existing Sources DatesYes§63.629 specifies dates.
63.6(c)(2)Yes.
63.6(c)(3) and (4)No[Reserved].
63.6(c)(5)Yes.
63.6(d)No[Reserved].
63.6(e)(1) and (2)Operation & Maintenance RequirementsYes
63.6(e)(3)Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction PlanYes
63.6(f)Compliance with Emission StandardsYes
63.6(g)Alternative StandardYes.
63.6(h)Compliance with Opacity/VE StandardsNoSubpart BB does not include VE/opacity standards.
63.6(i)(1) through (14)Extension of ComplianceYes.
63.6(i)(15)No[Reserved].
63.6(i)(16)Yes.
63.6(j)Exemption from ComplianceYes.
63.7(a)Performance Test Requirements ApplicabilityYes§63.629(a) applies rather than §63.7(a)(2)(iii).
63.7(b)NotificationYes.
63.7(c)Quality Assurance/Test PlanYes.
63.7(d)Testing FacilitiesYes.
63.7(e)Conduct of TestsYes§§63.624 and 63.625 specify additional requirements.
63.7(f)Alternative Test MethodYes.
63.7(g)Data AnalysisYes.
63.7(h)Waiver of TestsYes.
63.8(a)(1)Monitoring Requirements ApplicabilityYes.
63.8(a)(2)NoSubpart BB does not require CMS performance specifications.
63.8(a)(3)No[Reserved].
63.8(a)(4)Yes.
63.8(b)Conduct of MonitoringYes.
63.8(c)(1) through (4)CMS Operation/MaintenanceYes.
63.8(c)(5) through (8)NoSubpart BB does not require COMS/CEMS or CMS perfo(b) [Reserved].rmance specifications.
63.8(d)Quality ControlYes.
63.8(e)CMS Performance EvaluationNoSubpart BB does not require CMS performance evaluations.
63.8(f)(1) through (5)Alternative Monitoring MethodYes.
63.8(f)(6)Alternative to RATA TestNoSubpart BB does not require CEMS.
63.8(g)(1)Data ReductionYes.
63.8(g)(2)NoSubpart BB does not require COMS or CEMS.
63.8(g)(3) through (5)Yes.
63.9(a)Notification Requirements ApplicabilityYes.
63.9(b)Initial NotificationsYes.
63.9(c)Request for Compliance ExtensionYes.
63.9(d)New Source Notification for Special Compliance RequirementsYes.
63.9(e)Notification of Performance TestYes.
63.9(f)Notification of VE/Opacity TestNoSubpart BB does not include VE/opacity standards.
63.9(g)Additional CMS NotificationsNoSubpart BB does not require CMS performance evaluation, COMS, or CEMS.
63.9(h)(1) through (3)Notification of Compliance StatusYes.
63.9(h)(4)No[Reserved].
63.9(h)(5) and (6)Yes.
63.9(i)Adjustment of DeadlinesYes.
63.9(j)Change in Previous InformationYes.
63.10(a)Recordkeeping/Reporting-ApplicabilityYes.
63.10(b)General Recordkeeping RequirementsYes.
63.10(c)(1)Additional CMS RecordkeepingYes.
63.10(c)(2) through (4)No[Reserved].
63.10(c)(5)Yes.
63.10(c)(6)NoSubpart BB does not require CMS performance specifications.
63.10(c)(7) and (8)Yes.
63.10(c)(9)No[Reserved].
63.10(c)(10) through (13)Yes.
63.10(c)(14)NoSubpart BB does not require a CMS quality control program.
63.10(c)(15)Yes.
63.10(d)(1)General Reporting RequirementsYes.
63.10(d)(2)Performance Test ResultsYes.
63.10(d)(3)Opacity or VE ObservationsNoSubpart BB does not include VE/opacity standards.
63.10(d)(4) and (5)Progress Reports/Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction ReportsYes.
63.10(e)(1) and (2)Additional CMS ReportsNoSubpart BB does not require CEMS or CMS performance evaluations.
63.10(e)(3)Excess Emissions/CMS Performance ReportsYes§63.626(c)(2) includes additional requirements. A CMS performance report is not required.
63.10(e)(4)COMS Data ReportsNoSubpart BB does not require COMS.
63.10(f)Recordkeeping/Reporting WaiverYes.
63.11(a)Control Device Requirements ApplicabilityYes.
63.11(b)FlaresNoFlares not applicable.
63.12State Authority and DelegationsYesAuthority for approval of site-specific test plans for GTSP storage buildings is retained (see §63.628(a)).
63.13AddressesYes.
63.14Incorporation by ReferenceYes.
63.15Information Availability/ConfidentialityYes.

[64 FR 31382, June 10, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 65078, Dec. 17, 2001]

Subpart CC—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Petroleum Refineries

Source: 60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, unless otherwise noted.

§63.640   Applicability and designation of affected source.

(a) This subpart applies to petroleum refining process units and to related emissions points that are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (8) of this section that are located at a plant site and that meet the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section:

(1) Are located at a plant site that is a major source as defined in section 112(a) of the Clean Air Act; and

(2) Emit or have equipment containing or contacting one or more of the hazardous air pollutants listed in table 1 of this subpart.

(b)(1) If the predominant use of the flexible operation unit, as described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, is as a petroleum refining process unit, as defined in §63.641, then the flexible operation unit shall be subject to the provisions of this subpart.

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, the predominant use of the flexible operation unit shall be the use representing the greatest annual operating time.

(ii) If the flexible operation unit is used as a petroleum refining process unit and for another purpose equally based on operating time, then the predominant use of the flexible operation unit shall be the use that produces the greatest annual production on a mass basis.

(2) The determination of applicability of this subpart to petroleum refining process units that are designed and operated as flexible operation units shall be reported as specified in §63.655(h)(6)(i).

(c) For the purposes of this subpart, the affected source shall comprise all emissions points, in combination, listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(8) of this section that are located at a single refinery plant site.

(1) All miscellaneous process vents from petroleum refining process units meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section;

(2) All storage vessels associated with petroleum refining process units meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section;

(3) All wastewater streams and treatment operations associated with petroleum refining process units meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section;

(4) All equipment leaks from petroleum refining process units meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section;

(5) All gasoline loading racks classified under Standard Industrial Classification code 2911 meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section;

(6) All marine vessel loading operations located at a petroleum refinery meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section and the applicability criteria of subpart Y, §63.560;

(7) All storage vessels and equipment leaks associated with a bulk gasoline terminal or pipeline breakout station classified under Standard Industrial Classification code 2911 located within a contiguous area and under common control with a refinery meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section; and

(8) All heat exchange systems, as defined in this subpart.

(d) The affected source subject to this subpart does not include the emission points listed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section.

(1) Stormwater from segregated stormwater sewers;

(2) Spills;

(3) Any pump, compressor, pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, or instrumentation system that is intended to operate in organic hazardous air pollutant service, as defined in §63.641 of this subpart, for less than 300 hours during the calendar year;

(4) Catalytic cracking unit and catalytic reformer catalyst regeneration vents, and sulfur plant vents; and

(5) Emission points routed to a fuel gas system, as defined in §63.641 of this subpart. No testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting is required for refinery fuel gas systems or emission points routed to refinery fuel gas systems.

(e) The owner or operator of a storage vessel constructed on or before August 18, 1994, shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section to determine whether a storage vessel is part of a source to which this subpart applies. The owner or operator of a storage vessel constructed after August 18, 1994, shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2)(i), and (e)(2)(ii) of this section to determine whether a storage vessel is part of a source to which this subpart applies.

(1) Where a storage vessel is used exclusively by a process unit, the storage vessel shall be considered part of that process unit.

(i) If the process unit is a petroleum refining process unit subject to this subpart, then the storage vessel is part of the affected source to which this subpart applies.

(ii) If the process unit is not subject to this subpart, then the storage vessel is not part of the affected source to which this subpart applies.

(2) If a storage vessel is not dedicated to a single process unit, then the applicability of this subpart shall be determined according to the provisions in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (e)(2)(iii) of this section.

(i) If a storage vessel is shared among process units and one of the process units has the predominant use, as determined by paragraphs (e)(2)(i)(A) and (e)(2)(i)(B) of this section, then the storage vessel is part of that process unit.

(A) If the greatest input on a volume basis into the storage vessel is from a process unit that is located on the same plant site, then that process unit has the predominant use.

(B) If the greatest input on a volume basis into the storage vessel is provided from a process unit that is not located on the same plant site, then the predominant use shall be the process unit that receives the greatest amount of material on a volume basis from the storage vessel at the same plant site.

(ii) If a storage vessel is shared among process units so that there is no single predominant use, and at least one of those process units is a petroleum refining process unit subject to this subpart, the storage vessel shall be considered to be part of the petroleum refining process unit that is subject to this subpart. If more than one petroleum refining process unit is subject to this subpart, the owner or operator may assign the storage vessel to any of the petroleum refining process units subject to this subpart.

(iii) If the predominant use of a storage vessel varies from year to year, then the applicability of this subpart shall be determined based on the utilization of that storage vessel during the year preceding August 18, 1995. This determination shall be reported as specified in §63.655(h)(6)(ii).

(f) The owner or operator of a distillation unit constructed on or before August 18, 1994, shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(4) of this section to determine whether a miscellaneous process vent from a distillation unit is part of a source to which this subpart applies. The owner or operator of a distillation unit constructed after August 18, 1994, shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(5) of this section to determine whether a miscellaneous process vent from a distillation unit is part of a source to which this subpart applies.

(1) If the greatest input to the distillation unit is from a process unit located on the same plant site, then the distillation unit shall be assigned to that process unit.

(2) If the greatest input to the distillation unit is provided from a process unit that is not located on the same plant site, then the distillation unit shall be assigned to the process unit located at the same plant site that receives the greatest amount of material from the distillation unit.

(3) If a distillation unit is shared among process units so that there is no single predominant use, as described in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section, and at least one of those process units is a petroleum refining process unit subject to this subpart, the distillation unit shall be assigned to the petroleum refining process unit that is subject to this subpart. If more than one petroleum refining process unit is subject to this subpart, the owner or operator may assign the distillation unit to any of the petroleum refining process units subject to this rule.

(4) If the process unit to which the distillation unit is assigned is a petroleum refining process unit subject to this subpart and the vent stream contains greater than 20 parts per million by volume total organic hazardous air pollutants, then the vent from the distillation unit is considered a miscellaneous process vent (as defined in §63.641 of this subpart) and is part of the source to which this subpart applies.

(5) If the predominant use of a distillation unit varies from year to year, then the applicability of this subpart shall be determined based on the utilization of that distillation unit during the year preceding August 18, 1995. This determination shall be reported as specified in §63.655(h)(6)(iii).

(g) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to the processes specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(7) of this section.

(1) Research and development facilities, regardless of whether the facilities are located at the same plant site as a petroleum refining process unit that is subject to the provisions of this subpart;

(2) Equipment that does not contain any of the hazardous air pollutants listed in table 1 of this subpart that is located within a petroleum refining process unit that is subject to this subpart;

(3) Units processing natural gas liquids;

(4) Units that are used specifically for recycling discarded oil;

(5) Shale oil extraction units;

(6) Ethylene processes; and

(7) Process units and emission points subject to subparts F, G, H, and I of this part.

(h) Except as provided in paragraphs (k), (l), or (m) of this section, sources subject to this subpart are required to achieve compliance on or before the dates specified in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(6) of this section.

(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (h)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, new sources that commence construction or reconstruction after July 14, 1994, shall be in compliance with this subpart upon initial startup or August 18, 1995, whichever is later.

(i) At new sources that commence construction or reconstruction after July 14, 1994, but on or before September 4, 2007, heat exchange systems shall be in compliance with the existing source requirements for heat exchange systems specified in §63.654 no later than October 29, 2012.

(ii) At new sources that commence construction or reconstruction after September 4, 2007, heat exchange systems shall be in compliance with the new source requirements in §63.654 upon initial startup or October 28, 2009, whichever is later.

(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (h)(3) through (h)(6) of this section, existing sources shall be in compliance with this subpart no later than August 18, 1998, except as provided in §63.6(c)(5) of subpart A of this part, or unless an extension has been granted by the Administrator as provided in §63.6(i) of subpart A of this part.

(3) Marine tank vessels at existing sources shall be in compliance with this subpart no later than August 18, 1999 unless the vessels are included in an emissions average to generate emission credits. Marine tank vessels used to generate credits in an emissions average shall be in compliance with this subpart no later than August 18, 1998 unless an extension has been granted by the Administrator as provided in §63.6(i).

(4) Existing Group 1 floating roof storage vessels shall be in compliance with §63.646 of this subpart at the first degassing and cleaning activity after August 18, 1998, or August 18, 2005, whichever is first.

(5) An owner or operator may elect to comply with the provisions of §63.648 (c) through (i) as an alternative to the provisions of §63.648 (a) and (b). In such cases, the owner or operator shall comply no later than the dates specified in paragraphs (h)(5)(i) through (h)(5)(iii) of this section.

(i) Phase I (see table 2 of this subpart), beginning on August 18, 1998;

(ii) Phase II (see table 2 of this subpart), beginning no later than August 18, 1999; and

(iii) Phase III (see table 2 of this subpart), beginning no later than February 18, 2001.

(6) Heat exchange systems at an existing source shall be in compliance with the existing source standards in §63.654 no later than October 29, 2012.

(i) If an additional petroleum refining process unit is added to a plant site that is a major source as defined in section 112(a) of the Clean Air Act, the addition shall be subject to the requirements for a new source if it meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(3) of this section:

(1) It is an addition that meets the definition of construction in §63.2 of subpart A of this part;

(2) Such construction commenced after July 14, 1994; and

(3) The addition has the potential to emit 10 tons per year or more of any hazardous air pollutant or 25 tons per year or more of any combination of hazardous air pollutants.

(j) If any change is made to a petroleum refining process unit subject to this subpart, the change shall be subject to the requirements for a new source if it meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (j)(1) and (j)(2) of this section:

(1) It is a change that meets the definition of reconstruction in §63.2 of subpart A of this part; and

(2) Such reconstruction commenced after July 14, 1994.

(k) If an additional petroleum refining process unit is added to a plant site or a change is made to a petroleum refining process unit and the addition or change is determined to be subject to the new source requirements according to paragraphs (i) or (j) of this section it must comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (k)(1) and (k)(2) of this section:

(1) The reconstructed source, addition, or change shall be in compliance with the new source requirements upon initial startup of the reconstructed source or by August 18, 1995, whichever is later; and

(2) The owner or operator of the reconstructed source, addition, or change shall comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements that are applicable to new sources. The applicable reports include, but are not limited to:

(i) The application for approval of construction or reconstruction shall be submitted as soon as practical before the construction or reconstruction is planned to commence (but it need not be sooner than November 16, 1995);

(ii) The Notification of Compliance Status report as required by §63.655(f) for a new source, addition, or change;

(iii) Periodic Reports and other reports as required by §63.655(g) and (h);

(iv) Reports and notifications required by §60.487 of subpart VV of part 60 or §63.182 of subpart H of this part. The requirements for subpart H are summarized in table 3 of this subpart;

(v) Reports required by 40 CFR 61.357 of subpart FF;

(vi) Reports and notifications required by §63.428(b), (c), (g)(1), (h)(1) through (h)(3), and (k) of subpart R. These requirements are summarized in table 4 of this subpart; and

(vii) Reports and notifications required by §§63.565 and 63.567 of subpart Y of this part. These requirements are summarized in table 5 of this subpart.

(l) If an additional petroleum refining process unit is added to a plant site or if a miscellaneous process vent, storage vessel, gasoline loading rack, marine tank vessel loading operation, or heat exchange system that meets the criteria in paragraphs (c)(1) through (8) of this section is added to an existing petroleum refinery or if another deliberate operational process change creating an additional Group 1 emissions point(s) (as defined in §63.641) is made to an existing petroleum refining process unit, and if the addition or process change is not subject to the new source requirements as determined according to paragraphs (i) or (j) of this section, the requirements in paragraphs (l)(1) through (3) of this section shall apply. Examples of process changes include, but are not limited to, changes in production capacity, or feed or raw material where the change requires construction or physical alteration of the existing equipment or catalyst type, or whenever there is replacement, removal, or addition of recovery equipment. For purposes of this paragraph and paragraph (m) of this section, process changes do not include: Process upsets, unintentional temporary process changes, and changes that are within the equipment configuration and operating conditions documented in the Notification of Compliance Status report required by §63.655(f).

(1) The added emission point(s) and any emission point(s) within the added or changed petroleum refining process unit are subject to the requirements for an existing source.

(2) The added emission point(s) and any emission point(s) within the added or changed petroleum refining process unit shall be in compliance with this subpart by the dates specified in paragraphs (l)(2)(i) or (l)(2)(ii) of this section, as applicable.

(i) If a petroleum refining process unit is added to a plant site or an emission point(s) is added to any existing petroleum refining process unit, the added emission point(s) shall be in compliance upon initial startup of any added petroleum refining process unit or emission point(s) or by August 18, 1998, whichever is later.

(ii) If a deliberate operational process change to an existing petroleum refining process unit causes a Group 2 emission point to become a Group 1 emission point (as defined in §63.641), the owner or operator shall be in compliance upon initial startup or by August 18, 1998, whichever is later, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the Administrator that achieving compliance will take longer than making the change. If this demonstration is made to the Administrator's satisfaction, the owner or operator shall follow the procedures in paragraphs (m)(1) through (m)(3) of this section to establish a compliance date.

(3) The owner or operator of a petroleum refining process unit or of a storage vessel, miscellaneous process vent, wastewater stream, gasoline loading rack, marine tank vessel loading operation, or heat exchange system meeting the criteria in paragraphs (c)(1) through (8) of this section that is added to a plant site and is subject to the requirements for existing sources shall comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements that are applicable to existing sources including, but not limited to, the reports listed in paragraphs (l)(3)(i) through (vii) of this section. A process change to an existing petroleum refining process unit shall be subject to the reporting requirements for existing sources including, but not limited to, the reports listed in paragraphs (l)(3)(i) through (l)(3)(vii) of this section. The applicable reports include, but are not limited to:

(i) The Notification of Compliance Status report as required by §63.655(f) for the emission points that were added or changed;

(ii) Periodic Reports and other reports as required by §63.655(g) and (h);

(iii) Reports and notifications required by sections of subpart A of this part that are applicable to this subpart, as identified in table 6 of this subpart.

(iv) Reports and notifications required by §63.182, or 40 CFR 60.487. The requirements of subpart H of this part are summarized in table 3 of this subpart;

(v) Reports required by §61.357 of subpart FF;

(vi) Reports and notifications required by §63.428(b), (c), (g)(1), (h)(1) through (h)(3), and (k) of subpart R. These requirements are summarized in table 4 of this subpart; and

(vii) Reports and notifications required by §§63.565 and 63.567 of subpart Y. These requirements are summarized in table 5 of this subpart.

(4) If pumps, compressors, pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, or instrumentation systems are added to an existing source, they are subject to the equipment leak standards for existing sources in §63.648. A notification of compliance status report shall not be required for such added equipment.

(m) If a change that does not meet the criteria in paragraph (l) of this section is made to a petroleum refining process unit subject to this subpart, and the change causes a Group 2 emission point to become a Group 1 emission point (as defined in §63.641), then the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of this subpart for existing sources for the Group 1 emission point as expeditiously as practicable, but in no event later than 3 years after the emission point becomes Group 1.

(1) The owner or operator shall submit to the Administrator for approval a compliance schedule, along with a justification for the schedule.

(2) The compliance schedule shall be submitted within 180 days after the change is made, unless the compliance schedule has been previously submitted to the permitting authority. If it is not possible to determine until after the change is implemented whether the emission point has become Group 1, the compliance schedule shall be submitted within 180 days of the date when the affect of the change is known to the source. The compliance schedule may be submitted in the next Periodic Report if the change is made after the date the Notification of Compliance Status report is due.

(3) The Administrator shall approve or deny the compliance schedule or request changes within 120 calendar days of receipt of the compliance schedule and justification. Approval is automatic if not received from the Administrator within 120 calendar days of receipt.

(n) Overlap of subpart CC with other regulations for storage vessels.

(1) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section, a Group 1 or Group 2 storage vessel that is part of an existing source and is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb, is required to comply only with the requirements of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb, except as provided in paragraph (n)(8) of this section.

(2) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section a Group 1 storage vessel that is part of a new source and is subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb is required to comply only with this subpart.

(3) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section, a Group 2 storage vessel that is part of a new source and is subject to the control requirements in §60.112b of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb is required to comply only with 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb except as provided in paragraph (n)(8) of this section.

(4) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section, a Group 2 storage vessel that is part of a new source and is subject to 40 CFR 60.110b, but is not required to apply controls by 40 CFR 60.110b or 60.112b is required to comply only with this subpart.

(5) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section a Group 1 storage vessel that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subparts K or Ka is required to only comply with the provisions of this subpart.

(6) After compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section, a Group 2 storage vessel that is subject to the control requirements of 40 CFR part 60, subparts K or Ka is required to comply only with the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subparts K or Ka except as provided for in paragraph (n)(9) of this section.

(7) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section, a Group 2 storage vessel that is subject to 40 CFR part 60, subparts K or Ka, but not to the control requirements of 40 CFR part 60, subparts K or Ka, is required to comply only with this subpart.

(8) Storage vessels described by paragraphs (n)(1) and (n)(3) of this section are to comply with 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb except as provided for in paragraphs (n)(8)(i) through (n)(8)(vi) of this section.

(i) Storage vessels that are to comply with §60.112b(a)(2) of subpart Kb are exempt from the secondary seal requirements of §60.112b(a)(2)(i)(B) during the gap measurements for the primary seal required by §60.113b(b) of subpart Kb.

(ii) If the owner or operator determines that it is unsafe to perform the seal gap measurements required in §60.113b(b) of subpart Kb or to inspect the vessel to determine compliance with §60.113b(a) of subpart Kb because the roof appears to be structurally unsound and poses an imminent danger to inspecting personnel, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in either §63.120(b)(7)(i) or §63.120(b)(7)(ii) of subpart G.

(iii) If a failure is detected during the inspections required by §60.113b(a)(2) or during the seal gap measurements required by §60.113b(b)(1), and the vessel cannot be repaired within 45 days and the vessel cannot be emptied within 45 days, the owner or operator may utilize up to two extensions of up to 30 additional calendar days each. The owner or operator is not required to provide a request for the extension to the Administrator.

(iv) If an extension is utilized in accordance with paragraph (n)(8)(iii) of this section, the owner or operator shall, in the next periodic report, identify the vessel, provide the information listed in §60.113b(a)(2) or §60.113b(b)(4)(iii), and describe the nature and date of the repair made or provide the date the storage vessel was emptied.

(v) Owners and operators of storage vessels complying with subpart Kb of part 60 may submit the inspection reports required by §§60.115b(a)(3), (a)(4), and (b)(4) of subpart Kb as part of the periodic reports required by this subpart, rather than within the 30-day period specified in §§60.115b(a)(3), (a)(4), and (b)(4) of subpart Kb.

(vi) The reports of rim seal inspections specified in §60.115b(b)(2) are not required if none of the measured gaps or calculated gap areas exceed the limitations specified in §60.113b(b)(4). Documentation of the inspections shall be recorded as specified in §60.115b(b)(3).

(9) Storage vessels described by paragraph (n)(6) of this section that are to comply with 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ka, are to comply with only subpart Ka except as provided for in paragraphs (n)(9)(i) through (n)(9)(iv) of this section.

(i) If the owner or operator determines that it is unsafe to perform the seal gap measurements required in §60.113a(a)(1) of subpart Ka because the floating roof appears to be structurally unsound and poses an imminent danger to inspecting personnel, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in either §63.120(b)(7)(i) or §63.120(b)(7)(ii) of subpart G.

(ii) If a failure is detected during the seal gap measurements required by §60.113a(a)(1) of subpart Ka, and the vessel cannot be repaired within 45 days and the vessel cannot be emptied within 45 days, the owner or operator may utilize up to 2 extensions of up to 30 additional calendar days each.

(iii) If an extension is utilized in accordance with paragraph (n)(9)(ii) of this section, the owner or operator shall, in the next periodic report, identify the vessel, describe the nature and date of the repair made or provide the date the storage vessel was emptied. The owner or operator shall also provide documentation of the decision to utilize an extension including a description of the failure, documentation that alternate storage capacity is unavailable, and a schedule of actions that will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or the vessel emptied as soon as possible.

(iv) Owners and operators of storage vessels complying with subpart Ka of part 60 may submit the inspection reports required by §60.113a(a)(1)(i)(E) of subpart Ka as part of the periodic reports required by this subpart, rather than within the 60-day period specified in §60.113a(a)(1)(i)(E) of subpart Ka.

(o) Overlap of this subpart CC with other regulations for wastewater.

(1) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section a Group 1 wastewater stream managed in a piece of equipment that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart QQQ is required to comply only with this subpart.

(2) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section a Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream that is conveyed, stored, or treated in a wastewater stream management unit that also receives streams subject to the provisions of §§63.133 through 63.147 of subpart G wastewater provisions of this part shall comply as specified in paragraph (o)(2)(i) or (o)(2)(ii) of this section. Compliance with the provisions of paragraph (o)(2) of this section shall constitute compliance with the requirements of this subpart for that wastewater stream.

(i) Comply with paragraphs (o)(2)(i)(A) through (o)(2)(i)(C) of this section.

(A) The provisions in §§63.133 through 63.140 of subpart G for all equipment used in the storage and conveyance of the Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream.

(B) The provisions in both 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF and in §§63.138 and 63.139 of subpart G for the treatment and control of the Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream.

(C) The provisions in §§63.143 through 63.148 of subpart G for monitoring and inspections of equipment and for recordkeeping and reporting requirements. The owner or operator is not required to comply with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements associated with the treatment and control requirements in 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF, §§61.355 through 61.357.

(ii) Comply with paragraphs (o)(2)(ii)(A) and (o)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) Comply with the provisions of §§63.133 through 63.148 and §§63.151 and 63.152 of subpart G.

(B) For any Group 2 wastewater stream or organic stream whose benzene emissions are subject to control through the use of one or more treatment processes or waste management units under the provisions of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF on or after December 31, 1992, comply with the requirements of §63.133 through §63.147 of subpart G for Group 1 wastewater streams.

(p) Overlap of subpart CC with other regulations for equipment leaks.

(1) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section, equipment leaks that are also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR parts 60 and 61 standards promulgated before September 4, 2007, are required to comply only with the provisions specified in this subpart.

(2) Equipment leaks that are also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart GGGa, are required to comply only with the provisions specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart GGGa.

(q) For overlap of subpart CC with local or State regulations, the permitting authority for the affected source may allow consolidation of the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements under this subpart with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements under other applicable requirements in 40 CFR parts 60, 61, or 63, and in any 40 CFR part 52 approved State implementation plan provided the implementation plan allows for approval of alternative monitoring, reporting, or recordkeeping requirements and provided that the permit contains an equivalent degree of compliance and control.

(r) Overlap of subpart CC with other regulations for gasoline loading racks. After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (h) of this section, a Group 1 gasoline loading rack that is part of a source subject to subpart CC and also is subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart XX is required to comply only with this subpart.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995; 61 FR 7051, Feb. 23, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 29878, June 12, 1996; 63 FR 44140, Aug. 18, 1998; 66 FR 28841, May 25, 2001; 74 FR 55683, Oct. 28, 2009; 78 FR 37145, June 20, 2013]

§63.641   Definitions.

All terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning given them in the Clean Air Act, subpart A of this part, and in this section. If the same term is defined in subpart A and in this section, it shall have the meaning given in this section for purposes of this subpart.

Affected source means the collection of emission points to which this subpart applies as determined by the criteria in §63.640.

Aliphatic means open-chained structure consisting of paraffin, olefin and acetylene hydrocarbons and derivatives.

Annual average true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure exerted by the stored liquid at the temperature equal to the annual average of the liquid storage temperature for liquids stored above or below the ambient temperature or at the local annual average temperature reported by the National Weather Service for liquids stored at the ambient temperature, as determined:

(1) In accordance with methods specified in §63.111 of subpart G of this part;

(2) From standard reference texts; or

(3) By any other method approved by the Administrator.

Boiler means any enclosed combustion device that extracts useful energy in the form of steam and is not an incinerator.

By compound means by individual stream components, not by carbon equivalents.

Car-seal means a seal that is placed on a device that is used to change the position of a valve (e.g., from opened to closed) in such a way that the position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking the seal.

Closed vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere and is configured of piping, ductwork, connections, and, if necessary, flow inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from an emission point to a control device or back into the process. If gas or vapor from regulated equipment is routed to a process (e.g., to a petroleum refinery fuel gas system), the process shall not be considered a closed vent system and is not subject to closed vent system standards.

Combustion device means an individual unit of equipment such as a flare, incinerator, process heater, or boiler used for the combustion of organic hazardous air pollutant vapors.

Connector means flanged, screwed, or other joined fittings used to connect two pipe lines or a pipe line and a piece of equipment. A common connector is a flange. Joined fittings welded completely around the circumference of the interface are not considered connectors for the purpose of this regulation. For the purpose of reporting and recordkeeping, connector means joined fittings that are accessible.

Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy or computer readable form, of data values measured at least once every hour and recorded at the frequency specified in §63.655(i).

Continuous recorder means a data recording device recording an instantaneous data value or an average data value at least once every hour.

Control device means any equipment used for recovering, removing, or oxidizing organic hazardous air pollutants. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, incinerators, flares, boilers, and process heaters. For miscellaneous process vents (as defined in this section), recovery devices (as defined in this section) are not considered control devices.

Cooling tower means a heat removal device used to remove the heat absorbed in circulating cooling water systems by transferring the heat to the atmosphere using natural or mechanical draft.

Cooling tower return line means the main water trunk lines at the inlet to the cooling tower before exposure to the atmosphere.

Delayed coker vent means a vent that is typically intermittent in nature, and usually occurs only during the initiation of the depressuring cycle of the decoking operation when vapor from the coke drums cannot be sent to the fractionator column for product recovery, but instead is routed to the atmosphere through a closed blowdown system or directly to the atmosphere in an open blowdown system. The emissions from the decoking phases of delayed coker operations, which include coke drum deheading, draining, or decoking (coke cutting), are not considered to be delayed coker vents.

Distillate receiver means overhead receivers, overhead accumulators, reflux drums, and condenser(s) including ejector-condenser(s) associated with a distillation unit.

Distillation unit means a device or vessel in which one or more feed streams are separated into two or more exit streams, each exit stream having component concentrations different from those in the feed stream(s). The separation is achieved by the redistribution of the components between the liquid and the vapor phases by vaporization and condensation as they approach equilibrium within the distillation unit. Distillation unit includes the distillate receiver, reboiler, and any associated vacuum pump or steam jet.

Emission point means an individual miscellaneous process vent, storage vessel, wastewater stream, or equipment leak associated with a petroleum refining process unit; an individual storage vessel or equipment leak associated with a bulk gasoline terminal or pipeline breakout station classified under Standard Industrial Classification code 2911; a gasoline loading rack classified under Standard Industrial Classification code 2911; or a marine tank vessel loading operation located at a petroleum refinery.

Equipment leak means emissions of organic hazardous air pollutants from a pump, compressor, pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, or instrumentation system “in organic hazardous air pollutant service” as defined in this section. Vents from wastewater collection and conveyance systems (including, but not limited to wastewater drains, sewer vents, and sump drains), tank mixers, and sample valves on storage tanks are not equipment leaks.

Flame zone means the portion of a combustion chamber of a boiler or process heater occupied by the flame envelope created by the primary fuel.

Flexible operation unit means a process unit that manufactures different products periodically by alternating raw materials or operating conditions. These units are also referred to as campaign plants or blocked operations.

Flow indicator means a device that indicates whether gas is flowing, or whether the valve position would allow gas to flow, in a line.

Fuel gas system means the offsite and onsite piping and control system that gathers gaseous streams generated by refinery operations, may blend them with sources of gas, if available, and transports the blended gaseous fuel at suitable pressures for use as fuel in heaters, furnaces, boilers, incinerators, gas turbines, and other combustion devices located within or outside of the refinery. The fuel is piped directly to each individual combustion device, and the system typically operates at pressures over atmospheric. The gaseous streams can contain a mixture of methane, light hydrocarbons, hydrogen and other miscellaneous species.

Gasoline means any petroleum distillate or petroleum distillate/alcohol blend having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 kilopascals or greater that is used as a fuel for internal combustion engines.

Gasoline loading rack means the loading arms, pumps, meters, shutoff valves, relief valves, and other piping and valves necessary to fill gasoline cargo tanks.

Group 1 gasoline loading rack means any gasoline loading rack classified under Standard Industrial Classification code 2911 that is located within a bulk gasoline terminal that has a gasoline throughput greater than 75,700 liters per day. Gasoline throughput shall be the maximum calculated design throughput for the terminal as may be limited by compliance with enforceable conditions under Federal, State, or local law and discovered by the Administrator and any other person.

Group 1 marine tank vessel means a vessel at an existing source loaded at any land- or sea-based terminal or structure that loads liquid commodities with vapor pressures greater than or equal to 10.3 kilopascals in bulk onto marine tank vessels, that emits greater than 9.1 megagrams of any individual HAP or 22.7 megagrams of any combination of HAP annually after August 18, 1999, or a vessel at a new source loaded at any land- or sea-based terminal or structure that loads liquid commodities with vapor pressures greater than or equal to 10.3 kilopascals onto marine tank vessels.

Group 1 miscellaneous process vent means a miscellaneous process vent for which the total organic HAP concentration is greater than or equal to 20 parts per million by volume, and the total volatile organic compound emissions are greater than or equal to 33 kilograms per day for existing sources and 6.8 kilograms per day for new sources at the outlet of the final recovery device (if any) and prior to any control device and prior to discharge to the atmosphere.

Group 1 storage vessel means a storage vessel at an existing source that has a design capacity greater than or equal to 177 cubic meters and stored-liquid maximum true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 10.4 kilopascals and stored-liquid annual average true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 8.3 kilopascals and annual average HAP liquid concentration greater than 4 percent by weight total organic HAP; a storage vessel at a new source that has a design storage capacity greater than or equal to 151 cubic meters and stored-liquid maximum true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 3.4 kilopascals and annual average HAP liquid concentration greater than 2 percent by weight total organic HAP; or a storage vessel at a new source that has a design storage capacity greater than or equal to 76 cubic meters and less than 151 cubic meters and stored-liquid maximum true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 77 kilopascals and annual average HAP liquid concentration greater than 2 percent by weight total organic HAP.

Group 1 wastewater stream means a wastewater stream at a petroleum refinery with a total annual benzene loading of 10 megagrams per year or greater as calculated according to the procedures in 40 CFR 61.342 of subpart FF of part 61 that has a flow rate of 0.02 liters per minute or greater, a benzene concentration of 10 parts per million by weight or greater, and is not exempt from control requirements under the provisions of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF.

Group 2 gasoline loading rack means a gasoline loading rack classified under Standard Industrial Classification code 2911 that does not meet the definition of a Group 1 gasoline loading rack.

Group 2 marine tank vessel means a marine tank vessel that does not meet the definition of a Group 1 marine tank vessel.

Group 2 miscellaneous process vent means a miscellaneous process vent that does not meet the definition of a Group 1 miscellaneous process vent.

Group 2 storage vessel means a storage vessel that does not meet the definition of a Group 1 storage vessel.

Group 2 wastewater stream means a wastewater stream that does not meet the definition of Group 1 wastewater stream.

Hazardous air pollutant or HAP means one of the chemicals listed in section 112(b) of the Clean Air Act.

Heat exchange system means a device or collection of devices used to transfer heat from process fluids to water without intentional direct contact of the process fluid with the water (i.e., non-contact heat exchanger) and to transport and/or cool the water in a closed-loop recirculation system (cooling tower system) or a once-through system (e.g., river or pond water). For closed-loop recirculation systems, the heat exchange system consists of a cooling tower, all petroleum refinery process unit heat exchangers that are in organic HAP service, as defined in this subpart, serviced by that cooling tower, and all water lines to and from these petroleum refinery process unit heat exchangers. For once-through systems, the heat exchange system consists of all heat exchangers that are in organic HAP service, as defined in this subpart, servicing an individual petroleum refinery process unit and all water lines to and from these heat exchangers. Sample coolers or pump seal coolers are not considered heat exchangers for the purpose of this definition and are not part of the heat exchange system. Intentional direct contact with process fluids results in the formation of a wastewater.

Heat exchanger exit line means the cooling water line from the exit of one or more heat exchangers (where cooling water leaves the heat exchangers) to either the entrance of the cooling tower return line or prior to exposure to the atmosphere, in, as an example, a once-through cooling system, whichever occurs first.

Incinerator means an enclosed combustion device that is used for destroying organic compounds. Auxiliary fuel may be used to heat waste gas to combustion temperatures. Any energy recovery section present is not physically formed into one manufactured or assembled unit with the combustion section; rather, the energy recovery section is a separate section following the combustion section and the two are joined by ducts or connections carrying flue gas.

In heavy liquid service means that the piece of equipment is not in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service.

In light liquid service means that the piece of equipment contains a liquid that meets the conditions specified in §60.593(d) of part 60, subpart GGG.

In organic hazardous air pollutant service or in organic HAP service means that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or gas) that is at least 5 percent by weight of total organic HAP as determined according to the provisions of §63.180(d) of this part and table 1 of this subpart. The provisions of §63.180(d) also specify how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in organic HAP service.

Leakless valve means a valve that has no external actuating mechanism.

Maximum true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure exerted by the stored liquid at the temperature equal to the highest calendar-month average of the liquid storage temperature for liquids stored above or below the ambient temperature or at the local maximum monthly average temperature as reported by the National Weather Service for liquids stored at the ambient temperature, as determined:

(1) In accordance with methods specified in §63.111 of subpart G of this part;

(2) From standard reference texts; or

(3) By any other method approved by the Administrator.

Miscellaneous process vent means a gas stream containing greater than 20 parts per million by volume organic HAP that is continuously or periodically discharged during normal operation of a petroleum refining process unit meeting the criteria specified in §63.640(a). Miscellaneous process vents include gas streams that are discharged directly to the atmosphere, gas streams that are routed to a control device prior to discharge to the atmosphere, or gas streams that are diverted through a product recovery device prior to control or discharge to the atmosphere. Miscellaneous process vents include vent streams from: caustic wash accumulators, distillation tower condensers/accumulators, flash/knockout drums, reactor vessels, scrubber overheads, stripper overheads, vacuum (steam) ejectors, wash tower overheads, water wash accumulators, blowdown condensers/accumulators, and delayed coker vents. Miscellaneous process vents do not include:

(1) Gaseous streams routed to a fuel gas system;

(2) Relief valve discharges;

(3) Leaks from equipment regulated under §63.648;

(4) Episodic or nonroutine releases such as those associated with startup, shutdown, malfunction, maintenance, depressuring, and catalyst transfer operations;

(5) In situ sampling systems (onstream analyzers);

(6) Catalytic cracking unit catalyst regeneration vents;

(7) Catalytic reformer regeneration vents;

(8) Sulfur plant vents;

(9) Vents from control devices such as scrubbers, boilers, incinerators, and electrostatic precipitators applied to catalytic cracking unit catalyst regeneration vents, catalytic reformer regeneration vents, and sulfur plant vents;

(10) Vents from any stripping operations applied to comply with the wastewater provisions of this subpart, subpart G of this part, or 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF;

(11) Coking unit vents associated with coke drum depressuring at or below a coke drum outlet pressure of 15 pounds per square inch gauge, deheading, draining, or decoking (coke cutting) or pressure testing after decoking;

(12) Vents from storage vessels;

(13) Emissions from wastewater collection and conveyance systems including, but not limited to, wastewater drains, sewer vents, and sump drains; and

(14) Hydrogen production plant vents through which carbon dioxide is removed from process streams or through which steam condensate produced or treated within the hydrogen plant is degassed or deaerated.

Operating permit means a permit required by 40 CFR parts 70 or 71.

Organic hazardous air pollutant or organic HAP in this subpart, means any of the organic chemicals listed in table 1 of this subpart.

Petroleum-based solvents means mixtures of aliphatic hydrocarbons or mixtures of one and two ring aromatic hydrocarbons.

Periodically discharged means discharges that are intermittent and associated with routine operations. Discharges associated with maintenance activities or process upsets are not considered periodically discharged miscellaneous process vents and are therefore not regulated by the petroleum refinery miscellaneous process vent provisions.

Petroleum refining process unit means a process unit used in an establishment primarily engaged in petroleum refining as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification code for petroleum refining (2911), and used primarily for the following:

(1) Producing transportation fuels (such as gasoline, diesel fuels, and jet fuels), heating fuels (such as kerosene, fuel gas distillate, and fuel oils), or lubricants;

(2) Separating petroleum; or

(3) Separating, cracking, reacting, or reforming intermediate petroleum streams.

(4) Examples of such units include, but are not limited to, petroleum-based solvent units, alkylation units, catalytic hydrotreating, catalytic hydrorefining, catalytic hydrocracking, catalytic reforming, catalytic cracking, crude distillation, lube oil processing, hydrogen production, isomerization, polymerization, thermal processes, and blending, sweetening, and treating processes. Petroleum refining process units also include sulfur plants.

Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under common control including properties that are separated only by a road or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, subsidiary, or any combination thereof.

Primary fuel means the fuel that provides the principal heat input (i.e., more than 50 percent) to the device. To be considered primary, the fuel must be able to sustain operation without the addition of other fuels.

Process heater means an enclosed combustion device that primarily transfers heat liberated by burning fuel directly to process streams or to heat transfer liquids other than water.

Process unit means the equipment assembled and connected by pipes or ducts to process raw and/or intermediate materials and to manufacture an intended product. A process unit includes any associated storage vessels. For the purpose of this subpart, process unit includes, but is not limited to, chemical manufacturing process units and petroleum refining process units.

Process unit shutdown means a work practice or operational procedure that stops production from a process unit or part of a process unit during which it is technically feasible to clear process material from a process unit or part of a process unit consistent with safety constraints and during which repairs can be accomplished. An unscheduled work practice or operational procedure that stops production from a process unit or part of a process unit for less than 24 hours is not considered a process unit shutdown. An unscheduled work practice or operational procedure that would stop production from a process unit or part of a process unit for a shorter period of time than would be required to clear the process unit or part of the process unit of materials and start up the unit, or would result in greater emissions than delay of repair of leaking components until the next scheduled process unit shutdown is not considered a process unit shutdown. The use of spare equipment and technically feasible bypassing of equipment without stopping production are not considered process unit shutdowns.

Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of and used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for use, reuse, or sale. Recovery devices include, but are not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, and condensers.

Reference control technology for gasoline loading racks means a vapor collection and processing system used to reduce emissions due to the loading of gasoline cargo tanks to 10 milligrams of total organic compounds per liter of gasoline loaded or less.

Reference control technology for marine vessels means a vapor collection system and a control device that reduces captured HAP emissions by 97 percent.

Reference control technology for miscellaneous process vents means a combustion device used to reduce organic HAP emissions by 98 percent, or to an outlet concentration of 20 parts per million by volume.

Reference control technology for storage vessels means either:

(1) An internal floating roof meeting the specifications of §63.119(b) of subpart G except for §63.119 (b)(5) and (b)(6);

(2) An external floating roof meeting the specifications of §63.119(c) of subpart G except for §63.119(c)(2);

(3) An external floating roof converted to an internal floating roof meeting the specifications of §63.119(d) of subpart G except for §63.119(d)(2); or

(4) A closed-vent system to a control device that reduces organic HAP emissions by 95-percent, or to an outlet concentration of 20 parts per million by volume.

(5) For purposes of emissions averaging, these four technologies are considered equivalent.

Reference control technology for wastewater means the use of:

(1) Controls specified in §§61.343 through 61.347 of subpart FF of part 61;

(2) A treatment process that achieves the emission reductions specified in table 7 of this subpart for each individual HAP present in the wastewater stream or is a steam stripper that meets the specifications in §63.138(g) of subpart G of this part; and

(3) A control device to reduce by 95 percent (or to an outlet concentration of 20 parts per million by volume for combustion devices) the organic HAP emissions in the vapor streams vented from treatment processes (including the steam stripper described in paragraph (2) of this definition) managing wastewater.

Refinery fuel gas means a gaseous mixture of methane, light hydrocarbons, hydrogen, and other miscellaneous species (nitrogen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, etc.) that is produced in the refining of crude oil and/or petrochemical processes and that is separated for use as a fuel in boilers and process heaters throughout the refinery.

Relief valve means a valve used only to release an unplanned, nonroutine discharge. A relief valve discharge can result from an operator error, a malfunction such as a power failure or equipment failure, or other unexpected cause that requires immediate venting of gas from process equipment in order to avoid safety hazards or equipment damage.

Research and development facility means laboratory and pilot plant operations whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development into new processes and products, where the operations are under the close supervision of technically trained personnel, and is not engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale, except in a de minimis manner.

Shutdown means the cessation of a petroleum refining process unit or a unit operation (including, but not limited to, a distillation unit or reactor) within a petroleum refining process unit for purposes including, but not limited to, periodic maintenance, replacement of equipment, or repair.

Startup means the setting into operation of a petroleum refining process unit for purposes of production. Startup does not include operation solely for purposes of testing equipment. Startup does not include changes in product for flexible operation units.

Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to store organic liquids. Storage vessel does not include:

(1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, railcars, barges, or ships;

(2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;

(3) Vessels with capacities smaller than 40 cubic meters;

(4) Bottoms receiver tanks; or

(5) Wastewater storage tanks. Wastewater storage tanks are covered under the wastewater provisions.

Temperature monitoring device means a unit of equipment used to monitor temperature and having an accuracy of ±1 percent of the temperature being monitored expressed in degrees Celsius or ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater.

Total annual benzene means the total amount of benzene in waste streams at a facility on an annual basis as determined in §61.342 of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF.

Total organic compounds or TOC, as used in this subpart, means those compounds excluding methane and ethane measured according to the procedures of Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Method 25A may be used alone or in combination with Method 18 to measure TOC as provided in §63.645 of this subpart.

Wastewater means water or wastewater that, during production or processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product and is discharged into any individual drain system. Examples are feed tank drawdown; water formed during a chemical reaction or used as a reactant; water used to wash impurities from organic products or reactants; water used to cool or quench organic vapor streams through direct contact; and condensed steam from jet ejector systems pulling vacuum on vessels containing organics.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29879, June 12, 1996; 62 FR 7938, Feb. 21, 1997; 63 FR 31361, June 9, 1998; 63 FR 44141, Aug. 18, 1998; 74 FR 55685, Oct. 28, 2008; 78 FR 37146, June 20, 2013]

§63.642   General standards.

(a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart is required to apply for a part 70 or part 71 operating permit from the appropriate permitting authority. If the EPA has approved a State operating permit program under part 70, the permit shall be obtained from the State authority. If the State operating permit program has not been approved, the source shall apply to the EPA Regional Office pursuant to part 71.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) Table 6 of this subpart specifies the provisions of subpart A of this part that apply and those that do not apply to owners and operators of sources subject to this subpart.

(d) Initial performance tests and initial compliance determinations shall be required only as specified in this subpart.

(1) Performance tests and compliance determinations shall be conducted according to the schedule and procedures specified in this subpart.

(2) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the intention to conduct a performance test at least 30 days before the performance test is scheduled.

(3) Performance tests shall be conducted according to the provisions of §63.7(e) except that performance tests shall be conducted at maximum representative operating capacity for the process. During the performance test, an owner or operator shall operate the control device at either maximum or minimum representative operating conditions for monitored control device parameters, whichever results in lower emission reduction.

(4) Data shall be reduced in accordance with the EPA-approved methods specified in the applicable section or, if other test methods are used, the data and methods shall be validated according to the protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.

(e) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall keep copies of all applicable reports and records required by this subpart for at least 5 years except as otherwise specified in this subpart. All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner that they can be readily accessed within 24 hours. Records may be maintained in hard copy or computer-readable form including, but not limited to, on paper, microfilm, computer, floppy disk, magnetic tape, or microfiche.

(f) All reports required under this subpart shall be sent to the Administrator at the addresses listed in §63.13 of subpart A of this part. If acceptable to both the Administrator and the owner or operator of a source, reports may be submitted on electronic media.

(g) The owner or operator of an existing source subject to the requirements of this subpart shall control emissions of organic HAP's to the level represented by the following equation:

EA = 0.02Σ EPV1 + Σ EPV2 + 0.05Σ ES1 + Σ ES2 + Σ EGLR1C + Σ EGLR2 + (R) Σ EMV1 + Σ EMV2 + Σ EWW1C + Σ EWW2

where:

EA = Emission rate, megagrams per year, allowed for the source.

0.02Σ EPV1 = Sum of the residual emissions, megagrams per year, from all Group 1 miscellaneous process vents, as defined in §63.641.

Σ EPV2 = Sum of the emissions, megagrams per year, from all Group 2 process vents, as defined in §63.641.

0.05Σ ES1 = Sum of the residual emissions, megagrams per year, from all Group 1 storage vessels, as defined in §63.641.

Σ ES2 = Sum of the emissions, megagrams per year, from all Group 2 storage vessels, as defined in §63.641.

Σ EGLR1C = Sum of the residual emissions, megagrams per year, from all Group 1 gasoline loading racks, as defined in §63.641.

Σ EGLR2 = Sum of the emissions, megagrams per year, from all Group 2 gasoline loading racks, as defined in §63.641.

(R)Σ EMV1 = Sum of the residual emissions megagrams per year, from all Group 1 marine tank vessels, as defined in §63.641.

R = 0.03 for existing sources, 0.02 for new sources.

Σ EMV2 = Sum of the emissions, megagrams per year from all Group 2 marine tank vessels, as defined in §63.641.

Σ EWW1C = Sum of the residual emissions from all Group 1 wastewater streams, as defined in §63.641. This term is calculated for each Group 1 stream according to the equation for EWWic in §63.652(h)(6).

Σ EWW2 = Sum of emissions from all Group 2 wastewater streams, as defined in §63.641.

The emissions level represented by this equation is dependent on the collection of emission points in the source. The level is not fixed and can change as the emissions from each emission point change or as the number of emission points in the source changes.

(h) The owner or operator of a new source subject to the requirements of this subpart shall control emissions of organic HAP's to the level represented by the equation in paragraph (g) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator of an existing source shall demonstrate compliance with the emission standard in paragraph (g) of this section by following the procedures specified in paragraph (k) of this section for all emission points, or by following the emissions averaging compliance approach specified in paragraph (l) of this section for specified emission points and the procedures specified in paragraph (k) of this section for all other emission points within the source.

(j) The owner or operator of a new source shall demonstrate compliance with the emission standard in paragraph (h) of this section only by following the procedures in paragraph (k) of this section. The owner or operator of a new source may not use the emissions averaging compliance approach.

(k) The owner or operator of an existing source may comply, and the owner or operator of a new source shall comply, with the miscellaneous process vent provisions in §§63.643 through 63.645, the storage vessel provisions in §63.646, the wastewater provisions in §63.647, the gasoline loading rack provisions in §63.650, and the marine tank vessel loading operation provisions in §63.651 of this subpart.

(1) The owner or operator using this compliance approach shall also comply with the requirements of §63.655 as applicable.

(2) The owner or operator using this compliance approach is not required to calculate the annual emission rate specified in paragraph (g) of this section.

(l) The owner or operator of an existing source may elect to control some of the emission points within the source to different levels than specified under §§63.643 through 63.647, §§63.650 and 63.651 by using an emissions averaging compliance approach as long as the overall emissions for the source do not exceed the emission level specified in paragraph (g) of this section. The owner or operator using emissions averaging shall meet the requirements in paragraphs (l)(1) and (l)(2) of this section.

(1) Calculate emission debits and credits for those emission points involved in the emissions average according to the procedures specified in §63.652; and

(2) Comply with the requirements of §§63.652, 63.653, and 63.655, as applicable.

(m) A State may restrict the owner or operator of an existing source to using only the procedures in paragraph (k) of this section to comply with the emission standard in paragraph (g) of this section. Such a restriction would preclude the source from using an emissions averaging compliance approach.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995; 61 FR 7051, Feb. 23, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 29879, June 12, 1996; 74 FR 55685, Oct. 28, 2009]

§63.643   Miscellaneous process vent provisions.

(a) The owner or operator of a Group 1 miscellaneous process vent as defined in §63.641 shall comply with the requirements of either paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.

(1) Reduce emissions of organic HAP's using a flare that meets the requirements of §63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.

(2) Reduce emissions of organic HAP's, using a control device, by 98 weight-percent or to a concentration of 20 parts per million by volume, on a dry basis, corrected to 3 percent oxygen, whichever is less stringent. Compliance can be determined by measuring either organic HAP's or TOC's using the procedures in §63.645.

(b) If a boiler or process heater is used to comply with the percentage of reduction requirement or concentration limit specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, then the vent stream shall be introduced into the flame zone of such a device, or in a location such that the required percent reduction or concentration is achieved. Testing and monitoring is required only as specified in §§63.644(a) and 63.645 of this subpart.

§63.644   Monitoring provisions for miscellaneous process vents.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each owner or operator of a Group 1 miscellaneous process vent that uses a combustion device to comply with the requirements in §63.643(a) shall install the monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4) of this section, depending on the type of combustion device used. All monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated according to manufacturer's specifications or other written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment will monitor accurately.

(1) Where an incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder is required.

(i) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox in a position before any substantial heat exchange occurs.

(ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and after the catalyst bed.

(2) Where a flare is used, a device (including but not limited to a thermocouple, an ultraviolet beam sensor, or an infrared sensor) capable of continuously detecting the presence of a pilot flame is required.

(3) Any boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity greater than or equal to 44 megawatt or any boiler or process heater in which all vent streams are introduced into the flame zone is exempt from monitoring.

(4) Any boiler or process heater less than 44 megawatts design heat capacity where the vent stream is not introduced into the flame zone is required to use a temperature monitoring device in the firebox equipped with a continuous recorder.

(b) An owner or operator of a Group 1 miscellaneous process vent may request approval to monitor parameters other than those listed in paragraph (a) of this section. The request shall be submitted according to the procedures specified in §63.655(h). Approval shall be requested if the owner or operator:

(1) Uses a control device other than an incinerator, boiler, process heater, or flare; or

(2) Uses one of the control devices listed in paragraph (a) of this section, but seeks to monitor a parameter other than those specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

(c) The owner or operator of a Group 1 miscellaneous process vent using a vent system that contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away from the control device used to comply with paragraph (a) of this section shall comply with either paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section. Equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, pressure relief valves needed for safety reasons, and equipment subject to §63.648 are not subject to this paragraph.

(1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that determines whether a vent stream flow is present at least once every hour. Records shall be generated as specified in §63.655(h) and (i). The flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance to any bypass line that could divert the vent stream away from the control device to the atmosphere; or

(2) Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position and the vent stream is not diverted through the bypass line.

(d) The owner or operator shall establish a range that ensures compliance with the emissions standard for each parameter monitored under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. In order to establish the range, the information required in §63.655(f)(3) shall be submitted in the Notification of Compliance Status report.

(e) Each owner or operator of a control device subject to the monitoring provisions of this section shall operate the control device in a manner consistent with the minimum and/or maximum operating parameter value or procedure required to be monitored under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. Operation of the control device in a manner that constitutes a period of excess emissions, as defined in §63.655(g)(6), or failure to perform procedures required by this section shall constitute a violation of the applicable emission standard of this subpart.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29880, June 12, 1996; 63 FR 44141, Aug. 18, 1998; 74 FR 55685, Oct. 28, 2009]

§63.645   Test methods and procedures for miscellaneous process vents.

(a) To demonstrate compliance with §63.643, an owner or operator shall follow §63.116 except for §63.116 (a)(1), (d) and (e) of subpart G of this part except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d) and paragraph (i) of this section.

(b) All references to §63.113(a)(1) or (a)(2) in §63.116 of subpart G of this part shall be replaced with §63.643(a)(1) or (a)(2), respectively.

(c) In §63.116(c)(4)(ii)(C) of subpart G of this part, organic HAP's in the list of HAP's in table 1 of this subpart shall be considered instead of the organic HAP's in table 2 of subpart F of this part.

(d) All references to §63.116(b)(1) or (b)(2) shall be replaced with paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, respectively.

(1) Any boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 44 megawatts or greater.

(2) Any boiler or process heater in which all vent streams are introduced into the flame zone.

(e) For purposes of determining the TOC emission rate, as specified under paragraph (f) of this section, the sampling site shall be after the last product recovery device (as defined in §63.641 of this subpart) (if any recovery devices are present) but prior to the inlet of any control device (as defined in §63.641 of this subpart) that is present, prior to any dilution of the process vent stream, and prior to release to the atmosphere.

(1) Methods 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, shall be used for selection of the sampling site.

(2) No traverse site selection method is needed for vents smaller than 0.10 meter in diameter.

(f) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, an owner or operator seeking to demonstrate that a process vent TOC mass flow rate is less than 33 kilograms per day for an existing source or less than 6.8 kilograms per day for a new source in accordance with the Group 2 process vent definition of this subpart shall determine the TOC mass flow rate by the following procedures:

(1) The sampling site shall be selected as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) The gas volumetric flow rate shall be determined using Methods 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.

(3) Method 18 or Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used to measure concentration; alternatively, any other method or data that has been validated according to the protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be used. If Method 25A is used, and the TOC mass flow rate calculated from the Method 25A measurement is greater than or equal to 33 kilograms per day for an existing source or 6.8 kilograms per day for a new source, Method 18 may be used to determine any non-VOC hydrocarbons that may be deducted to calculate the TOC (minus non-VOC hydrocarbons) concentration and mass flow rate. The following procedures shall be used to calculate parts per million by volume concentration:

(i) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which either an integrated sample or four grab samples shall be taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at approximately equal intervals in time, such as 15-minute intervals during the run.

(ii) The TOC concentration (CTOC) is the sum of the concentrations of the individual components and shall be computed for each run using the following equation if Method 18 is used:

eCFR graphic er18au95.000.gif

View or download PDF

where:

CTOC = Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane), dry basis, parts per million by volume.

Cji = Concentration of sample component j of the sample i, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

n=Number of components in the sample.

x=Number of samples in the sample run.

(4) The emission rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) (ETOC) shall be calculated using the following equation if Method 18 is used:

eCFR graphic er18au95.001.gif

View or download PDF

where:

E=Emission rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) in the sample, kilograms per day.

K2 = Constant, 5.986 × 10−5 (parts per million)−1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram per gram) (minute per day), where the standard temperature (standard cubic meter) is at 20 °C.

Cj = Concentration on a dry basis of organic compound j in parts per million as measured by Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as indicated in paragraph (f)(3) of this section. Cj includes all organic compounds measured minus methane and ethane.

Mj = Molecular weight of organic compound j, gram per gram-mole.

Qs = Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per minute, at a temperature of 20 °C.

(5) If Method 25A is used, the emission rate of TOC (ETOC) shall be calculated using the following equation:

ETOC = K2CTOCMQs

where:

ETOC = Emission rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) in the sample, kilograms per day.

K2 = Constant, 5.986×10−5 (parts per million) −1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram per gram)(minute per day), where the standard temperature (standard cubic meter) is at 20 °C.

CTOC = Concentration of TOC on a dry basis in parts per million volume as measured by Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as indicated in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.

M=Molecular weight of organic compound used to express units of CTOC, gram per gram-mole.

Qs = Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per minute, at a temperature of 20 °C.

(g) Engineering assessment may be used to determine the TOC emission rate for the representative operating condition expected to yield the highest daily emission rate.

(1) Engineering assessment includes, but is not limited to, the following:

(i) Previous test results provided the tests are representative of current operating practices at the process unit.

(ii) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the process under representative operating conditions.

(iii) TOC emission rate specified or implied within a permit limit applicable to the process vent.

(iv) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not limited to:

(A) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to estimate maximum TOC concentrations;

(B) Estimation of maximum flow rate based on physical equipment design such as pump or blower capacities; and

(C) Estimation of TOC concentrations based on saturation conditions.

(v) All data, assumptions, and procedures used in the engineering assessment shall be documented.

(h) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent shall recalculate the TOC emission rate for each process vent, as necessary, whenever process changes are made to determine whether the vent is in Group 1 or Group 2. Examples of process changes include, but are not limited to, changes in production capacity, production rate, or catalyst type, or whenever there is replacement, removal, or addition of recovery equipment. For purposes of this paragraph, process changes do not include: process upsets; unintentional, temporary process changes; and changes that are within the range on which the original calculation was based.

(1) The TOC emission rate shall be recalculated based on measurements of vent stream flow rate and TOC as specified in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, as applicable, or on best engineering assessment of the effects of the change. Engineering assessments shall meet the specifications in paragraph (g) of this section.

(2) Where the recalculated TOC emission rate is greater than 33 kilograms per day for an existing source or greater than 6.8 kilograms per day for a new source, the owner or operator shall submit a report as specified in §63.655(f), (g), or (h) and shall comply with the appropriate provisions in §63.643 by the dates specified in §63.640.

(i) A compliance determination for visible emissions shall be conducted within 150 days of the compliance date using Method 22 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, to determine visible emissions.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29880, June 12, 1996; 63 FR 44141, Aug. 18, 1998; 74 FR 55685, Oct. 28, 2009]

§63.646   Storage vessel provisions.

(a) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 storage vessel subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements of §§63.119 through 63.121 except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (l) of this section.

(b) As used in this section, all terms not defined in §63.641 shall have the meaning given them in 40 CFR part 63, subparts A or G. The Group 1 storage vessel definition presented in §63.641 shall apply in lieu of the Group 1 storage vessel definitions presented in tables 5 and 6 of §63.119 of subpart G of this part.

(1) An owner or operator may use good engineering judgment or test results to determine the stored liquid weight percent total organic HAP for purposes of group determination. Data, assumptions, and procedures used in the determination shall be documented.

(2) When an owner or operator and the Administrator do not agree on whether the annual average weight percent organic HAP in the stored liquid is above or below 4 percent for a storage vessel at an existing source or above or below 2 percent for a storage vessel at a new source, Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used.

(c) The following paragraphs do not apply to storage vessels at existing sources subject to this subpart: §63.119 (b)(5), (b)(6), (c)(2), and (d)(2).

(d) References shall apply as specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(10) of this section.

(1) All references to §63.100(k) of subpart F of this part (or the schedule provisions and the compliance date) shall be replaced with §63.640(h),

(2) All references to April 22, 1994 shall be replaced with August 18, 1995.

(3) All references to December 31, 1992 shall be replaced with July 15, 1994.

(4) All references to the compliance dates specified in §63.100 of subpart F shall be replaced with §63.640 (h) through (m).

(5) All references to §63.150 in §63.119 of subpart G of this part shall be replaced with §63.652.

(6) All references to §63.113(a)(2) of subpart G shall be replaced with §63.643(a)(2) of this subpart.

(7) All references to §63.126(b)(1) of subpart G shall be replaced with §63.422(b) of subpart R of this part.

(8) All references to §63.128(a) of subpart G shall be replaced with §63.425, paragraphs (a) through (c) and (e) through (h) of subpart R of this part.

(9) All references to §63.139(d)(1) in §63.120(d)(1)(ii) of subpart G are not applicable. For sources subject to this subpart, such references shall mean that 40 CFR 61.355 is applicable.

(10) All references to §63.139(c) in §63.120(d)(1)(ii) of subpart G are not applicable. For sources subject to this subpart, such references shall mean that §63.647 of this subpart is applicable.

(e) When complying with the inspection requirements of §63.120 of subpart G of this part, owners and operators of storage vessels at existing sources subject to this subpart are not required to comply with the provisions for gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals.

(f) The following paragraphs (f)(1), (f)(2), and (f)(3) of this section apply to Group 1 storage vessels at existing sources:

(1) If a cover or lid is installed on an opening on a floating roof, the cover or lid shall remain closed except when the cover or lid must be open for access.

(2) Rim space vents are to be set to open only when the floating roof is not floating or when the pressure beneath the rim seal exceeds the manufacturer's recommended setting.

(3) Automatic bleeder vents are to be closed at all times when the roof is floating except when the roof is being floated off or is being landed on the roof leg supports.

(g) Failure to perform inspections and monitoring required by this section shall constitute a violation of the applicable standard of this subpart.

(h) References in §§63.119 through 63.121 to §63.122(g)(1), §63.151, and references to initial notification requirements do not apply.

(i) References to the Implementation Plan in §63.120, paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3)(i) shall be replaced with the Notification of Compliance Status report.

(j) References to the Notification of Compliance Status report in §63.152(b) mean the Notification of Compliance Status required by §63.655(f).

(k) References to the Periodic Reports in §63.152(c) mean the Periodic Report required by §63.655(g).

(l) The State or local permitting authority can waive the notification requirements of §§63.120(a)(5), 63.120(a)(6), 63.120(b)(10)(ii), and 63.120(b)(10)(iii) for all or some storage vessels at petroleum refineries subject to this subpart. The State or local permitting authority may also grant permission to refill storage vessels sooner than 30 days after submitting the notifications in §63.120(a)(6) or §63.120(b)(10)(iii) for all storage vessels at a refinery or for individual storage vessels on a case-by-case basis.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29880, June 12, 1996; 62 FR 7939, Feb. 21, 1997; 74 FR 55685, Oct. 28, 2009; 75 FR 37731, June 30, 2010]

§63.647   Wastewater provisions.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each owner or operator of a Group 1 wastewater stream shall comply with the requirements of §§61.340 through 61.355 of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF for each process wastewater stream that meets the definition in §63.641.

(b) As used in this section, all terms not defined in §63.641 shall have the meaning given them in the Clean Air Act or in 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF, §61.341.

(c) Each owner or operator required under subpart FF of 40 CFR part 61 to perform periodic measurement of benzene concentration in wastewater, or to monitor process or control device operating parameters shall operate in a manner consistent with the minimum or maximum (as appropriate) permitted concentration or operating parameter values. Operation of the process, treatment unit, or control device resulting in a measured concentration or operating parameter value outside the permitted limits shall constitute a violation of the emission standards. Failure to perform required leak monitoring for closed vent systems and control devices or failure to repair leaks within the time period specified in subpart FF of 40 CFR part 61 shall constitute a violation of the standard.

§63.648   Equipment leak standards.

(a) Each owner or operator of an existing source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart VV and paragraph (b) of this section except as provided in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (c) through (i) of this section. Each owner or operator of a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with subpart H of this part except as provided in paragraphs (c) through (i) of this section.

(1) For purposes of compliance with this section, the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV apply only to equipment in organic HAP service, as defined in §63.641 of this subpart.

(2) Calculation of percentage leaking equipment components for subpart VV of 40 CFR part 60 may be done on a process unit basis or a sourcewide basis. Once the owner or operator has decided, all subsequent calculations shall be on the same basis unless a permit change is made.

(b) The use of monitoring data generated before August 18, 1995 to qualify for less frequent monitoring of valves and pumps as provided under 40 CFR part 60 subpart VV or subpart H of this part and paragraph (c) of this section (i.e., quarterly or semiannually) is governed by the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.

(1) Monitoring data must meet the test methods and procedures specified in §60.485(b) of 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV or §63.180(b)(1) through (b)(5) of subpart H of this part except for minor departures.

(2) Departures from the criteria specified in §60.485(b) of 40 CFR part 60 subpart VV or §63.180(b)(1) through (b)(5) of subpart H of this part or from the monitoring frequency specified in subpart VV or in paragraph (c) of this section (such as every 6 weeks instead of monthly or quarterly) are minor and do not significantly affect the quality of the data. An example of a minor departure is monitoring at a slightly different frequency (such as every 6 weeks instead of monthly or quarterly). Failure to use a calibrated instrument is not considered a minor departure.

(c) In lieu of complying with the existing source provisions of paragraph (a) in this section, an owner or operator may elect to comply with the requirements of §§63.161 through 63.169, 63.171, 63.172, 63.175, 63.176, 63.177, 63.179, and 63.180 of subpart H of this part except as provided in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(10) and (e) through (i) of this section.

(1) The instrument readings that define a leak for light liquid pumps subject to §63.163 of subpart H of this part and gas/vapor and light liquid valves subject to §63.168 of subpart H of this part are specified in table 2 of this subpart.

(2) In phase III of the valve standard, the owner or operator may monitor valves for leaks as specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) or (c)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) If the owner or operator does not elect to monitor connectors, then the owner or operator shall monitor valves according to the frequency specified in table 8 of this subpart.

(ii) If an owner or operator elects to monitor connectors according to the provisions of §63.649, paragraphs (b), (c), or (d), then the owner or operator shall monitor valves at the frequencies specified in table 9 of this subpart.

(3) The owner or operator shall decide no later than the first required monitoring period after the phase I compliance date specified in §63.640(h) whether to calculate the percentage leaking valves on a process unit basis or on a sourcewide basis. Once the owner or operator has decided, all subsequent calculations shall be on the same basis unless a permit change is made.

(4) The owner or operator shall decide no later than the first monitoring period after the phase III compliance date specified in §63.640(h) whether to monitor connectors according to the provisions in §63.649, paragraphs (b), (c), or (d).

(5) Connectors in gas/vapor service or light liquid service are subject to the requirements for connectors in heavy liquid service in §63.169 of subpart H of this part (except for the agitator provisions). The leak definition for valves, connectors, and instrumentation systems subject to §63.169 is 1,000 parts per million.

(6) In phase III of the pump standard, except as provided in paragraph (c)(7) of this section, owners or operators that achieve less than 10 percent of light liquid pumps leaking or three light liquid pumps leaking, whichever is greater, shall monitor light liquid pumps monthly.

(7) Owners or operators that achieve less than 3 percent of light liquid pumps leaking or one light liquid pump leaking, whichever is greater, shall monitor light liquid pumps quarterly.

(8) An owner or operator may make the election described in paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section at any time except that any election to change after the initial election shall be treated as a permit modification according to the terms of part 70 of this chapter.

(9) When complying with the requirements of §63.168(e)(3)(i), non-repairable valves shall be included in the calculation of percent leaking valves the first time the valve is identified as leaking and non-repairable. Otherwise, a number of non-repairable valves up to a maximum of 1 percent per year of the total number of valves in organic HAP service up to a maximum of 3 percent may be excluded from calculation of percent leaking valves for subsequent monitoring periods. When the number of non-repairable valves exceeds 3 percent of the total number of valves in organic HAP service, the number of non-repairable valves exceeding 3 percent of the total number shall be included in the calculation of percent leaking valves.

(10) If in phase III of the valve standard any valve is designated as being leakless, the owner or operator has the option of following the provisions of 40 CFR 60.482-7(f). If an owner or operator chooses to comply with the provisions of 40 CFR 60.482-7(f), the valve is exempt from the valve monitoring provisions of §63.168 of subpart H of this part.

(d) Upon startup of new sources, the owner or operator shall comply with §63.163(a)(1)(ii) of subpart H of this part for light liquid pumps and §63.168(a)(1)(ii) of subpart H of this part for gas/vapor and light liquid valves.

(e) For reciprocating pumps in heavy liquid service and agitators in heavy liquid service, owners and operators are not required to comply with the requirements in §63.169 of subpart H of this part.

(f) Reciprocating pumps in light liquid service are exempt from §§63.163 and 60.482 if recasting the distance piece or reciprocating pump replacement is required.

(g) Compressors in hydrogen service are exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section if an owner or operator demonstrates that a compressor is in hydrogen service.

(1) Each compressor is presumed not to be in hydrogen service unless an owner or operator demonstrates that the piece of equipment is in hydrogen service.

(2) For a piece of equipment to be considered in hydrogen service, it must be determined that the percentage hydrogen content can be reasonably expected always to exceed 50 percent by volume.

(i) For purposes of determining the percentage hydrogen content in the process fluid that is contained in or contacts a compressor, the owner or operator shall use either:

(A) Procedures that conform to those specified in §60.593(b)(2) of 40 part 60, subpart GGG.

(B) Engineering judgment to demonstrate that the percentage content exceeds 50 percent by volume, provided the engineering judgment demonstrates that the content clearly exceeds 50 percent by volume.

(1) When an owner or operator and the Administrator do not agree on whether a piece of equipment is in hydrogen service, the procedures in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section shall be used to resolve the disagreement.

(2) If an owner or operator determines that a piece of equipment is in hydrogen service, the determination can be revised only by following the procedures in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section.

(h) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of this subpart must maintain all records for a minimum of 5 years.

(i) Reciprocating compressors are exempt from seal requirements if recasting the distance piece or compressor replacement is required.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29880, June 12, 1996; 63 FR 44141, Aug. 18, 1998]

§63.649   Alternative means of emission limitation: Connectors in gas/vapor service and light liquid service.

(a) If an owner or operator elects to monitor valves according to the provisions of §63.648(c)(2)(ii), the owner or operator shall implement one of the connector monitoring programs specified in paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section.

(b) Random 200 connector alternative. The owner or operator shall implement a random sampling program for accessible connectors of 2.0 inches nominal diameter or greater. The program does not apply to inaccessible or unsafe-to-monitor connectors, as defined in §63.174 of subpart H. The sampling program shall be implemented source-wide.

(1) Within the first 12 months after the phase III compliance date specified in §63.640(h), a sample of 200 connectors shall be randomly selected and monitored using Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(2) The instrument reading that defines a leak is 1,000 parts per million.

(3) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section. A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after the leak is detected.

(4) If a leak is detected, the connector shall be monitored for leaks within the first 3 months after its repair.

(5) After conducting the initial survey required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator shall conduct subsequent monitoring of connectors at the frequencies specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(iv) of this section.

(i) If the percentage leaking connectors is 2.0 percent or greater, the owner or operator shall survey a random sample of 200 connectors once every 6 months.

(ii) If the percentage leaking connectors is 1.0 percent or greater but less than 2.0 percent, the owner or operator shall survey a random sample of 200 connectors once per year.

(iii) If the percentage leaking connectors is 0.5 percent or greater but less than 1.0 percent, the owner or operator shall survey a random sample of 200 connectors once every 2 years.

(iv) If the percentage leaking connectors is less than 0.5 percent, the owner or operator shall survey a random sample of 200 connectors once every 4 years.

(6) Physical tagging of the connectors to indicate that they are subject to the monitoring provisions is not required. Connectors may be identified by the area or length of pipe and need not be individually identified.

(c) Connector inspection alternative. The owner or operator shall implement a program to monitor all accessible connectors in gas/vapor service that are 2.0 inches (nominal diameter) or greater and inspect all accessible connectors in light liquid service that are 2 inches (nominal diameter) or greater as described in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(7) of this section. The program does not apply to inaccessible or unsafe-to-monitor connectors.

(1) Within 12 months after the phase III compliance date specified in §63.640(h), all connectors in gas/vapor service shall be monitored using Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60 appendix A. The instrument reading that defines a leak is 1,000 parts per million.

(2) All connectors in light liquid service shall be inspected for leaks. A leak is detected if liquids are observed to be dripping at a rate greater than three drops per minute.

(3) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section. A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after the leak is detected.

(4) If a leak is detected, connectors in gas/vapor service shall be monitored for leaks within the first 3 months after repair. Connectors in light liquid service shall be inspected for indications of leaks within the first 3 months after repair. A leak is detected if liquids are observed to be dripping at a rate greater than three drops per minute.

(5) After conducting the initial survey required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, the owner or operator shall conduct subsequent monitoring at the frequencies specified in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (c)(5)(iii) of this section.

(i) If the percentage leaking connectors is 2.0 percent or greater, the owner or operator shall monitor or inspect, as applicable, the connectors once per year.

(ii) If the percentage leaking connectors is 1.0 percent or greater but less than 2.0 percent, the owner or operator shall monitor or inspect, as applicable, the connectors once every 2 years.

(iii) If the percentage leaking connectors is less than 1.0 percent, the owner or operator shall monitor or inspect, as applicable, the connectors once every 4 years.

(6) The percentage leaking connectors shall be calculated for connectors in gas/vapor service and for connectors in light liquid service. The data for the two groups of connectors shall not be pooled for the purpose of determining the percentage leaking connectors.

(i) The percentage leaking connectors shall be calculated as follows:

% CL = [(CL−CAN)/Ct+Cc)]×100

where:

% CL = Percentage leaking connectors.

CL = Number of connectors including nonrepairables, measured at 1,000 parts per million or greater, by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

CAN = Number of allowable nonrepairable connectors, as determined by monitoring, not to exceed 3 percent of the total connector population, Ct.

Ct = Total number of monitored connectors, including nonrepairables, in the process unit.

Cc = Optional credit for removed connectors=0.67×net number (i.e., the total number of connectors removed minus the total added) of connectors in organic HAP service removed from the process unit after the applicability date set forth in §63.640(h)(4)(iii) for existing process units, and after the date of start-up for new process units. If credits are not taken, then Cc = 0.

(ii) Nonrepairable connectors shall be included in the calculation of percentage leaking connectors the first time the connector is identified as leaking and nonrepairable. Otherwise, a number of nonrepairable connectors up to a maximum of 1 percent per year of the total number of connectors in organic HAP service up to a maximum of 3 percent may be excluded from calculation of percentage leaking connectors for subsequent monitoring periods.

(iii) If the number of nonrepairable connectors exceeds 3 percent of the total number of connectors in organic HAP service, the number of nonrepairable connectors exceeding 3 percent of the total number shall be included in the calculation of the percentage leaking connectors.

(7) Physical tagging of the connectors to indicate that they are subject to the monitoring provisions is not required. Connectors may be identified by the area or length of pipe and need not be individually identified.

(d) Subpart H program. The owner or operator shall implement a program to comply with the provisions in §63.174 of this part.

(e) Delay of repair of connectors for which leaks have been detected is allowed if repair is not technically feasible by normal repair techniques without a process unit shutdown. Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the next process unit shutdown.

(1) Delay of repair is allowed for equipment that is isolated from the process and that does not remain in organic HAP service.

(2) Delay of repair for connectors is also allowed if:

(i) The owner or operator determines that emissions of purged material resulting from immediate repair would be greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair, and

(ii) When repair procedures are accomplished, the purged material would be collected and destroyed or recovered in a control device.

(f) Any connector that is designated as an unsafe-to-repair connector is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4), (c)(3) and (c)(4), or (d) of this section if:

(1) The owner or operator determines that repair personnel would be exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of complying with paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4), (c)(3) and (c)(4), of this section; or

(2) The connector will be repaired before the end of the next scheduled process unit shutdown.

(g) The owner or operator shall maintain records to document that the connector monitoring or inspections have been conducted as required and to document repair of leaking connectors as applicable.

§63.650   Gasoline loading rack provisions.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (c) of this section, each owner or operator of a Group 1 gasoline loading rack classified under Standard Industrial Classification code 2911 located within a contiguous area and under common control with a petroleum refinery shall comply with subpart R, §§63.421, 63.422(a) through (c) and (e), 63.425(a) through (c) and (i), 63.425(e) through (h), 63.427(a) and (b), and 63.428(b), (c), (g)(1), (h)(1) through (3), and (k).

(b) As used in this section, all terms not defined in §63.641 shall have the meaning given them in subpart A or in 40 CFR part 63, subpart R. The §63.641 definition of “affected source” applies under this section.

(c) Gasoline loading racks regulated under this subpart are subject to the compliance dates specified in §63.640(h).

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29880, June 12, 1996; 74 FR 55685, Oct. 28, 2009]

§63.651   Marine tank vessel loading operation provisions.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, each owner or operator of a marine tank vessel loading operation located at a petroleum refinery shall comply with the requirements of §§63.560 through 63.568.

(b) As used in this section, all terms not defined in §63.641 shall have the meaning given them in subpart A or in 40 CFR part 63, subpart Y. The §63.641 definition of “affected source” applies under this section.

(c) The notification reports under §63.567(b) are not required.

(d) The compliance time of 4 years after promulgation of 40 CFR part 63, subpart Y does not apply. The compliance time is specified in §63.640(h)(3).

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29880, June 12, 1996; 74 FR 55685, Oct. 28, 2009]

§63.652   Emissions averaging provisions.

(a) This section applies to owners or operators of existing sources who seek to comply with the emission standard in §63.642(g) by using emissions averaging according to §63.642(l) rather than following the provisions of §§63.643 through 63.647, and §§63.650 and 63.651. Existing marine tank vessel loading operations located at the Valdez Marine Terminal source may not comply with the standard by using emissions averaging.

(b) The owner or operator shall develop and submit for approval an Implementation Plan containing all of the information required in §63.653(d) for all points to be included in an emissions average. The Implementation Plan shall identify all emission points to be included in the emissions average. This must include any Group 1 emission points to which the reference control technology (defined in §63.641) is not applied and all other emission points being controlled as part of the average.

(c) The following emission points can be used to generate emissions averaging credits if control was applied after November 15, 1990 and if sufficient information is available to determine the appropriate value of credits for the emission point:

(1) Group 2 emission points;

(2) Group 1 storage vessels, Group 1 wastewater streams, Group 1 gasoline loading racks, Group 1 marine tank vessels, and Group 1 miscellaneous process vents that are controlled by a technology that the Administrator or permitting authority agrees has a higher nominal efficiency than the reference control technology. Information on the nominal efficiencies for such technologies must be submitted and approved as provided in paragraph (i) of this section; and

(3) Emission points from which emissions are reduced by pollution prevention measures. Percentages of reduction for pollution prevention measures shall be determined as specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(i) For a Group 1 emission point, the pollution prevention measure must reduce emissions more than the reference control technology would have had the reference control technology been applied to the emission point instead of the pollution prevention measure except as provided in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section.

(ii) If a pollution prevention measure is used in conjunction with other controls for a Group 1 emission point, the pollution prevention measure alone does not have to reduce emissions more than the reference control technology, but the combination of the pollution prevention measure and other controls must reduce emissions more than the reference control technology would have had it been applied instead.

(d) The following emission points cannot be used to generate emissions averaging credits:

(1) Emission points already controlled on or before November 15, 1990 unless the level of control is increased after November 15, 1990, in which case credit will be allowed only for the increase in control after November 15, 1990;

(2) Group 1 emission points that are controlled by a reference control technology unless the reference control technology has been approved for use in a different manner and a higher nominal efficiency has been assigned according to the procedures in paragraph (i) of this section. For example, it is not allowable to claim that an internal floating roof meeting only the specifications stated in the reference control technology definition in §63.641 (i.e., that meets the specifications of §63.119(b) of subpart G but does not have controlled fittings per §63.119 (b)(5) and (b)(6) of subpart G) applied to a storage vessel is achieving greater than 95 percent control;

(3) Emission points on shutdown process units. Process units that are shut down cannot be used to generate credits or debits;

(4) Wastewater that is not process wastewater or wastewater streams treated in biological treatment units. These two types of wastewater cannot be used to generate credits or debits. Group 1 wastewater streams cannot be left undercontrolled or uncontrolled to generate debits. For the purposes of this section, the terms “wastewater” and “wastewater stream” are used to mean process wastewater; and

(5) Emission points controlled to comply with a State or Federal rule other than this subpart, unless the level of control has been increased after November 15, 1990 above what is required by the other State or Federal rule. Only the control above what is required by the other State or Federal rule will be credited. However, if an emission point has been used to generate emissions averaging credit in an approved emissions average, and the point is subsequently made subject to a State or Federal rule other than this subpart, the point can continue to generate emissions averaging credit for the purpose of complying with the previously approved average.

(e) For all points included in an emissions average, the owner or operator shall:

(1) Calculate and record monthly debits for all Group 1 emission points that are controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control technology for those emission points. Equations in paragraph (g) of this section shall be used to calculate debits.

(2) Calculate and record monthly credits for all Group 1 or Group 2 emission points that are overcontrolled to compensate for the debits. Equations in paragraph (h) of this section shall be used to calculate credits. Emission points and controls that meet the criteria of paragraph (c) of this section may be included in the credit calculation, whereas those described in paragraph (d) of this section shall not be included.

(3) Demonstrate that annual credits calculated according to paragraph (h) of this section are greater than or equal to debits calculated for the same annual compliance period according to paragraph (g) of this section.

(i) The initial demonstration in the Implementation Plan that credit-generating emission points will be capable of generating sufficient credits to offset the debits from the debit-generating emission points must be made under representative operating conditions.

(ii) After the compliance date, actual operating data will be used for all debit and credit calculations.

(4) Demonstrate that debits calculated for a quarterly (3-month) period according to paragraph (g) of this section are not more than 1.30 times the credits for the same period calculated according to paragraph (h) of this section. Compliance for the quarter shall be determined based on the ratio of credits and debits from that quarter, with 30 percent more debits than credits allowed on a quarterly basis.

(5) Record and report quarterly and annual credits and debits in the Periodic Reports as specified in §63.655(g)(8). Every fourth Periodic Report shall include a certification of compliance with the emissions averaging provisions as required by §63.655(g)(8)(iii).

(f) Debits and credits shall be calculated in accordance with the methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section, respectively, and shall not include emissions from the following:

(1) More than 20 individual emission points. Where pollution prevention measures (as specified in paragraph (j)(1) of this section) are used to control emission points to be included in an emissions average, no more than 25 emission points may be included in the average. For example, if two emission points to be included in an emissions average are controlled by pollution prevention measures, the average may include up to 22 emission points.

(2) Periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction as described in the source's startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan required by §63.6(e)(3) of subpart A of this part.

(3) For emission points for which continuous monitors are used, periods of excess emissions as defined in §63.655(g)(6)(i). For these periods, the calculation of monthly credits and debits shall be adjusted as specified in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) No credits would be assigned to the credit-generating emission point.

(ii) Maximum debits would be assigned to the debit-generating emission point.

(iii) The owner or operator may use the procedures in paragraph (l) of this section to demonstrate to the Administrator that full or partial credits or debits should be assigned.

(g) Debits are generated by the difference between the actual emissions from a Group 1 emission point that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control technology, and the emissions allowed for Group 1 emission point. Debits shall be calculated as follows:

(1) The overall equation for calculating sourcewide debits is:

eCFR graphic er18au95.002.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Debits and all terms of the equation are in units of megagrams per month, and

EPViACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 miscellaneous process vent i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(0.02) EPViu = Emissions from each Group 1 miscellaneous process vent i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions, calculated according to paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

ESiACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section.

(0.05) ESiu = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions, calculated according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section.

EGLRiACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 gasoline loading rack i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph (g)(4) of this section.

EGLRic = Emissions from each Group 1 gasoline loading rack i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. This is calculated according to paragraph (g)(4) of this section.

EMVACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 marine tank vessel i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.

(0.03) EMViu = Emissions from each Group 1 marine tank vessel i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions calculated according to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.

n=The number of Group 1 emission points being included in the emissions average. The value of n is not necessarily the same for each kind of emission point.

(2) Emissions from miscellaneous process vents shall be calculated as follows:

(i) For purposes of determining miscellaneous process vent stream flow rate, organic HAP concentrations, and temperature, the sampling site shall be after the final product recovery device, if any recovery devices are present; before any control device (for miscellaneous process vents, recovery devices shall not be considered control devices); and before discharge to the atmosphere. Method 1 or 1A of part 60, appendix A shall be used for selection of the sampling site.

(ii) The following equation shall be used for each miscellaneous process vent i to calculate EPViu:

eCFR graphic er18au95.003.gif

View or download PDF

where:

EPViu = Uncontrolled process vent emission rate from miscellaneous process vent i, megagrams per month.

Q=Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per minute, measured using Methods 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of part 60 appendix A, as appropriate.

h=Monthly hours of operation during which positive flow is present in the vent, hours per month.

Cj = Concentration, parts per million by volume, dry basis, of organic HAP j as measured by Method 18 of part 60 appendix A.

Mj = Molecular weight of organic HAP j, gram per gram-mole.

n=Number of organic HAP's in the miscellaneous process vent stream.

(A) The values of Q, Cj, and Mj shall be determined during a performance test conducted under representative operating conditions. The values of Q, Cj, and Mj shall be established in the Notification of Compliance Status report and must be updated as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(B) If there is a change in capacity utilization other than a change in monthly operating hours, or if any other change is made to the process or product recovery equipment or operation such that the previously measured values of Q, Cj, and Mj are no longer representative, a new performance test shall be conducted to determine new representative values of Q, Cj, and Mj. These new values shall be used to calculate debits and credits from the time of the change forward, and the new values shall be reported in the next Periodic Report.

(iii) The following procedures and equations shall be used to calculate EPViACTUAL:

(A) If the vent is not controlled by a control device or pollution prevention measure, EPViACTUAL = EPViu, where EPViu is calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.

(B) If the vent is controlled using a control device or a pollution prevention measure achieving less than 98-percent reduction,

eCFR graphic er18au95.004.gif

View or download PDF

(1) The percent reduction shall be measured according to the procedures in §63.116 of subpart G if a combustion control device is used. For a flare meeting the criteria in §63.116(a) of subpart G, or a boiler or process heater meeting the criteria in §63.645(d) of this subpart or §63.116(b) of subpart G, the percentage of reduction shall be 98 percent. If a noncombustion control device is used, percentage of reduction shall be demonstrated by a performance test at the inlet and outlet of the device, or, if testing is not feasible, by a control design evaluation and documented engineering calculations.

(2) For determining debits from miscellaneous process vents, product recovery devices shall not be considered control devices and cannot be assigned a percentage of reduction in calculating EPViACTUAL. The sampling site for measurement of uncontrolled emissions is after the final product recovery device.

(3) Procedures for calculating the percentage of reduction of pollution prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(3) Emissions from storage vessels shall be calculated as specified in §63.150(g)(3) of subpart G.

(4) Emissions from gasoline loading racks shall be calculated as follows:

(i) The following equation shall be used for each gasoline loading rack i to calculate EGLRiu:

eCFR graphic er18au95.005.gif

View or download PDF

where:

EGLRiu = Uncontrolled transfer HAP emission rate from gasoline loading rack i, megagrams per month

S=Saturation factor, dimensionless (see table 33 of subpart G).

P=Weighted average rack partial pressure of organic HAP's transferred at the rack during the month, kilopascals.

M=Weighted average molecular weight of organic HAP's transferred at the gasoline loading rack during the month, gram per gram-mole.

G=Monthly volume of gasoline transferred from gasoline loading rack, liters per month.

T=Weighted rack bulk liquid loading temperature during the month, degrees kelvin (degrees Celsius °C + 273).

(ii) The following equation shall be used for each gasoline loading rack i to calculate the weighted average rack partial pressure:

eCFR graphic er18au95.006.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Pj = Maximum true vapor pressure of individual organic HAP transferred at the rack, kilopascals.

G=Monthly volume of organic HAP transferred, liters per month, and

eCFR graphic er18au95.007.gif

View or download PDF

Gj = Monthly volume of individual organic HAP transferred at the gasoline loading rack, liters per month.

n=Number of organic HAP's transferred at the gasoline loading rack.

(iii) The following equation shall be used for each gasoline loading rack i to calculate the weighted average rack molecular weight:

eCFR graphic er18au95.008.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Mj = Molecular weight of individual organic HAP transferred at the rack, gram per gram-mole.

G, Gj, and n are as defined in paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section.

(iv) The following equation shall be used for each gasoline loading rack i to calculate the monthly weighted rack bulk liquid loading temperature:

eCFR graphic er18au95.009.gif

View or download PDF

Tj = Average annual bulk temperature of individual organic HAP loaded at the gasoline loading rack, kelvin (degrees Celsius °C+273).

G, Gj, and n are as defined in paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section.

(v) The following equation shall be used to calculate EGLRic:

eCFR graphic er18au95.010.gif

View or download PDF

G is as defined in paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section.

(vi) The following procedures and equations shall be used to calculate EGLRiACTUAL:

(A) If the gasoline loading rack is not controlled, EGLRiACTUAL = EGLRiu, where EGLRiu is calculated using the equations specified in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of this section.

(B) If the gasoline loading rack is controlled using a control device or a pollution prevention measure not achieving the requirement of less than 10 milligrams of TOC per liter of gasoline loaded,

eCFR graphic er18au95.011.gif

View or download PDF

(1) The percent reduction for a control device shall be measured according to the procedures and test methods specified in §63.128(a) of subpart G. If testing is not feasible, the percentage of reduction shall be determined through a design evaluation according to the procedures specified in §63.128(h) of subpart G.

(2) Procedures for calculating the percentage of reduction for pollution prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(5) Emissions from marine tank vessel loading shall be calculated as follows:

(i) The following equation shall be used for each marine tank vessel i to calculate EMViu:

eCFR graphic er18au95.012.gif

View or download PDF

where:

EMViu = Uncontrolled marine tank vessel HAP emission rate from marine tank vessel i, megagrams per month.

Qi = Quantity of commodity loaded (per vessel type), liters.

Fi = Emission factor, megagrams per liter.

Pi = Percent HAP.

m=Number of combinations of commodities and vessel types loaded.

Emission factors shall be based on test data or emission estimation procedures specified in §63.565(l) of subpart Y.

(ii) The following procedures and equations shall be used to calculate EMViACTUAL:

(A) If the marine tank vessel is not controlled, EMViACTUAL = EMViu, where EMViu is calculated using the equations specified in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section.

(B) If the marine tank vessel is controlled using a control device or a pollution prevention measure achieving less than 97-percent reduction,

eCFR graphic er18au95.013.gif

View or download PDF

(1) The percent reduction for a control device shall be measured according to the procedures and test methods specified in §63.565(d) of subpart Y. If testing is not feasible, the percentage of reduction shall be determined through a design evaluation according to the procedures specified in §63.128(h) of subpart G.

(2) Procedures for calculating the percentage of reduction for pollution prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(h) Credits are generated by the difference between emissions that are allowed for each Group 1 and Group 2 emission point and the actual emissions from a Group 1 or Group 2 emission point that has been controlled after November 15, 1990 to a level more stringent than what is required by this subpart or any other State or Federal rule or statute. Credits shall be calculated as follows:

(1) The overall equation for calculating sourcewide credits is:

eCFR graphic er12jn96.000.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Credits and all terms of the equation are in units of megagrams per month, the baseline date is November 15, 1990, and

D=Discount factor=0.9 for all credit-generating emission points except those controlled by a pollution prevention measure, which will not be discounted.

EPV1iACTUAL = Emissions for each Group 1 miscellaneous process vent i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(0.02) EPV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 miscellaneous process vent i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. EPV1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

EPV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 miscellaneous process vent; at the baseline date, as calculated in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

EPV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 miscellaneous process vent that is controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

ES1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

(0.05) ES1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. ES1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

ES2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i that is controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

ES2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i at the baseline date, as calculated in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

EGLR1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 gasoline loading rack i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

EGLRic = Emissions from each Group 1 gasoline loading rack i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. EGLRiu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

EGRL2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 gasoline loading rack i that is controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

EGLR2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 gasoline loading rack i at the baseline date, as calculated in paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

EMV1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 marine tank vessel i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

(0.03)EMV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 marine tank vessel i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. EMV1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) of this section.

EMV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 marine tank vessel i that is controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) of this section.

EMV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 marine tank vessel i at the baseline date, as calculated in paragraph (h)(5) of this section.

EWW1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

EWW1ic = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions, calculated according to paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

EWW2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i that is controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

EWW2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i at the baseline date, calculated according to paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

n=Number of Group 1 emission points included in the emissions average. The value of n is not necessarily the same for each kind of emission point.

m=Number of Group 2 emission points included in the emissions average. The value of m is not necessarily the same for each kind of emission point.

(i) For an emission point controlled using a reference control technology, the percentage of reduction for calculating credits shall be no greater than the nominal efficiency associated with the reference control technology, unless a higher nominal efficiency is assigned as specified in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section.

(ii) For an emission point controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control technology, the nominal efficiency for calculating credits shall be assigned as described in paragraph (i) of this section. A reference control technology may be approved for use in a different manner and assigned a higher nominal efficiency according to the procedures in paragraph (i) of this section.

(iii) For an emission point controlled using a pollution prevention measure, the nominal efficiency for calculating credits shall be determined as described in paragraph (j) of this section.

(2) Emissions from process vents shall be determined as follows:

(i) Uncontrolled emissions from miscellaneous process vents, EPV1iu, shall be calculated according to the procedures and equation for EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Actual emissions from miscellaneous process vents controlled using a technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 percent or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 98 percent emission reduction, EPV1iACTUAL, shall be calculated according to the following equation:

eCFR graphic er18au95.015.gif

View or download PDF

(iii) The following procedures shall be used to calculate actual emissions from Group 2 process vents, EPV2iACTUAL:

(A) For a Group 2 process vent controlled by a control device, a recovery device applied as a pollution prevention project, or a pollution prevention measure, if the control achieves a percentage of reduction less than or equal to a 98 percent reduction,

eCFR graphic er18au95.016.gif

View or download PDF

(1) EPV2iu shall be calculated according to the equations and procedures for EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.

(2) The percentage of reduction shall be calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through (g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of this section except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this section.

(3) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution prevention project, EPV2iu shall be calculated prior to that recovery device. The equation for EPViu in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section shall be used to calculate EPV2iu; however, the sampling site for measurement of vent stream flow rate and organic HAP concentration shall be at the inlet of the recovery device.

(4) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution prevention project, the percentage of reduction shall be demonstrated by conducting a performance test at the inlet and outlet of that recovery device.

(B) For a Group 2 process vent controlled using a technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than a 98 percent or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 98 percent reduction,

eCFR graphic er18au95.017.gif

View or download PDF

(iv) Emissions from Group 2 process vents at baseline, EPV2iBASE, shall be calculated as follows:

(A) If the process vent was uncontrolled on November 15, 1990, EPV2iBASE = EPV2iu, and shall be calculated according to the procedures and equation for EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.

(B) If the process vent was controlled on November 15, 1990,

eCFR graphic er18au95.018.gif

View or download PDF

where EPV2iu is calculated according to the procedures and equation for EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section. The percentage of reduction shall be calculated according to the procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through (g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of this section.

(C) If a recovery device was added to a process vent as part of a pollution prevention project initiated after November 15, 1990, EPV2iBASE = EPV2iu, where EPV2iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.

(3) Emissions from storage vessels shall be determined as specified in §63.150(h)(3) of subpart G, except as follows:

(i) All references to §63.119(b) in §63.150(h)(3) of subpart G shall be replaced with: §63.119 (b) or §63.119(b) except for §63.119(b)(5) and (b)(6).

(ii) All references to §63.119(c) in §63.150(h)(3) of subpart G shall be replaced with: §63.119(c) or §63.119(c) except for §63.119(c)(2).

(iii) All references to §63.119(d) in §63.150(h)(3) of subpart G shall be replaced with: §63.119(d) or §63.119(d) except for §63.119(d)(2).

(4) Emissions from gasoline loading racks shall be determined as follows:

(i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 gasoline loading racks, EGLR1iu, shall be calculated according to the procedures and equations for EGLRiu as described in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of this section.

(ii) Emissions from Group 1 gasoline loading racks if the reference control technology had been applied, EGLRic, shall be calculated according to the procedures and equations in paragraph (g)(4)(v) of this section.

(iii) Actual emissions from Group 1 gasoline loading racks controlled to less than 10 milligrams of TOC per liter of gasoline loaded; EGLRiACTUAL, shall be calculated according to the following equation:

eCFR graphic er18au95.019.gif

View or download PDF

(iv) The following procedures shall be used to calculate actual emissions from Group 2 gasoline loading racks, EGLR2iACTUAL:

(A) For a Group 2 gasoline loading rack controlled by a control device or a pollution prevention measure achieving emissions reduction but where emissions are greater than the 10 milligrams of TOC per liter of gasoline loaded requirement,

eCFR graphic er18au95.020.gif

View or download PDF

(1) EGLR2iu shall be calculated according to the equations and procedures for EGLRiu in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of this section.

(2) The percentage of reduction shall be calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(4)(vi)(B)(1) and (g)(4)(vi)(B)(2) of this section.

(B) For a Group 2 gasoline loading rack controlled by using a technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 percent or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than a 98-percent reduction,

eCFR graphic er18au95.021.gif

View or download PDF

(v) Emissions from Group 2 gasoline loading racks at baseline, EGLR2iBASE, shall be calculated as follows:

(A) If the gasoline loading rack was uncontrolled on November 15, 1990, EGLR2iBASE = EGLR2iu, and shall be calculated according to the procedures and equations for EGLRiu in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of this section.

(B) If the gasoline loading rack was controlled on November 15, 1990,

eCFR graphic er18au95.022.gif

View or download PDF

where EGLR2iu is calculated according to the procedures and equations for EGLRiu in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of this section. Percentage of reduction shall be calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(4)(vi)(B)(1) and (g)(4)(vi)(B)(2) of this section.

(5) Emissions from marine tank vessels shall be determined as follows:

(i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 marine tank vessels, EMV1iu, shall be calculated according to the procedures and equations for EMViu as described in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section.

(ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 marine tank vessels controlled using a technology or pollution prevention measure with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 97 percent, EMViACTUAL, shall be calculated according to the following equation:

eCFR graphic er18au95.023.gif

View or download PDF

(iii) The following procedures shall be used to calculate actual emissions from Group 2 marine tank vessels, EMV2iACTUAL:

(A) For a Group 2 marine tank vessel controlled by a control device or a pollution prevention measure achieving a percentage of reduction less than or equal to 97 percent reduction,

eCFR graphic er18au95.024.gif

View or download PDF

(1) EMV2iu shall be calculated according to the equations and procedures for EMViu in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section.

(2) The percentage of reduction shall be calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(5)(ii)(B)(1) and (g)(5)(ii)(B)(2) of this section.

(B) For a Group 2 marine tank vessel controlled using a technology or a pollution prevention measure with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 97 percent,

eCFR graphic er18au95.025.gif

View or download PDF

(iv) Emissions from Group 2 marine tank vessels at baseline, EMV2iBASE, shall be calculated as follows:

(A) If the marine terminal was uncontrolled on November 15, 1990, EMV2iBASE equals EMV2iu, and shall be calculated according to the procedures and equations for EMViu in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section.

(B) If the marine tank vessel was controlled on November 15, 1990,

eCFR graphic er18au95.026.gif

View or download PDF

where EMV2iu is calculated according to the procedures and equations for EMViu in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section. Percentage of reduction shall be calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(5)(ii)(B)(1) and (g)(5)(ii)(B)(2) of this section.

(6) Emissions from wastewater shall be determined as follows:

(i) For purposes of paragraphs (h)(4)(ii) through (h)(4)(vi) of this section, the following terms will have the meaning given them in paragraphs (h)(6)(i)(A) through (h)(6)(i)(C) of this section.

(A) Correctly suppressed means that a wastewater stream is being managed according to the requirements of §§61.343 through 61.347 or §61.342(c)(l)(iii) of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF, as applicable, and the emissions from the waste management units subject to those requirements are routed to a control device that reduces HAP emissions by 95 percent or greater.

(B) Treatment process has the meaning given in §61.341 of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF except that it does not include biological treatment units.

(C) Vapor control device means the control device that receives emissions vented from a treatment process or treatment processes.

(ii) The following equation shall be used for each wastewater stream i to calculate EWWic:

eCFR graphic er18au95.027.gif

View or download PDF

where:

EWWic = Monthly wastewater stream emission rate if wastewater stream i were controlled by the reference control technology, megagrams per month.

Qi = Average flow rate for wastewater stream i, liters per minute.

Hi = Number of hours during the month that wastewater stream i was generated, hours per month.

Frm = Fraction removed of organic HAP m in wastewater, from table 7 of this subpart, dimensionless.

Fem = Fraction emitted of organic HAP m in wastewater from table 7 of this subpart, dimensionless.

s=Total number of organic HAP's in wastewater stream i.

HAPim = Average concentration of organic HAP m in wastewater stream i, parts per million by weight.

(A) HAPim shall be determined for the point of generation or at a location downstream of the point of generation. Wastewater samples shall be collected using the sampling procedures specified in Method 25D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Where feasible, samples shall be taken from an enclosed pipe prior to the wastewater being exposed to the atmosphere. When sampling from an enclosed pipe is not feasible, a minimum of three representative samples shall be collected in a manner to minimize exposure of the sample to the atmosphere and loss of organic HAP's prior to sampling. The samples collected may be analyzed by either of the following procedures:

(1) A test method or results from a test method that measures organic HAP concentrations in the wastewater, and that has been validated pursuant to section 5.1 or 5.3 of Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be used; or

(2) Method 305 of appendix A of this part may be used to determine Cim, the average volatile organic HAP concentration of organic HAP m in wastewater stream i, and then HAPim may be calculated using the following equation: HAPim = Cim/Fmm, where Fmm for organic HAP m is obtained from table 7 of this subpart.

(B) Values for Qi, HAPim, and Cim shall be determined during a performance test conducted under representative conditions. The average value obtained from three test runs shall be used. The values of Qi, HAPim, and Cim shall be established in the Notification of Compliance Status report and must be updated as provided in paragraph (h)(6)(i)(C) of this section.

(C) If there is a change to the process or operation such that the previously measured values of Qi, HAPim, and Cim are no longer representative, a new performance test shall be conducted to determine new representative values of Qi, HAPim, and Cim. These new values shall be used to calculate debits and credits from the time of the change forward, and the new values shall be reported in the next Periodic Report.

(iii) The following equations shall be used to calculate EWW1iACTUAL for each Group 1 wastewater stream i that is correctly suppressed and is treated to a level more stringent than the reference control technology.

(A) If the Group 1 wastewater stream i is controlled using a treatment process or series of treatment processes with an approved nominal reduction efficiency for an individually speciated HAP that is greater than that specified in table 7 of this subpart, and the vapor control device achieves a percentage of reduction equal to 95 percent, the following equation shall be used:

eCFR graphic er18au95.028.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

EWWiACTUAL = Monthly wastewater stream emission rate if wastewater stream i is treated to a level more stringent than the reference control technology, megagrams per month.

PRim = The efficiency of the treatment process, or series of treatment processes, that treat wastewater stream i in reducing the emission potential of organic HAP m in wastewater, dimensionless, as calculated by:

eCFR graphic er18au95.029.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

HAPim-in = Average concentration of organic HAP m, parts per million by weight, as defined and determined according to paragraph (h)(6)(ii)(A) of this section, in the wastewater entering the first treatment process in the series.

HAPim-out = Average concentration of organic HAP m, parts per million by weight, as defined and determined according to paragraph (h)(6)(ii)(A) of this section, in the wastewater exiting the last treatment process in the series.

All other terms are as defined and determined in paragraph (h)(6)(ii) of this section.

(B) If the Group 1 wastewater stream i is not controlled using a treatment process or series of treatment processes with an approved nominal reduction efficiency for an individually speciated HAP that is greater than that specified in table 7 of this subpart, but the vapor control device has an approved nominal efficiency greater than 95 percent, the following equation shall be used:

eCFR graphic er18au95.030.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

Nominal efficiency=Approved reduction efficiency of the vapor control device, dimensionless, as determined according to the procedures in §63.652(i).

Am = The efficiency of the treatment process, or series of treatment processes, that treat wastewater stream i in reducing the emission potential of organic HAP m in wastewater, dimensionless.

All other terms are as defined and determined in paragraphs (h)(6)(ii) and (h)(6)(iii)(A) of this section.

(1) If a steam stripper meeting the specifications in the definition of reference control technology for wastewater is used, Am shall be equal to the value of Frm given in table 7 of this subpart.

(2) If an alternative control device is used, the percentage of reduction must be determined using the equation and methods specified in paragraph (h)(6)(iii)(A) of this section for determining PRim. If the value of PRim is greater than or equal to the value of Frm given in table 7 of this subpart, then Am equals Frm unless a higher nominal efficiency has been approved. If a higher nominal efficiency has been approved for the treatment process, the owner or operator shall determine EWW1iACTUAL according to paragraph (h)(6)(iii)(B) of this section rather than paragraph (h)(6)(iii)(A) of this section. If PRim is less than the value of FRm given in table 7 of this subpart, emissions averaging shall not be used for this emission point.

(C) If the Group 1 wastewater stream i is controlled using a treatment process or series of treatment processes with an approved nominal reduction efficiency for an individually speciated hazardous air pollutant that is greater than that specified in table 7 of this subpart, and the vapor control device has an approved nominal efficiency greater than 95 percent, the following equation shall be used:

eCFR graphic er18au95.031.gif

View or download PDF

where all terms are as defined and determined in paragraphs (h)(6)(ii) and (h)(6)(iii)(A) of this section.

(iv) The following equation shall be used to calculate EWW2iBASE for each Group 2 wastewater stream i that on November 15, 1990 was not correctly suppressed or was correctly suppressed but not treated:

eCFR graphic er18au95.032.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

EWW2iBASE = Monthly wastewater stream emission rate if wastewater stream i is not correctly suppressed, megagrams per month.

Qi, Hi, s, Fem, and HAPim are as defined and determined according to paragraphs (h)(6)(ii) and (h)(6)(iii)(A) of this section.

(v) The following equation shall be used to calculate EWW2iBASE for each Group 2 wastewater stream i on November 15, 1990 was correctly suppressed. EWW2iBASE shall be calculated as if the control methods being used on November 15, 1990 are in place and any control methods applied after November 15, 1990 are ignored. However, values for the parameters in the equation shall be representative of present production levels and stream properties.

eCFR graphic er18au95.033.gif

View or download PDF

where Ri is calculated according to paragraph (h)(6)(vii) of this section and all other terms are as defined and determined according to paragraphs (h)(6)(ii) and (h)(6)(iii)(A) of this section.

(vi) For Group 2 wastewater streams that are correctly suppressed, EWW2iACTUAL shall be calculated according to the equation for EWW2iBASE in paragraph (h)(6)(v) of this section. EWW2iACTUAL shall be calculated with all control methods in place accounted for.

(vii) The reduction efficiency, Ri, of the vapor control device shall be demonstrated according to the following procedures:

(A) Sampling sites shall be selected using Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.

(B) The mass flow rate of organic compounds entering and exiting the control device shall be determined as follows:

(1) The time period for the test shall not be less than 3 hours during which at least three runs are conducted.

(2) A run shall consist of a 1-hour period during the test. For each run:

(i) The volume exhausted shall be determined using Methods 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60 appendix A, as appropriate;

(ii) The organic concentration in the vent stream entering and exiting the control device shall be determined using Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Alternatively, any other test method validated according to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be used.

(3) The mass flow rate of organic compounds entering and exiting the control device during each run shall be calculated as follows:

eCFR graphic er18au95.034.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

Ea = Mass flow rate of organic compounds exiting the control device, kilograms per hour.

Eb = Mass flow rate of organic compounds entering the control device, kilograms per hour.

Vap = Average volumetric flow rate of vent stream exiting the control device during run p at standards conditions, cubic meters per hour.

Vbp = Average volumetric flow rate of vent stream entering the control device during run p at standards conditions, cubic meters per hour.

p = Run.

m = Number of runs.

Caip = Concentration of organic compound i measured in the vent stream exiting the control device during run p as determined by Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60 appendix A, parts per million by volume on a dry basis.

Cbip = Concentration of organic compound i measured in the vent stream entering the control device during run p as determined by Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, parts per million by volume on a dry basis.

MWi = Molecular weight of organic compound i in the vent stream, kilograms per kilogram-mole.

n = Number of organic compounds in the vent stream.

0.0416 = Conversion factor for molar volume, kilograms-mole per cubic meter at 293 kelvin and 760 millimeters mercury absolute.

(C) The organic reduction efficiency for the control device shall be calculated as follows:

eCFR graphic er18au95.035.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

R = Total organic reduction efficiency for the control device, percentage.

Eb = Mass flow rate of organic compounds entering the control device, kilograms per hour.

Ea = Mass flow rate of organic compounds exiting the control device, kilograms per hour.

(i) The following procedures shall be followed to establish nominal efficiencies. The procedures in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(6) of this section shall be followed for control technologies that are different in use or design from the reference control technologies and achieve greater percentages of reduction than the percentages of efficiency assigned to the reference control technologies in §63.641.

(1) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking permission to take credit for use of a control technology that is different in use or design from the reference control technology, and the different control technology will be used in more than three applications at a single plant site, the owner or operator shall submit the information specified in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of this section to the Administrator in writing:

(i) Emission stream characteristics of each emission point to which the control technology is or will be applied including the kind of emission point, flow, organic HAP concentration, and all other stream characteristics necessary to design the control technology or determine its performance;

(ii) Description of the control technology including design specifications;

(iii) Documentation demonstrating to the Administrator's satisfaction the control efficiency of the control technology. This may include performance test data collected using an appropriate EPA method or any other method validated according to Method 301 of appendix A of this part. If it is infeasible to obtain test data, documentation may include a design evaluation and calculations. The engineering basis of the calculation procedures and all inputs and assumptions made in the calculations shall be documented; and

(iv) A description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored to ensure that the control technology will be operated in conformance with its design and an explanation of the criteria used for selection of that parameter (or parameters).

(2) The Administrator shall determine within 120 calendar days whether an application presents sufficient information to determine nominal efficiency. The Administrator reserves the right to request specific data in addition to the items listed in paragraph (i)(1) of this section.

(3) The Administrator shall determine within 120 calendar days of the submittal of sufficient data whether a control technology shall have a nominal efficiency and the level of that nominal efficiency. If, in the Administrator's judgment, the control technology achieves a level of emission reduction greater than the reference control technology for a particular kind of emission point, the Administrator will publish a Federal Register notice establishing a nominal efficiency for the control technology.

(4) The Administrator may grant conditional permission to take emission credits for use of the control technology on requirements that may be necessary to ensure operation and maintenance to achieve the specified nominal efficiency.

(5) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking permission to take credit for use of a control technology that is different in use or design from the reference control technology and the different control technology will be used in no more than three applications at a single plant site, the information listed in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of this section can be submitted to the permitting authority for the source for approval instead of the Administrator.

(i) In these instances, use and conditions for use of the control technology can be approved by the permitting authority. The permitting authority shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (i)(2) through (i)(4) of this section except that, in these instances, a Federal Register notice is not required to establish the nominal efficiency for the different technology.

(ii) If, in reviewing the submittal, the permitting authority believes the control technology has broad applicability for use by other sources, the permitting authority shall submit the information provided in the application to the Director of the EPA Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. The Administrator shall review the technology for broad applicability and may publish a Federal Register notice; however, this review shall not affect the permitting authority's approval of the nominal efficiency of the control technology for the specific application.

(6) If, in reviewing an application for a control technology for an emission point, the Administrator or permitting authority determines the control technology is not different in use or design from the reference control technology, the Administrator or permitting authority shall deny the application.

(j) The following procedures shall be used for calculating the efficiency (percentage of reduction) of pollution prevention measures:

(1) A pollution prevention measure is any practice that meets the criteria of paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) A pollution prevention measure is any practice that results in a lesser quantity of organic HAP emissions per unit of product released to the atmosphere prior to out-of-process recycling, treatment, or control of emissions while the same product is produced.

(ii) Pollution prevention measures may include: Substitution of feedstocks that reduce HAP emissions, alterations to the production process to reduce the volume of materials released to the environment, equipment modifications; housekeeping measures, and in-process recycling that returns waste materials directly to production as raw materials. Production cutbacks do not qualify as pollution prevention.

(2) The emission reduction efficiency of pollution prevention measures implemented after November 15, 1990 can be used in calculating the actual emissions from an emission point in the debit and credit equations in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.

(i) For pollution prevention measures, the percentage of reduction used in the equations in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section and paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(4) of this section is the difference in percentage between the monthly organic HAP emissions for each emission point after the pollution prevention measure for the most recent month versus monthly emissions from the same emission point before the pollution prevention measure, adjusted by the volume of product produced during the two monthly periods.

(ii) The following equation shall be used to calculate the percentage of reduction of a pollution prevention measure for each emission point.

eCFR graphic er18au95.036.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

Percent reduction=Efficiency of pollution prevention measure (percentage of organic HAP reduction).

EB = Monthly emissions before the pollution prevention measure, megagrams per month, determined as specified in paragraphs (j)(2)(ii)(A), (j)(2)(ii)(B), and (j)(2)(ii)(C) of this section.

Epp = Monthly emissions after the pollution prevention measure, megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent month, determined as specified in paragraphs (j)(2)(ii)(D) or (j)(2)(ii)(E) of this section.

PB = Monthly production before the pollution prevention measure, megagrams per month, during the same period over which EB is calculated.

Ppp = Monthly production after the pollution prevention measure, megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent month.

(A) The monthly emissions before the pollution prevention measure, EB, shall be determined in a manner consistent with the equations and procedures in paragraphs (g)(2), (g)(3), (g)(4), and (g)(5) of this section for miscellaneous process vents, storage vessels, gasoline loading racks, and marine tank vessels.

(B) For wastewater, EB shall be calculated as follows:

eCFR graphic er18au95.037.gif

View or download PDF

where:

n=Number of wastewater streams.

QBi = Average flow rate for wastewater stream i before the pollution prevention measure, liters per minute.

HBi = Number of hours per month that wastewater stream i was discharged before the pollution prevention measure, hours per month.

s=Total number of organic HAP's in wastewater stream i.

Fem = Fraction emitted of organic HAP m in wastewater from table 7 of this subpart, dimensionless.

HAPBim = Average concentration of organic HAP m in wastewater stream i, defined and determined according to paragraph (h)(6)(ii)(A)(2) of this section, before the pollution prevention measure, parts per million by weight, as measured before the implementation of the pollution measure.

(C) If the pollution prevention measure was implemented prior to July 14, 1994, records may be used to determine EB.

(D) The monthly emissions after the pollution prevention measure, Epp, may be determined during a performance test or by a design evaluation and documented engineering calculations. Once an emissions-to-production ratio has been established, the ratio can be used to estimate monthly emissions from monthly production records.

(E) For wastewater, Epp shall be calculated using the following equation:

eCFR graphic er18au95.038.gif

View or download PDF

where n, Q, H, s, Fem, and HAP are defined and determined as described in paragraph (j)(2)(ii)(B) of this section except that Qppi, Hppi, and HAPppim shall be determined after the pollution prevention measure has been implemented.

(iii) All equations, calculations, test procedures, test results, and other information used to determine the percentage of reduction achieved by a pollution prevention measure for each emission point shall be fully documented.

(iv) The same pollution prevention measure may reduce emissions from multiple emission points. In such cases, the percentage of reduction in emissions for each emission point must be calculated.

(v) For the purposes of the equations in paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(6) of this section used to calculate credits for emission points controlled more stringently than the reference control technology, the nominal efficiency of a pollution prevention measure is equivalent to the percentage of reduction of the pollution prevention measure. When a pollution prevention measure is used, the owner or operator of a source is not required to apply to the Administrator for a nominal efficiency and is not subject to paragraph (i) of this section.

(k) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that the emissions from the emission points proposed to be included in the average will not result in greater hazard or, at the option of the State or local permitting authority, greater risk to human health or the environment than if the emission points were controlled according to the provisions in §§63.643 through 63.647, and §§63.650 and 63.651.

(1) This demonstration of hazard or risk equivalency shall be made to the satisfaction of the State or local permitting authority.

(i) The State or local permitting authority may require owners and operators to use specific methodologies and procedures for making a hazard or risk determination.

(ii) The demonstration and approval of hazard or risk equivalency may be made according to any guidance that the EPA makes available for use.

(2) Owners and operators shall provide documentation demonstrating the hazard or risk equivalency of their proposed emissions average in their Implementation Plan.

(3) An emissions averaging plan that does not demonstrate an equivalent or lower hazard or risk to the satisfaction of the State or local permitting authority shall not be approved. The State or local permitting authority may require such adjustments to the emissions averaging plan as are necessary in order to ensure that the average will not result in greater hazard or risk to human health or the environment than would result if the emission points were controlled according to §§63.643 through 63.647, and §§63.650 and 63.651.

(4) A hazard or risk equivalency demonstration shall:

(i) Be a quantitative, bona fide chemical hazard or risk assessment;

(ii) Account for differences in chemical hazard or risk to human health or the environment; and

(iii) Meet any requirements set by the State or local permitting authority for such demonstrations.

(l) For periods of excess emissions, an owner or operator may request that the provisions of paragraphs (l)(1) through (l)(4) of this section be followed instead of the procedures in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and (f)(3)(ii) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of excess emissions in the Periodic Reports as required in §63.655(g)(6).

(2) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that other types of monitoring data or engineering calculations are appropriate to establish that the control device for the emission point was operating in such a fashion to warrant assigning full or partial credits and debits. This demonstration shall be made to the Administrator's satisfaction, and the Administrator may establish procedures for demonstrating compliance that are acceptable.

(3) The owner or operator shall provide documentation of the period of excess emissions and the other type of monitoring data or engineering calculations to be used to demonstrate that the control device for the emission point was operating in such a fashion to warrant assigning full or partial credits and debits.

(4) The Administrator may assign full or partial credit and debits upon review of the information provided.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995; 60 FR 49976, Sept. 27, 1995; 61 FR 7051, Feb. 23, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 29881, June 12, 1996; 61 FR 33799, June 28, 1996; 74 FR 55686, Oct. 28, 2009]

§63.653   Monitoring, recordkeeping, and implementation plan for emissions averaging.

(a) For each emission point included in an emissions average, the owner or operator shall perform testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting equivalent to that required for Group 1 emission points complying with §§63.643 through 63.647, and §§63.650 and 63.651. The specific requirements for miscellaneous process vents, storage vessels, wastewater, gasoline loading racks, and marine tank vessels are identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(7) of this section.

(1) The source shall implement the following testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting procedures for each miscellaneous process vent equipped with a flare, incinerator, boiler, or process heater:

(i) Conduct initial performance tests to determine the percentage of reduction as specified in §63.645 of this subpart and §63.116 of subpart G; and

(ii) Monitor the operating parameters specified in §63.644, as appropriate for the specific control device.

(2) The source shall implement the following procedures for each miscellaneous process vent, equipped with a carbon adsorber, absorber, or condenser but not equipped with a control device:

(i) Determine the flow rate and organic HAP concentration using the methods specified in §63.115 (a)(1) and (a)(2), §63.115 (b)(1) and (b)(2), and §63.115(c)(3) of subpart G; and

(ii) Monitor the operating parameters specified in §63.114 of subpart G, as appropriate for the specific recovery device.

(3) The source shall implement the following procedures for each storage vessel controlled with an internal floating roof, external roof, or a closed vent system with a control device, as appropriate to the control technique:

(i) Perform the monitoring or inspection procedures in §63.646 of this subpart and §63.120 of subpart G; and

(ii) For closed vent systems with control devices, conduct an initial design evaluation as specified in §63.646 of this subpart and §63.120(d) of subpart G.

(4) For each gasoline loading rack that is controlled, perform the testing and monitoring procedures specified in §§63.425 and 63.427 of subpart R of this part except §63.425(d) or §63.427(c).

(5) For each marine tank vessel that is controlled, perform the compliance, monitoring, and performance testing, procedures specified in §§63.563, 63.564, and 63.565 of subpart Y of this part.

(6) The source shall implement the following procedures for wastewater emission points, as appropriate to the control techniques:

(i) For wastewater treatment processes, conduct tests as specified in §61.355 of subpart FF of part 60;

(ii) Conduct inspections and monitoring as specified in §§61.343 through 61.349 and §61.354 of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF.

(7) If an emission point in an emissions average is controlled using a pollution prevention measure or a device or technique for which no monitoring parameters or inspection procedures are specified in §§63.643 through 63.647 and §§63.650 and 63.651, the owner or operator shall establish a site-specific monitoring parameter and shall submit the information specified in §63.655(h)(4) in the Implementation Plan.

(b) Records of all information required to calculate emission debits and credits and records required by §63.655 shall be retained for 5 years.

(c) Notifications of Compliance Status report, Periodic Reports, and other reports shall be submitted as required by §63.655.

(d) Each owner or operator of an existing source who elects to comply with §63.655(g) and (h) by using emissions averaging for any emission points shall submit an Implementation Plan.

(1) The Implementation Plan shall be submitted to the Administrator and approved prior to implementing emissions averaging. This information may be submitted in an operating permit application, in an amendment to an operating permit application, in a separate submittal, in a Notification of Compliance Status Report, in a Periodic Report or in any combination of these documents. If an owner or operator submits the information specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section at different times, and/or in different submittals, later submittals may refer to earlier submittals instead of duplicating the previously submitted information.

(2) The Implementation Plan shall include the information specified in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(ix) of this section for all points included in the average.

(i) The identification of all emission points in the planned emissions average and notation of whether each emission point is a Group 1 or Group 2 emission point as defined in §63.641.

(ii) The projected annual emission debits and credits for each emission point and the sum for the emission points involved in the average calculated according to §63.652. The annual projected credits must be greater than the projected debits, as required under §63.652(e)(3).

(iii) The specific control technology or pollution prevention measure that will be used for each emission point included in the average and date of application or expected date of application.

(iv) The specific identification of each emission point affected by a pollution prevention measure. To be considered a pollution prevention measure, the criteria in §63.652(j)(1) must be met. If the same pollution prevention measure reduces or eliminates emissions from multiple emission points in the average, the owner or operator must identify each of these emission points.

(v) A statement that the compliance demonstration, monitoring, inspection, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section that are applicable to each emission point in the emissions average will be implemented beginning on the date of compliance.

(vi) Documentation of the information listed in paragraphs (d)(2)(vi)(A) through (d)(2)(vi)(D) of this section for each emission point included in the average.

(A) The values of the parameters used to determine whether each emission point in the emissions average is Group 1 or Group 2.

(B) The estimated values of all parameters needed for input to the emission debit and credit calculations in §63.652 (g) and (h). These parameter values or, as appropriate, limited ranges for the parameter values, shall be specified in the source's Implementation Plan as enforceable operating conditions. Changes to these parameters must be reported in the next Periodic Report.

(C) The estimated percentage of reduction if a control technology achieving a lower percentage of reduction than the efficiency of the reference control technology, as defined in §63.641, is or will be applied to the emission point.

(D) The anticipated nominal efficiency if a control technology achieving a greater percentage emission reduction than the efficiency of the reference control technology is or will be applied to the emission point. The procedures in §63.652(i) shall be followed to apply for a nominal efficiency.

(vii) The information specified in §63.655(h)(4) for:

(A) Each miscellaneous process vent controlled by a pollution prevention measure or control technique for which monitoring parameters or inspection procedures are not specified in paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section; and

(B) Each storage vessel controlled by a pollution prevention measure or a control technique other than an internal or external floating roof or a closed vent system with a control device.

(viii) Documentation of the information listed in paragraphs (d)(2)(viii)(A) through (d)(2)(viii)(G) of this section for each process wastewater stream included in the average.

(A) The information used to determine whether the wastewater stream is a Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream.

(B) The estimated values of all parameters needed for input to the wastewater emission credit and debit calculations in §63.652(h)(6).

(C) The estimated percentage of reduction if the wastewater stream is or will be controlled using a treatment process or series of treatment processes that achieves an emission reduction less than or equal to the emission reduction specified in table 7 of this subpart.

(D) The estimated percentage of reduction if a control technology achieving less than or equal to 95 percent emission reduction is or will be applied to the vapor stream(s) vented and collected from the treatment processes.

(E) The estimated percentage of reduction if a pollution prevention measure is or will be applied.

(F) The anticipated nominal efficiency if the owner or operator plans to apply for a nominal efficiency under §63.652(i). A nominal efficiency shall be applied for if:

(1) A control technology is or will be applied to the wastewater stream and achieves an emission reduction greater than the emission reduction specified in table 7 of this subpart; or

(2) A control technology achieving greater than 95 percent emission reduction is or will be applied to the vapor stream(s) vented and collected from the treatment processes.

(G) For each pollution prevention measure, treatment process, or control device used to reduce air emissions of organic HAP from wastewater and for which no monitoring parameters or inspection procedures are specified in §63.647, the information specified in §63.655(h)(4) shall be included in the Implementation Plan.

(ix) Documentation required in §63.652(k) demonstrating the hazard or risk equivalency of the proposed emissions average.

(3) The Administrator shall determine within 120 calendar days whether the Implementation Plan submitted presents sufficient information. The Administrator shall either approve the Implementation Plan, request changes, or request that the owner or operator submit additional information. Once the Administrator receives sufficient information, the Administrator shall approve, disapprove, or request changes to the plan within 120 calendar days.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29881, June 12, 1996; 63 FR 31361, June 9, 1998; 74 FR 55686, Oct. 28, 2009]

§63.654   Heat exchange systems.

(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the owner or operator of a heat exchange system that meets the criteria in §63.640(c)(8) must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section.

(b) A heat exchange system is exempt from the requirements in paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section if all heat exchangers within the heat exchange system either:

(1) Operate with the minimum pressure on the cooling water side at least 35 kilopascals greater than the maximum pressure on the process side; or

(2) Employ an intervening cooling fluid containing less than 5 percent by weight of total organic HAP, as determined according to the provisions of §63.180(d) of this part and table 1 of this subpart, between the process and the cooling water. This intervening fluid must serve to isolate the cooling water from the process fluid and must not be sent through a cooling tower or discharged. For purposes of this section, discharge does not include emptying for maintenance purposes.

(c) The owner or operator must perform monitoring to identify leaks of total strippable volatile organic compounds (VOC) from each heat exchange system subject to the requirements of this subpart according to the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section.

(1) Monitoring locations for closed-loop recirculation heat exchange systems. For each closed loop recirculating heat exchange system, collect and analyze a sample from the location(s) described in either paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (c)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) Each cooling tower return line or any representative riser within the cooling tower prior to exposure to air for each heat exchange system.

(ii) Selected heat exchanger exit line(s) so that each heat exchanger or group of heat exchangers within a heat exchange system is covered by the selected monitoring location(s).

(2) Monitoring locations for once-through heat exchange systems. For each once-through heat exchange system, collect and analyze a sample from the location(s) described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. The owner or operator may also elect to collect and analyze an additional sample from the location(s) described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) Selected heat exchanger exit line(s) so that each heat exchanger or group of heat exchangers within a heat exchange system is covered by the selected monitoring location(s). The selected monitoring location may be at a point where discharges from multiple heat exchange systems are combined provided that the combined cooling water flow rate at the monitoring location does not exceed 40,000 gallons per minute.

(ii) The inlet water feed line for a once-through heat exchange system prior to any heat exchanger. If multiple heat exchange systems use the same water feed (i.e., inlet water from the same primary water source), the owner or operator may monitor at one representative location and use the monitoring results for that sampling location for all heat exchange systems that use that same water feed.

(3) Monitoring method. Determine the total strippable hydrocarbon concentration (in parts per million by volume (ppmv) as methane) at each monitoring location using the “Air Stripping Method (Modified El Paso Method) for Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from Water Sources” Revision Number One, dated January 2003, Sampling Procedures Manual, Appendix P: Cooling Tower Monitoring, prepared by Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, January 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference—see §63.14) using a flame ionization detector (FID) analyzer for on-site determination as described in Section 6.1 of the Modified El Paso Method.

(4) Monitoring frequency and leak action level for existing sources. For a heat exchange system at an existing source, the owner or operator must comply with the monitoring frequency and leak action level as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section or comply with the monitoring frequency and leak action level as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section. The owner or operator of an affected heat exchange system may choose to comply with paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section for some heat exchange systems at the petroleum refinery and comply with paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section for other heat exchange systems. However, for each affected heat exchange system, the owner or operator of an affected heat exchange system must elect one monitoring alternative that will apply at all times. If the owner or operator intends to change the monitoring alternative that applies to a heat exchange system, the owner or operator must notify the Administrator 30 days in advance of such a change. All “leaks” identified prior to changing monitoring alternatives must be repaired. The monitoring frequencies specified in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section also apply to the inlet water feed line for a once-through heat exchange system, if monitoring of the inlet water feed is elected as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) Monitor monthly using a leak action level defined as a total strippable hydrocarbon concentration (as methane) in the stripping gas of 6.2 ppmv.

(ii) Monitor quarterly using a leak action level defined as a total strippable hydrocarbon concentration (as methane) in the stripping gas of 3.1 ppmv unless repair is delayed as provided in paragraph (f) of this section. If a repair is delayed as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, monitor monthly.

(5) Monitoring frequency and leak action level for new sources. For a heat exchange system at a new source, the owner or operator must monitor monthly using a leak action level defined as a total strippable hydrocarbon concentration (as methane) in the stripping gas of 3.1 ppmv.

(6) Leak definition. A leak is defined as described in paragraph (c)(6)(i) or (c)(6)(ii) of this section, as applicable.

(i) For once-through heat exchange systems for which the inlet water feed is monitored as described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, a leak is detected if the difference in the measurement value of the sample taken from a location specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section and the measurement value of the corresponding sample taken from the location specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section equals or exceeds the leak action level.

(ii) For all other heat exchange systems, a leak is detected if a measurement value of the sample taken from a location specified in either paragraph (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(2)(i) of this section equals or exceeds the leak action level.

(d) If a leak is detected, the owner or operator must repair the leak to reduce the measured concentration to below the applicable action level as soon as practicable, but no later than 45 days after identifying the leak, except as specified in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section. Repair includes re-monitoring at the monitoring location where the leak was identified according to the method specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section to verify that the measured concentration is below the applicable action level. Actions that can be taken to achieve repair include but are not limited to:

(1) Physical modifications to the leaking heat exchanger, such as welding the leak or replacing a tube;

(2) Blocking the leaking tube within the heat exchanger;

(3) Changing the pressure so that water flows into the process fluid;

(4) Replacing the heat exchanger or heat exchanger bundle; or

(5) Isolating, bypassing, or otherwise removing the leaking heat exchanger from service until it is otherwise repaired.

(e) If the owner or operator detects a leak when monitoring a cooling tower return line under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the owner or operator may conduct additional monitoring of each heat exchanger or group of heat exchangers associated with the heat exchange system for which the leak was detected as provided under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. If no leaks are detected when monitoring according to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the heat exchange system is considered to meet the repair requirements through re-monitoring of the heat exchange system as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.

(f) The owner or operator may delay the repair of a leaking heat exchanger when one of the conditions in paragraph (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section is met and the leak is less than the delay of repair action level specified in paragraph (f)(3) of this section. The owner or operator must determine if a delay of repair is necessary as soon as practicable, but no later than 45 days after first identifying the leak.

(1) If the repair is technically infeasible without a shutdown and the total strippable hydrocarbon concentration is initially and remains less than the delay of repair action level for all monthly monitoring periods during the delay of repair, the owner or operator may delay repair until the next scheduled shutdown of the heat exchange system. If, during subsequent monthly monitoring, the delay of repair action level is exceeded, the owner or operator must repair the leak within 30 days of the monitoring event in which the leak was equal to or exceeded the delay of repair action level.

(2) If the necessary equipment, parts, or personnel are not available and the total strippable hydrocarbon concentration is initially and remains less than the delay of repair action level for all monthly monitoring periods during the delay of repair, the owner or operator may delay the repair for a maximum of 120 calendar days. The owner or operator must demonstrate that the necessary equipment, parts, or personnel were not available. If, during subsequent monthly monitoring, the delay of repair action level is exceeded, the owner or operator must repair the leak within 30 days of the monitoring event in which the leak was equal to or exceeded the delay of repair action level.

(3) The delay of repair action level is a total strippable hydrocarbon concentration (as methane) in the stripping gas of 62 ppmv. The delay of repair action level is assessed as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section, as applicable.

(i) For once-through heat exchange systems for which the inlet water feed is monitored as described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the delay of repair action level is exceeded if the difference in the measurement value of the sample taken from a location specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section and the measurement value of the corresponding sample taken from the location specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section equals or exceeds the delay of repair action level.

(ii) For all other heat exchange systems, the delay of repair action level is exceeded if a measurement value of the sample taken from a location specified in either paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(2)(i) of this section equals or exceeds the delay of repair action level.

(g) To delay the repair under paragraph (f) of this section, the owner or operator must record the information in paragraphs (g)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1) The reason(s) for delaying repair.

(2) A schedule for completing the repair as soon as practical.

(3) The date and concentration of the leak as first identified and the results of all subsequent monthly monitoring events during the delay of repair.

(4) An estimate of the potential strippable hydrocarbon emissions from the leaking heat exchange system or heat exchanger for each required delay of repair monitoring interval following the procedures in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section.

(i) Determine the leak concentration as specified in paragraph (c) of this section and convert the stripping gas leak concentration (in ppmv as methane) to an equivalent liquid concentration, in parts per million by weight (ppmw), using equation 7-1 from “Air Stripping Method (Modified El Paso Method) for Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from Water Sources” Revision Number One, dated January 2003, Sampling Procedures Manual, Appendix P: Cooling Tower Monitoring, prepared by Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, January 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference—see §63.14) and the molecular weight of 16 grams per mole (g/mol) for methane.

(ii) Determine the mass flow rate of the cooling water at the monitoring location where the leak was detected. If the monitoring location is an individual cooling tower riser, determine the total cooling water mass flow rate to the cooling tower. Cooling water mass flow rates may be determined using direct measurement, pump curves, heat balance calculations, or other engineering methods. Volumetric flow measurements may be used and converted to mass flow rates using the density of water at the specific monitoring location temperature or using the default density of water at 25 degrees Celsius, which is 997 kilograms per cubic meter or 8.32 pounds per gallon.

(iii) For delay of repair monitoring intervals prior to repair of the leak, calculate the potential strippable hydrocarbon emissions for the leaking heat exchange system or heat exchanger for the monitoring interval by multiplying the leak concentration in the cooling water, ppmw, determined in (g)(4)(i) of this section, by the mass flow rate of the cooling water determined in (g)(4)(ii) of this section and by the duration of the delay of repair monitoring interval. The duration of the delay of repair monitoring interval is the time period starting at midnight on the day of the previous monitoring event or at midnight on the day the repair would have had to be completed if the repair had not been delayed, whichever is later, and ending at midnight of the day the of the current monitoring event.

(iv) For delay of repair monitoring intervals ending with a repaired leak, calculate the potential strippable hydrocarbon emissions for the leaking heat exchange system or heat exchanger for the final delay of repair monitoring interval by multiplying the duration of the final delay of repair monitoring interval by the leak concentration and cooling water flow rates determined for the last monitoring event prior to the re-monitoring event used to verify the leak was repaired. The duration of the final delay of repair monitoring interval is the time period starting at midnight of the day of the last monitoring event prior to re-monitoring to verify the leak was repaired and ending at the time of the re-monitoring event that verified that the leak was repaired.

[74 FR 55686, Oct. 28, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 37731, June 30, 2010; 78 FR 37146, June 20, 2013]

§63.655   Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the wastewater provisions in §63.647 shall comply with the recordkeeping and reporting provisions in §§61.356 and 61.357 of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF unless they are complying with the wastewater provisions specified in paragraph (o)(2)(ii) of §63.640. There are no additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements for wastewater under this subpart unless a wastewater stream is included in an emissions average. Recordkeeping and reporting for emissions averages are specified in §63.653 and in paragraphs (f)(5) and (g)(8) of this section.

(b) Each owner or operator subject to the gasoline loading rack provisions in §63.650 shall comply with the recordkeeping and reporting provisions in §63.428 (b) and (c), (g)(1), (h)(1) through (h)(3), and (k) of subpart R. These requirements are summarized in table 4 of this subpart. There are no additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements for gasoline loading racks under this subpart unless a loading rack is included in an emissions average. Recordkeeping and reporting for emissions averages are specified in §63.653 and in paragraphs (f)(5) and (g)(8) of this section.

(c) Each owner or operator subject to the marine tank vessel loading operation standards in §63.651 shall comply with the recordkeeping and reporting provisions in §§63.567(a) and 63.567(c) through (k) of subpart Y. These requirements are summarized in table 5 of this subpart. There are no additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements for marine tank vessel loading operations under this subpart unless marine tank vessel loading operations are included in an emissions average. Recordkeeping and reporting for emissions averages are specified in §63.653 and in paragraphs (f)(5) and (g)(8) of this section.

(d) Each owner or operator subject to the equipment leaks standards in §63.648 shall comply with the recordkeeping and reporting provisions in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(6) of this section.

(1) Sections 60.486 and 60.487 of subpart VV of part 60 except as specified in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section; or §§63.181 and 63.182 of subpart H of this part except for §§63.182(b), (c)(2), and (c)(4).

(i) The signature of the owner or operator (or designate) whose decision it was that a repair could not be effected without a process shutdown is not required to be recorded. Instead, the name of the person whose decision it was that a repair could not be effected without a process shutdown shall be recorded and retained for 2 years.

(ii) [Reserved]

(2) The Notification of Compliance Status report required by §63.182(c) of subpart H and the initial semiannual report required by §60.487(b) of 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV shall be submitted within 150 days of the compliance date specified in §63.640(h); the requirements of subpart H of this part are summarized in table 3 of this subpart.

(3) An owner or operator who determines that a compressor qualifies for the hydrogen service exemption in §63.648 shall also keep a record of the demonstration required by §63.648.

(4) An owner or operator must keep a list of identification numbers for valves that are designated as leakless per §63.648(c)(10).

(5) An owner or operator must identify, either by list or location (area or refining process unit), equipment in organic HAP service less than 300 hours per year within refining process units subject to this subpart.

(6) An owner or operator must keep a list of reciprocating pumps and compressors determined to be exempt from seal requirements as per §§63.648 (f) and (i).

(e) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall submit the reports listed in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section except as provided in paragraph (h)(5) of this section, and shall keep records as described in paragraph (i) of this section.

(1) A Notification of Compliance Status report as described in paragraph (f) of this section;

(2) Periodic Reports as described in paragraph (g) of this section; and

(3) Other reports as described in paragraph (h) of this section.

(f) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall submit a Notification of Compliance Status report within 150 days after the compliance dates specified in §63.640(h) with the exception of Notification of Compliance Status reports submitted to comply with §63.640(l)(3) and for storage vessels subject to the compliance schedule specified in §63.640(h)(4). Notification of Compliance Status reports required by §63.640(l)(3) and for storage vessels subject to the compliance dates specified in §63.640(h)(4) shall be submitted according to paragraph (f)(6) of this section. This information may be submitted in an operating permit application, in an amendment to an operating permit application, in a separate submittal, or in any combination of the three. If the required information has been submitted before the date 150 days after the compliance date specified in §63.640(h), a separate Notification of Compliance Status report is not required within 150 days after the compliance dates specified in §63.640(h). If an owner or operator submits the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(5) of this section at different times, and/or in different submittals, later submittals may refer to earlier submittals instead of duplicating and resubmitting the previously submitted information. Each owner or operator of a gasoline loading rack classified under Standard Industrial Classification Code 2911 located within a contiguous area and under common control with a petroleum refinery subject to the standards of this subpart shall submit the Notification of Compliance Status report required by subpart R of this part within 150 days after the compliance dates specified in §63.640(h) of this subpart.

(1) The Notification of Compliance Status report shall include the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(vi) of this section.

(i) For storage vessels, this report shall include the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(A) through (f)(1)(i)(D) of this section.

(A) Identification of each storage vessel subject to this subpart, and for each Group 1 storage vessel subject to this subpart, the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(A)(1) through (f)(1)(i)(A)(3) of this section. This information is to be revised each time a Notification of Compliance Status report is submitted for a storage vessel subject to the compliance schedule specified in §63.640(h)(4) or to comply with §63.640(l)(3).

(1) For each Group 1 storage vessel complying with §63.646 that is not included in an emissions average, the method of compliance (i.e., internal floating roof, external floating roof, or closed vent system and control device).

(2) For storage vessels subject to the compliance schedule specified in §63.640(h)(4) that are not complying with §63.646, the anticipated compliance date.

(3) For storage vessels subject to the compliance schedule specified in §63.640(h)(4) that are complying with §63.646 and the Group 1 storage vessels described in §63.640(l), the actual compliance date.

(B) If a closed vent system and a control device other than a flare is used to comply with §63.646 the owner or operator shall submit:

(1) A description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored to ensure that the control device is being properly operated and maintained, an explanation of the criteria used for selection of that parameter (or parameters), and the frequency with which monitoring will be performed; and either

(2) The design evaluation documentation specified in §63.120(d)(1)(i) of subpart G, if the owner or operator elects to prepare a design evaluation; or

(3) If the owner or operator elects to submit the results of a performance test, identification of the storage vessel and control device for which the performance test will be submitted, and identification of the emission point(s) that share the control device with the storage vessel and for which the performance test will be conducted.

(C) If a closed vent system and control device other than a flare is used, the owner or operator shall submit:

(1) The operating range for each monitoring parameter. The specified operating range shall represent the conditions for which the control device is being properly operated and maintained.

(2) If a performance test is conducted instead of a design evaluation, results of the performance test demonstrating that the control device achieves greater than or equal to the required control efficiency. A performance test conducted prior to the compliance date of this subpart can be used to comply with this requirement, provided that the test was conducted using EPA methods and that the test conditions are representative of current operating practices.

(D) If a closed vent system and a flare is used, the owner or operator shall submit:

(1) Flare design (e.g., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or nonassisted);

(2) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the compliance determination required by §63.120(e) of subpart G of this part; and

(3) All periods during the compliance determination when the pilot flame is absent.

(ii) For miscellaneous process vents, identification of each miscellaneous process vent subject to this subpart, whether the process vent is Group 1 or Group 2, and the method of compliance for each Group 1 miscellaneous process vent that is not included in an emissions average (e.g., use of a flare or other control device meeting the requirements of §63.643(a)).

(iii) For miscellaneous process vents controlled by control devices required to be tested under §63.645 of this subpart and §63.116(c) of subpart G of this part, performance test results including the information in paragraphs (f)(1)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section. Results of a performance test conducted prior to the compliance date of this subpart can be used provided that the test was conducted using the methods specified in §63.645 and that the test conditions are representative of current operating conditions.

(A) The percentage of reduction of organic HAP's or TOC, or the outlet concentration of organic HAP's or TOC (parts per million by volume on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen), determined as specified in §63.116(c) of subpart G of this part; and

(B) The value of the monitored parameters specified in table 10 of this subpart, or a site-specific parameter approved by the permitting authority, averaged over the full period of the performance test,

(iv) For miscellaneous process vents controlled by flares, performance test results including the information in paragraphs (f)(1)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section;

(A) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the compliance determination required by §63.645 of this subpart and §63.116(a) of subpart G of this part, and

(B) A statement of whether a flame was present at the pilot light over the full period of the compliance determination.

(v) For equipment leaks complying with §63.648(c) (i.e., complying with the requirements of subpart H of this part), the Notification of Compliance Report Status report information required by §63.182(c) of subpart H and whether the percentage of leaking valves will be reported on a process unit basis or a sourcewide basis.

(vi) For each heat exchange system, identification of the heat exchange systems that are subject to the requirements of this subpart. For heat exchange systems at existing sources, the owner or operator shall indicate whether monitoring will be conducted as specified in §63.654(c)(4)(i) or §63.654(c)(4)(ii).

(2) If initial performance tests are required by §§63.643 through 63.653 of this subpart, the Notification of Compliance Status report shall include one complete test report for each test method used for a particular source.

(i) For additional tests performed using the same method, the results specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be submitted, but a complete test report is not required.

(ii) A complete test report shall include a sampling site description, description of sampling and analysis procedures and any modifications to standard procedures, quality assurance procedures, record of operating conditions during the test, record of preparation of standards, record of calibrations, raw data sheets for field sampling, raw data sheets for field and laboratory analyses, documentation of calculations, and any other information required by the test method.

(iii) Performance tests are required only if specified by §§63.643 through 63.653 of this subpart. Initial performance tests are required for some kinds of emission points and controls. Periodic testing of the same emission point is not required.

(3) For each monitored parameter for which a range is required to be established under §63.120(d) of subpart G of this part for storage vessels or §63.644 for miscellaneous process vents, the Notification of Compliance Status report shall include the information in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) The specific range of the monitored parameter(s) for each emission point;

(ii) The rationale for the specific range for each parameter for each emission point, including any data and calculations used to develop the range and a description of why the range ensures compliance with the emission standard.

(A) If a performance test is required by this subpart for a control device, the range shall be based on the parameter values measured during the performance test supplemented by engineering assessments and manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing is not required to be conducted over the entire range of permitted parameter values.

(B) If a performance test is not required by this subpart for a control device, the range may be based solely on engineering assessments and manufacturers' recommendations.

(iii) A definition of the source's operating day for purposes of determining daily average values of monitored parameters. The definition shall specify the times at which an operating day begins and ends.

(4) Results of any continuous monitoring system performance evaluations shall be included in the Notification of Compliance Status report.

(5) For emission points included in an emissions average, the Notification of Compliance Status report shall include the values of the parameters needed for input to the emission credit and debit equations in §63.652(g) and (h), calculated or measured according to the procedures in §63.652(g) and (h), and the resulting credits and debits for the first quarter of the year. The first quarter begins on the compliance date specified in §63.640.

(6) Notification of Compliance Status reports required by §63.640(l)(3) and for storage vessels subject to the compliance dates specified in §63.640(h)(4) shall be submitted no later than 60 days after the end of the 6-month period during which the change or addition was made that resulted in the Group 1 emission point or the existing Group 1 storage vessel was brought into compliance, and may be combined with the periodic report. Six-month periods shall be the same 6-month periods specified in paragraph (g) of this section. The Notification of Compliance Status report shall include the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(5) of this section. This information may be submitted in an operating permit application, in an amendment to an operating permit application, in a separate submittal, as part of the periodic report, or in any combination of these four. If the required information has been submitted before the date 60 days after the end of the 6-month period in which the addition of the Group 1 emission point took place, a separate Notification of Compliance Status report is not required within 60 days after the end of the 6-month period. If an owner or operator submits the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(5) of this section at different times, and/or in different submittals, later submittals may refer to earlier submittals instead of duplicating and resubmitting the previously submitted information.

(g) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall submit Periodic Reports no later than 60 days after the end of each 6-month period when any of the compliance exceptions specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (6) of this section or paragraph (g)(9) of this section occur. The first 6-month period shall begin on the date the Notification of Compliance Status report is required to be submitted. A Periodic Report is not required if none of the compliance exceptions identified in paragraph (g)(1) through (6) of this section or paragraph (g)(9) of this section occurred during the 6-month period unless emissions averaging is utilized. Quarterly reports must be submitted for emission points included in emission averages, as provided in paragraph (g)(8) of this section. An owner or operator may submit reports required by other regulations in place of or as part of the Periodic Report required by this paragraph if the reports contain the information required by paragraphs (g)(1) through (9) of this section.

(1) For storage vessels, Periodic Reports shall include the information specified for Periodic Reports in paragraph (g)(2) through (g)(5) of this section except that information related to gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals is not required for storage vessels that are part of an existing source.

(2) An owner or operator who elects to comply with §63.646 by using a fixed roof and an internal floating roof or by using an external floating roof converted to an internal floating roof shall submit the results of each inspection conducted in accordance with §63.120(a) of subpart G of this part in which a failure is detected in the control equipment.

(i) For vessels for which annual inspections are required under §63.120(a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of subpart G of this part, the specifications and requirements listed in paragraphs (g)(2)(i)(A) through (g)(2)(i)(C) of this section apply.

(A) A failure is defined as any time in which the internal floating roof is not resting on the surface of the liquid inside the storage vessel and is not resting on the leg supports; or there is liquid on the floating roof; or the seal is detached from the internal floating roof; or there are holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or seal fabric; or there are visible gaps between the seal and the wall of the storage vessel.

(B) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(C) of this section, each Periodic Report shall include the date of the inspection, identification of each storage vessel in which a failure was detected, and a description of the failure. The Periodic Report shall also describe the nature of and date the repair was made or the date the storage vessel was emptied.

(C) If an extension is utilized in accordance with §63.120(a)(4) of subpart G of this part, the owner or operator shall, in the next Periodic Report, identify the vessel; include the documentation specified in §63.120(a)(4) of subpart G of this part; and describe the date the storage vessel was emptied and the nature of and date the repair was made.

(ii) For vessels for which inspections are required under §63.120(a)(2)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or (a)(3)(iii) of subpart G of this part (i.e., internal inspections), the specifications and requirements listed in paragraphs (g)(2)(ii)(A) and (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section apply.

(A) A failure is defined as any time in which the internal floating roof has defects; or the primary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or the secondary seal (if one has been installed) has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or, for a storage vessel that is part of a new source, the gaskets no longer close off the liquid surface from the atmosphere; or, for a storage vessel that is part of a new source, the slotted membrane has more than a 10 percent open area.

(B) Each Periodic Report shall include the date of the inspection, identification of each storage vessel in which a failure was detected, and a description of the failure. The Periodic Report shall also describe the nature of and date the repair was made.

(3) An owner or operator who elects to comply with §63.646 by using an external floating roof shall meet the periodic reporting requirements specified in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) through (g)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the Periodic Report, documentation of the results of each seal gap measurement made in accordance with §63.120(b) of subpart G of this part in which the seal and seal gap requirements of §63.120(b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5), or (b)(6) of subpart G of this part are not met. This documentation shall include the information specified in paragraphs (g)(3)(i)(A) through (g)(3)(i)(D) of this section.

(A) The date of the seal gap measurement.

(B) The raw data obtained in the seal gap measurement and the calculations described in §63.120(b)(3) and (b)(4) of subpart G of this part.

(C) A description of any seal condition specified in §63.120(b)(5) or (b)(6) of subpart G of this part that is not met.

(D) A description of the nature of and date the repair was made, or the date the storage vessel was emptied.

(ii) If an extension is utilized in accordance with §63.120(b)(7)(ii) or (b)(8) of subpart G of this part, the owner or operator shall, in the next Periodic Report, identify the vessel; include the documentation specified in §63.120(b)(7)(ii) or (b)(8) of subpart G of this part, as applicable; and describe the date the vessel was emptied and the nature of and date the repair was made.

(iii) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the Periodic Report, documentation of any failures that are identified during visual inspections required by §63.120(b)(10) of subpart G of this part. This documentation shall meet the specifications and requirements in paragraphs (g)(3)(iii)(A) and (g)(3)(iii)(B) of this section.

(A) A failure is defined as any time in which the external floating roof has defects; or the primary seal has holes or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or the secondary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or, for a storage vessel that is part of a new source, the gaskets no longer close off the liquid surface from the atmosphere; or, for a storage vessel that is part of a new source, the slotted membrane has more than 10 percent open area.

(B) Each Periodic Report shall include the date of the inspection, identification of each storage vessel in which a failure was detected, and a description of the failure. The Periodic Report shall also describe the nature of and date the repair was made.

(4) An owner or operator who elects to comply with §63.646 by using an external floating roof converted to an internal floating roof shall comply with the periodic reporting requirements of paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(5) An owner or operator who elects to comply with §63.646 by installing a closed vent system and control device shall submit, as part of the next Periodic Report, the information specified in paragraphs (g)(5)(i) through (g)(5)(iii) of this section.

(i) The Periodic Report shall include the information specified in paragraphs (g)(5)(i)(A) and (g)(5)(i)(B) of this section for those planned routine maintenance operations that would require the control device not to meet the requirements of §63.119(e)(1) or (e)(2) of subpart G of this part, as applicable.

(A) A description of the planned routine maintenance that is anticipated to be performed for the control device during the next 6 months. This description shall include the type of maintenance necessary, planned frequency of maintenance, and lengths of maintenance periods.

(B) A description of the planned routine maintenance that was performed for the control device during the previous 6 months. This description shall include the type of maintenance performed and the total number of hours during those 6 months that the control device did not meet the requirements of §63.119 (e)(1) or (e)(2) of subpart G of this part, as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance.

(ii) If a control device other than a flare is used, the Periodic Report shall describe each occurrence when the monitored parameters were outside of the parameter ranges documented in the Notification of Compliance Status report. The description shall include: Identification of the control device for which the measured parameters were outside of the established ranges, and causes for the measured parameters to be outside of the established ranges.

(iii) If a flare is used, the Periodic Report shall describe each occurrence when the flare does not meet the general control device requirements specified in §63.11(b) of subpart A of this part and shall include: Identification of the flare that does not meet the general requirements specified in §63.11(b) of subpart A of this part, and reasons the flare did not meet the general requirements specified in §63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.

(6) For miscellaneous process vents for which continuous parameter monitors are required by this subpart, periods of excess emissions shall be identified in the Periodic Reports and shall be used to determine compliance with the emission standards.

(i) Period of excess emission means any of the following conditions:

(A) An operating day when the daily average value of a monitored parameter, except presence of a flare pilot flame, is outside the range specified in the Notification of Compliance Status report. Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system breakdown, repairs, calibration checks and zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments shall not be used in computing daily average values of monitored parameters.

(B) An operating day when all pilot flames of a flare are absent.

(C) An operating day when monitoring data required to be recorded in paragraphs (i)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section are available for less than 75 percent of the operating hours.

(D) For data compression systems approved under paragraph (h)(5)(iii) of this section, an operating day when the monitor operated for less than 75 percent of the operating hours or a day when less than 18 monitoring values were recorded.

(ii) For miscellaneous process vents, excess emissions shall be reported for the operating parameters specified in table 10 of this subpart unless other site-specific parameter(s) have been approved by the operating permit authority.

(iii) Periods of startup and shutdown that meet the definition of §63.641, and malfunction that meet the definition in §63.2 and periods of performance testing and monitoring system calibration shall not be considered periods of excess emissions. Malfunctions may include process unit, control device, or monitoring system malfunctions.

(7) If a performance test for determination of compliance for a new emission point subject to this subpart or for an emission point that has changed from Group 2 to Group 1 is conducted during the period covered by a Periodic Report, the results of the performance test shall be included in the Periodic Report.

(i) Results of the performance test shall include the percentage of emissions reduction or outlet pollutant concentration reduction (whichever is needed to determine compliance) and the values of the monitored operating parameters.

(ii) The complete test report shall be maintained onsite.

(8) The owner or operator of a source shall submit quarterly reports for all emission points included in an emissions average.

(i) The quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 calendar days after the end of each quarter. The first report shall be submitted with the Notification of Compliance Status report no later than 150 days after the compliance date specified in §63.640.

(ii) The quarterly reports shall include:

(A) The information specified in this paragraph and in paragraphs (g)(2) through (g)(7) of this section for all storage vessels and miscellaneous process vents included in an emissions average;

(B) The information required to be reported by §63.428 (h)(1), (h)(2), and (h)(3) for each gasoline loading rack included in an emissions average, unless this information has already been submitted in a separate report;

(C) The information required to be reported by §63.567(e)(4) and (j)(3) of subpart Y for each marine tank vessel loading operation included in an emissions average, unless the information has already been submitted in a separate report;

(D) Any information pertaining to each wastewater stream included in an emissions average that the source is required to report under the Implementation Plan for the source;

(E) The credits and debits calculated each month during the quarter;

(F) A demonstration that debits calculated for the quarter are not more than 1.30 times the credits calculated for the quarter, as required under §§63.652(e)(4);

(G) The values of any inputs to the credit and debit equations in §63.652 (g) and (h) that change from month to month during the quarter or that have changed since the previous quarter; and

(H) Any other information the source is required to report under the Implementation Plan for the source.

(iii) Every fourth quarterly report shall include the following:

(A) A demonstration that annual credits are greater than or equal to annual debits as required by §63.652(e)(3); and

(B) A certification of compliance with all the emissions averaging provisions in §63.652 of this subpart.

(9) For heat exchange systems, Periodic Reports must include the following information:

(i) The number of heat exchange systems at the plant site subject to the monitoring requirements in §63.654.

(ii) The number of heat exchange systems at the plant site found to be leaking.

(iii) For each monitoring location where the total strippable hydrocarbon concentration was determined to be equal to or greater than the applicable leak definitions specified in §63.654(c)(6), identification of the monitoring location (e.g., unique monitoring location or heat exchange system ID number), the measured total strippable hydrocarbon concentration, the date the leak was first identified, and, if applicable, the date the source of the leak was identified;

(iv) For leaks that were repaired during the reporting period (including delayed repairs), identification of the monitoring location associated with the repaired leak, the total strippable hydrocarbon concentration measured during re-monitoring to verify repair, and the re-monitoring date (i.e., the effective date of repair); and

(v) For each delayed repair, identification of the monitoring location associated with the leak for which repair is delayed, the date when the delay of repair began, the date the repair is expected to be completed (if the leak is not repaired during the reporting period), the total strippable hydrocarbon concentration and date of each monitoring event conducted on the delayed repair during the reporting period, and an estimate of the potential strippable hydrocarbon emissions over the reporting period associated with the delayed repair.

(h) Other reports shall be submitted as specified in subpart A of this part and as follows:

(1) Reports of startup, shutdown, and malfunction required by §63.10(d)(5). Records and reports of startup, shutdown, and malfunction are not required if they pertain solely to Group 2 emission points, as defined in §63.641, that are not included in an emissions average. For purposes of this paragraph, startup and shutdown shall have the meaning defined in §63.641, and malfunction shall have the meaning defined in §63.2; and

(2) For storage vessels, notifications of inspections as specified in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) and (h)(2)(ii) of this section;

(i) In order to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the refilling of each Group 1 storage vessel that has been emptied and degassed.

(A) Except as provided in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) (B) and (C) of this section, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in writing at least 30 calendar days prior to filling or refilling of each storage vessel with organic HAP's to afford the Administrator the opportunity to inspect the storage vessel prior to refilling.

(B) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(i)(C) of this section, if the internal inspection required by §63.120(a)(2), §63.120(a)(3), or §63.120(b)(10) of subpart G of this part is not planned and the owner or operator could not have known about the inspection 30 calendar days in advance of refilling the vessel with organic HAP's, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator at least 7 calendar days prior to refilling of the storage vessel. Notification may be made by telephone and immediately followed by written documentation demonstrating why the inspection was unplanned. This notification, including the written documentation, may also be made in writing and sent so that it is received by the Administrator at least 7 calendar days prior to the refilling.

(C) The State or local permitting authority can waive the notification requirements of paragraphs (h)(2)(i)(A) and/or (h)(2)(i)(B) of this section for all or some storage vessels at petroleum refineries subject to this subpart. The State or local permitting authority may also grant permission to refill storage vessels sooner than 30 days after submitting the notification required by paragraph (h)(2)(i)(A) of this section, or sooner than 7 days after submitting the notification required by paragraph (h)(2)(i)(B) of this section for all storage vessels, or for individual storage vessels on a case-by-case basis.

(ii) In order to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present, the owner or operator of a storage vessel equipped with an external floating roof shall notify the Administrator of any seal gap measurements. The notification shall be made in writing at least 30 calendar days in advance of any gap measurements required by §63.120 (b)(1) or (b)(2) of subpart G of this part. The State or local permitting authority can waive this notification requirement for all or some storage vessels subject to the rule or can allow less than 30 calendar days' notice.

(3) For owners or operators of sources required to request approval for a nominal control efficiency for use in calculating credits for an emissions average, the information specified in §63.652(h).

(4) The owner or operator who requests approval to monitor a different parameter than those listed in §63.644 for miscellaneous process vents or who is required by §63.653(a)(8) to establish a site-specific monitoring parameter for a point in an emissions average shall submit the information specified in paragraphs (h)(4)(i) through (h)(4)(iii) of this section. For new or reconstructed sources, the information shall be submitted with the application for approval of construction or reconstruction required by §63.5(d) of subpart A and for existing sources, and the information shall be submitted no later than 18 months prior to the compliance date. The information may be submitted in an operating permit application, in an amendment to an operating permit application, or in a separate submittal.

(i) A description of the parameter(s) to be monitored to determine whether excess emissions occur and an explanation of the criteria used to select the parameter(s).

(ii) A description of the methods and procedures that will be used to demonstrate that the parameter can be used to determine excess emissions and the schedule for this demonstration. The owner or operator must certify that they will establish a range for the monitored parameter as part of the Notification of Compliance Status report required in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.

(iii) The frequency and content of monitoring, recording, and reporting if: monitoring and recording are not continuous; or if periods of excess emissions, as defined in paragraph (g)(6) of this section, will not be identified in Periodic Reports required under paragraphs (e) and (g) of this section. The rationale for the proposed monitoring, recording, and reporting system shall be included.

(5) An owner or operator may request approval to use alternatives to the continuous operating parameter monitoring and recordkeeping provisions listed in paragraph (i) of this section.

(i) Requests shall be submitted with the Application for Approval of Construction or Reconstruction for new sources and no later than 18 months prior to the compliance date for existing sources. The information may be submitted in an operating permit application, in an amendment to an operating permit application, or in a separate submittal. Requests shall contain the information specified in paragraphs (h)(5)(iii) through (h)(5)(iv) of this section, as applicable.

(ii) The provisions in §63.8(f)(5)(i) of subpart A of this part shall govern the review and approval of requests.

(iii) An owner or operator may request approval to use an automated data compression recording system that does not record monitored operating parameter values at a set frequency (for example, once every hour) but records all values that meet set criteria for variation from previously recorded values.

(A) The requested system shall be designed to:

(1) Measure the operating parameter value at least once every hour.

(2) Record at least 24 values each day during periods of operation.

(3) Record the date and time when monitors are turned off or on.

(4) Recognize unchanging data that may indicate the monitor is not functioning properly, alert the operator, and record the incident.

(5) Compute daily average values of the monitored operating parameter based on recorded data.

(B) The request shall contain a description of the monitoring system and data compression recording system including the criteria used to determine which monitored values are recorded and retained, the method for calculating daily averages, and a demonstration that the system meets all criteria of paragraph (h)(5)(iii)(A) of this section.

(iv) An owner or operator may request approval to use other alternative monitoring systems according to the procedures specified in §63.8(f) of subpart A of this part.

(6) The owner or operator shall submit the information specified in paragraphs (h)(6)(i) through (h)(6)(iii) of this section, as applicable. For existing sources, this information shall be submitted in the initial Notification of Compliance Status report. For a new source, the information shall be submitted with the application for approval of construction or reconstruction required by §63.5(d) of subpart A of this part. The information may be submitted in an operating permit application, in an amendment to an operating permit application, or in a separate submittal.

(i) The determination of applicability of this subpart to petroleum refining process units that are designed and operated as flexible operation units.

(ii) The determination of applicability of this subpart to any storage vessel for which use varies from year to year.

(iii) The determination of applicability of this subpart to any distillation unit for which use varies from year to year.

(7) The owner or operator of a heat exchange system at an existing source must notify the Administrator at least 30 calendar days prior to changing from one of the monitoring options specified in §63.654(c)(4) to the other.

(i) Recordkeeping. (1) Each owner or operator subject to the storage vessel provisions in §63.646 shall keep the records specified in §63.123 of subpart G of this part except as specified in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of this section.

(i) Records related to gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals are not required for storage vessels within existing sources.

(ii) All references to §63.122 in §63.123 of subpart G of this part shall be replaced with §63.655(e),

(iii) All references to §63.150 in §63.123 of subpart G of this part shall be replaced with §63.652.

(iv) If a storage vessel is determined to be Group 2 because the weight percent total organic HAP of the stored liquid is less than or equal to 4 percent for existing sources or 2 percent for new sources, a record of any data, assumptions, and procedures used to make this determination shall be retained.

(2) Each owner or operator required to report the results of performance tests under paragraphs (f) and (g)(7) of this section shall retain a record of all reported results as well as a complete test report, as described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section for each emission point tested.

(3) Each owner or operator required to continuously monitor operating parameters under §63.644 for miscellaneous process vents or under §§63.652 and 63.653 for emission points in an emissions average shall keep the records specified in paragraphs (i)(3)(i) through (i)(3)(v) of this section unless an alternative recordkeeping system has been requested and approved under paragraph (h) of this section.

(i) The monitoring system shall measure data values at least once every hour.

(ii) The owner or operator shall record either:

(A) Each measured data value; or

(B) Block average values for 1 hour or shorter periods calculated from all measured data values during each period. If values are measured more frequently than once per minute, a single value for each minute may be used to calculate the hourly (or shorter period) block average instead of all measured values.

(iii) Daily average values of each continuously monitored parameter shall be calculated for each operating day and retained for 5 years except as specified in paragraph (i)(3)(iv) of this section.

(A) The daily average shall be calculated as the average of all values for a monitored parameter recorded during the operating day. The average shall cover a 24-hour period if operation is continuous, or the number of hours of operation per day if operation is not continuous.

(B) The operating day shall be the period defined in the Notification of Compliance Status report. It may be from midnight to midnight or another daily period.

(iv) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an operating day are within the range established in the Notification of Compliance Status report, the owner or operator may record that all values were within the range and retain this record for 5 years rather than calculating and recording a daily average for that day. For these days, the records required in paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section shall also be retained for 5 years.

(v) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments shall not be included in any average computed under this subpart. Records shall be kept of the times and durations of all such periods and any other periods during process or control device operation when monitors are not operating.

(4) The owner or operator of a heat exchange system subject to this subpart shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements in paragraphs (i)(4)(i) through (v) of this section and retain these records for 5 years.

(i) Identification of all petroleum refinery process unit heat exchangers at the facility and the average annual HAP concentration of process fluid or intervening cooling fluid estimated when developing the Notification of Compliance Status report.

(ii) Identification of all heat exchange systems subject to the monitoring requirements in §63.654 and identification of all heat exchange systems that are exempt from the monitoring requirements according to the provisions in §63.654(b). For each heat exchange system that is subject to the monitoring requirements in §63.654, this must include identification of all heat exchangers within each heat exchange system, and, for closed-loop recirculation systems, the cooling tower included in each heat exchange system.

(iii) Results of the following monitoring data for each required monitoring event:

(A) Date/time of event.

(B) Barometric pressure.

(C) El Paso air stripping apparatus water flow milliliter/minute (ml/min) and air flow, ml/min, and air temperature, °Celsius.

(D) FID reading (ppmv).

(E) Length of sampling period.

(F) Sample volume.

(G) Calibration information identified in Section 5.4.2 of the “Air Stripping Method (Modified El Paso Method) for Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from Water Sources” Revision Number One, dated January 2003, Sampling Procedures Manual, Appendix P: Cooling Tower Monitoring, prepared by Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, January 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference—see §63.14).

(iv) The date when a leak was identified, the date the source of the leak was identified, and the date when the heat exchanger was repaired or taken out of service.

(v) If a repair is delayed, the reason for the delay, the schedule for completing the repair, the heat exchange exit line flow or cooling tower return line average flow rate at the monitoring location (in gallons/minute), and the estimate of potential strippable hydrocarbon emissions for each required monitoring interval during the delay of repair.

(5) All other information required to be reported under paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section shall be retained for 5 years.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29881, June 12, 1996; 63 FR 44141, Aug. 18, 1998. Redesignated and amended at 74 FR 55686, 55687, Oct. 28, 2009; 75 FR 37731, June 30, 2010; 78 FR 37148, June 20, 2013]

§63.656   Implementation and enforcement.

(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable State, local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or Tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to a State, local, or Tribal agency.

(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to the State, local, or Tribal agency.

(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or Tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in §§63.640, 63.642(g) through (l), 63.643, 63.646 through 63.652, and 63.654. Where these standards reference another subpart, the cited provisions will be delegated according to the delegation provisions of the referenced subpart. Where these standards reference another subpart and modify the requirements, the requirements shall be modified as described in this subpart. Delegation of the modified requirements will also occur according to the delegation provisions of the referenced subpart.

(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under §63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under §63.8(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under §63.10(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

[68 FR 37351, June 23, 2003. Redesignated and amended at 74 FR 55686, 55688, Oct. 28, 2009]

§§63.657-63.679   [Reserved]

Appendix to Subpart CC of Part 63—Tables

Table 1—Hazardous Air Pollutants

Chemical nameCAS No.a
Benzene71432
Biphenyl92524
Butadiene (1,3)106990
Carbon disulfide75150
Carbonyl sulfide463581
Cresol (mixed isomersb)1319773
Cresol (m-)108394
Cresol (o-)95487
Cresol (p-)106445
Cumene98828
Dibromoethane (1,2) (ethylene dibromide)106934
Dichloroethane (1,2)107062
Diethanolamine111422
Ethylbenzene100414
Ethylene glycol107211
Hexane110543
Methanol67561
Methyl isobutyl ketone (hexone)108101
Methyl tert butyl ether1634044
Naphthalene91203
Phenol108952
Toluene108883
Trimethylpentane (2,2,4)540841
Xylene (mixed isomersb)1330207
xylene (m-)108383
xylene (o-)95476
xylene (p-)106423

aCAS number = Chemical Abstract Service registry number assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.

bIsomer means all structural arrangements for the same number of atoms of each element and does not mean salts, esters, or derivatives.

Table 2—Leak Definitions for Pumps and Valves

Standarda PhaseLeak definition (parts per million)
§63.163 (pumps)I10,000
   II5,000
   III2,000
§63.168 (valves)I10,000
   II1,000
   III1,000

aSubpart H of this part.

Table 3—Equipment Leak Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements for Sources Complying With §63.648 of Subpart CC by Compliance With Subpart H of this Parta

Reference (section of subpart H of this part) Description Comment
63.181(a)Recordkeeping system requirementsExcept for §§63.181(b)(2)(iii) and 63.181(b)(9).
63.181(b)Records required for process unit equipmentExcept for §§63.181(b)(2)(iii) and 63.181(b)(9).
63.181(c)Visual inspection documentationExcept for §§63.181(b)(2)(iii) and 63.181(b)(9).
63.181(d)Leak detection record requirementsExcept for §63.181(d)(8).
63.181(e)Compliance requirements for pressure tests for batch product process equipment trainsThis subsection does not apply to subpart CC.
63.181(f)Compressor compliance test records.
63.181(g)Closed-vent systems and control device record requirements.
63.181(h)Process unit quality improvement program records.
63.181(i)Heavy liquid service determination record.
63.181(j)Equipment identification record.
63.181(k)Enclosed-vented process unit emission limitation record requirements.
63.182(a)Reports.
63.182(b)Initial notification report requirements.Not required.
63.182(c)Notification of compliance status reportExcept in §63.182(c); change “within 90 days of the compliance dates” to “within 150 days of the compliance dates”; except in §§63.182 (c)(2) and (c)(4).
63.182(d)Periodic reportExcept for §§63.182 (d)(2)(vii), (d)(2)(viii), and (d)(3).

aThis table does not include all the requirements delineated under the referenced sections. See referenced sections for specific requirements.

Table 4—Gasoline Distribution Emission Point Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirementsa

Reference (section of
subpart R)
DescriptionComment
63.428(b) or (k)Records of test results for each gasoline cargo tank loaded at the facility
63.428(c)Continuous monitoring data recordkeeping requirements
63.428(g)(1)Semiannual report loading rack informationRequired to be submitted with the Periodic Report required under 40 CFR part 63, subpart CC.
63.428(h)(1) through (h)(3)Excess emissions report loading rack informationRequired to be submitted with the Periodic Report required under 40 CFR part 63, subpart CC.

aThis table does not include all the requirements delineated under the referenced sections. See referenced sections for specific requirements.

Table 5—Marine Vessel Loading Operations Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirementsa

Reference (section of subpart Y)DescriptionComment
63.562(e)(2)Operation and maintenance plan for control equipment and monitoring equipment
63.565(a)Performance test/site test planThe information required under this paragraph is to be submitted with the Notification of Compliance Status report required under 40 CFR part 63, subpart CC.
63.565(b)Performance test data requirements
63.567(a)General Provisions (subpart A) applicability
63.567(c)Request for extension of compliance
63.567(d)Flare recordkeeping requirements
63.567(e)Summary report and excess emissions and monitoring system performance report requirementsThe information required under this paragraph is to be submitted with the Periodic Report required under 40 CFR part 63, subpart CC.
63.567(f)Vapor collection system engineering report
63.567(g)Vent system valve bypass recordkeeping requirements
63.567(h)Marine vessel vapor-tightness documentation
63.567(i)Documentation file maintenance
63.567(j)Emission estimation reporting and recordkeeping procedures

aThis table does not include all the requirements delineated under the referenced sections. See referenced sections for specific requirements.

Table 6—General Provisions Applicability to Subpart CCa

ReferenceApplies to subpart CCComment
63.1(a)(1)Yes
63.1(a)(2)Yes
63.1(a)(3)Yes
63.1(a)(4)Yes
63.1(a)(5)NoReserved.
63.1(a)(6)YesExcept the correct mail drop (MD) number is C404-04.
63.1(a)(7)-63.1(a)(9)NoReserved.
63.1(a)(10)Yes
63.1(a)(11)Yes
63.1(a)(12)Yes
63.1(b)(1)Yes
63.1(b)(2)NoReserved.
63.1(b)(3)No
63.1(c)(1)Yes
63.1(c)(2)NoArea sources are not subject to subpart CC.
63.1(c)(3)-63.1(c)(4)NoReserved.
63.1(c)(5)YesExcept that sources are not required to submit notifications overridden by this table.
63.1(d)NoReserved.
63.1(e)NoNo CAA section 112(j) standard applies to the affected sources under subpart CC.
63.2Yes§63.641 of subpart CC specifies that if the same term is defined in subparts A and CC, it shall have the meaning given in subpart CC.
63.3Yes
63.4(a)(1)-63.4(a)(2)Yes
63.4(a)(3)-63.4(a)(5)NoReserved.
63.4(b)Yes
63.4(c)Yes
63.5(a)Yes
63.5(b)(1)Yes
63.5(b)(2)NoReserved.
63.5(b)(3)Yes
63.5(b)(4)YesExcept the cross-reference to §63.9(b) is changed to §63.9(b)(4) and (5). Subpart CC overrides §63.9 (b)(2).
63.5(b)(5)NoReserved.
63.5(b)(6)Yes
63.5(c)NoReserved.
63.5(d)(1)(i)YesExcept that the application shall be submitted as soon as practicable before startup, but no later than 90 days after the promulgation date of subpart CC if the construction or reconstruction had commenced and initial startup had not occurred before the promulgation of subpart CC.
63.5(d)(1)(ii)YesExcept that for affected sources subject to subpart CC, emission estimates specified in §63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H) are not required.
63.5(d)(1)(iii)NoSubpart CC §63.655(f) specifies Notification of Compliance Status report requirements.
63.5(d)(2)Yes
63.5(d)(3)Yes
63.5(d)(4)Yes
63.5(e)Yes
63.5(f)Yes
63.6(a)Yes
63.6(b)(1)-63.6(b)(5)NoSubpart CC specifies compliance dates and notifications for sources subject to subpart CC.
63.6(b)(6)NoReserved.
63.6(b)(7)Yes
63.6(c)(1)-63.6(c)(2)No§63.640 of subpart CC specifies the compliance date.
63.6(c)(3)-63.6(c)(4)NoReserved.
63.6(c)(5)Yes
63.6(d)NoReserved.
63.6(e)(1)YesExcept the startup, shutdown, or malfunction plan does not apply to Group 2 emission points that are not part of an emissions averaging group.b
63.6(e)(2)NoReserved.
63.6(e)(3)(i)YesExcept the startup, shutdown, or malfunction plan does not apply to Group 2 emission points that are not part of an emissions averaging group.b
63.6(e)(3)(ii)NoReserved.
63.6(e)(3)(iii)-63.6(e)(3)(ix)YesExcept the reports specified in §63.6(e)(3)(iv) do not need to be reported within 2 and 7 days of commencing and completing the action, respectively, but must be included in the next periodic report.
63.6 (f)(1)YesExcept for the heat exchange system standards, which apply at all times.
63.6(f)(2) and (3)YesExcept the phrase “as specified in §63.7(c)” in §63.6(f)(2)(iii)(D) does not apply because subpart CC does not require a site-specific test plan.
63.6(g)Yes
63.6(h)(1) and 63.6(h)(2)YesExcept §63.6(h)(2)(ii), which is reserved.
63.6(h)(3)NoReserved.
63.6(h)(4)NoNotification of visible emission test not required in subpart CC.
63.6(h)(5)NoVisible emission requirements and timing is specified in §63.645(i) of subpart CC.
63.6(h)(6)Yes
63.6(h)(7)NoSubpart CC does not require opacity standards.
63.6(h)(8)Yes
63.6(h)(9)NoSubpart CC does not require opacity standards.
63.6(i)YesExcept for §63.6(i)(15), which is reserved.
63.6(j)Yes
63.7(a)(1)Yes
63.7(a)(2)YesExcept test results must be submitted in the Notification of Compliance Status report due 150 days after compliance date, as specified in §63.655(f) of subpart CC.
63.7(a)(3)Yes
63.7(a)(4)Yes
63.7(b)NoSubpart CC requires notification of performance test at least 30 days (rather than 60 days) prior to the performance test.
63.7(c)NoSubpart CC does not require a site-specific test plan.
63.7(d)Yes
63.7(e)(1)YesExcept the performance test must be conducted at the maximum representative capacity as specified in §63.642(d)(3) of subpart CC.
63.7(e)(2)-63.7(e)(4)Yes
63.7(f)NoSubpart CC specifies applicable methods and provides alternatives without additional notification or approval.
63.7(g)NoPerformance test reporting specified in §63.655(f).
63.7(h)(1)Yes
63.7(h)(2)Yes
63.7(h)(3)YesYes, except site-specific test plans shall not be required, and where §63.7(g)(3) specifies submittal by the date the site-specific test plan is due, the date shall be 90 days prior to the Notification of Compliance Status report in §63.655(f).
63.7(h)(4)(i)Yes
63.7(h)(4)(ii)NoSite-specific test plans are not required in subpart CC.
63.7(h)(4)(iii) and (iv)Yes
63.7(h)(5)Yes
63.8(a)YesExcept §63.8(a)(3), which is reserved.
63.8(b)Yes
63.8(c)(1)Yes
63.8(c)(2)Yes
63.8(c)(3)YesExcept that verification of operational status shall, at a minimum, include completion of the manufacturer's written specifications or recommendations for installation, operation, and calibration of the system or other written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment would monitor accurately.
63.8(c)(4)YesExcept subpart CC specifies the monitoring cycle frequency specified in §63.8(c)(4)(ii) is “once every hour” rather than “for each successive 15-minute period.”
63.8(c)(5)-63.8(c)(8)No
63.8(d)No
63.8(e)NoSubpart CC does not require performance evaluations; however, this shall not abrogate the Administrator's authority to require performance evaluation under section 114 of the Clean Air Act.
63.8(f)(1)Yes
63.8(f)(2)Yes
63.8(f)(3)Yes
63.8(f)(4)(i)NoTimeframe for submitting request is specified in §63.655(h)(5)(i) of subpart CC.
63.8(f)(4)(ii)Yes
63.8(f)(4)(iii)NoTimeframe for submitting request is specified in §63.655(h)(5)(i) of subpart CC.
63.8(f)(5)Yes
63.8(f)(6)NoSubpart CC does not require continuous emission monitors.
63.8(g)NoSubpart CC specifies data reduction procedures in §63.655(i)(3).
63.9(a)YesExcept that the owner or operator does not need to send a copy of each notification submitted to the Regional Office of the EPA as stated in §63.9(a)(4)(ii).
63.9(b)(1)YesExcept the notification of compliance status report specified in §63.655(f) of subpart CC may also serve as the initial compliance notification required in §63.9(b)(1)(iii).
63.9(b)(2)NoA separate Initial Notification report is not required under subpart CC.
63.9(b)(3)NoReserved.
63.9(b)(4)YesExcept for subparagraphs §63.9(b)(4)(ii) through (iv), which are reserved.
63.9(b)(5)Yes
63.9(c)Yes
63.9(d)Yes
63.9(e)NoSubpart CC requires notification of performance test at least 30 days (rather than 60 days) prior to the performance test and does not require a site-specific test plan.
63.9(f)NoSubpart CC does not require advanced notification of visible emissions test.
63.9(g)No
63.9(h)NoSubpart CC §63.655(f) specifies Notification of Compliance Status report requirements.
63.9(i)Yes
63.9(j)No
63.10(a)Yes
63.10(b)(1)No§63.655(i) of subpart CC specifies record retention requirements.
63.10(b)(2)(i)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(ii)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(iii)No
63.10(b)(2)(iv)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(v)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(vi)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(vii)No
63.10(b)(2)(viii)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(ix)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(x)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(xi)No
63.10(b)(2)(xii)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(xiii)No
63.10(b)(2)(xiv)Yes
63.10(b)(3)No
63.10(c)(1)-63.10(c)(6)No
63.10(c)(7) and 63.10(c)(8)Yes
63.10(c)(9)-63.10(c)(15)No
63.10(d)(1)Yes
63.10(d)(2)No§63.655(f) of subpart CC specifies performance test reporting.
63.10(d)(3)NoResults of visible emissions test are included in Compliance Status Report as specified in §63.655(f).
63.10(d)(4)Yes
63.10(d)(5)(i)YesbExcept that reports required by §63.10(d)(5)(i) may be submitted at the same time as periodic reports specified in §63.655(g) of subpart CC.
63.10(d)(5)(ii)YesExcept that actions taken during a startup, shutdown, or malfunction that are not consistent with the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan and that cause the source to exceed any applicable emission limitation do not need to be reported within 2 and 7 days of commencing and completing the action, respectively, but must be included in the next periodic report.
63.10(e)No
63.10(f)Yes
63.11-63.16Yes

aWherever subpart A specifies “postmark” dates, submittals may be sent by methods other than the U.S. Mail (e.g., by fax or courier). Submittals shall be sent by the specified dates, but a postmark is not required.

bThe plan, and any records or reports of startup, shutdown, and malfunction do not apply to Group 2 emission points that are not part of an emissions averaging group.

Table 7—Fraction Measured (FM), Fraction Emitted (FE), and Fraction Removed (FR) for HAP Compounds in Wastewater Streams

Chemical nameCAS No.aFmFeFr
Benzene714321.000.800.99
Biphenyl925240.860.450.99
Butadiene (1,3)1069901.000.980.99
Carbon disulfide751501.000.920.99
Cumene988281.000.880.99
Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylene dichloride)1070621.000.640.99
Ethylbenzene1004141.000.830.99
Hexane1105431.001.000.99
Methanol675610.850.170.31
Methyl isobutyl ketone (hexone)1081010.980.530.99
Methyl tert butyl ether16340441.000.570.99
Naphthalene912030.990.510.99
Trimethylpentane (2,2,4)5408411.001.000.99
xylene (m-)1083831.000.820.99
xylene (o-)954761.000.790.99
xylene (p-)1064231.000.820.99

aCAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Service registry number assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.

Table 8—Valve Monitoring Frequency for Phase III

Performance levelValve monitoring frequency
Leaking valvesa (%)
≥4Monthly or QIP.b
<4Quarterly.
<3Semiannual.
<2Annual.

aPercent leaking valves is calculated as a rolling average of two consecutive monitoring periods.

bQIP=Quality improvement program. Specified in §63.175 of subpart H of this part.

Table 9—Valve Monitoring Frequency for Alternative

Performance levelValve monitoring frequency under §63.649 alternative
Leaking valvesa (%)
≥5Monthly or QIP.b
<5Quarterly.
<4Semiannual.
<3Annual.

aPercent leaking valves is calculated as a rolling average of two consecutive monitoring periods.

bQIP=Quality improvement program. Specified in §63.175 of subpart H of this part.

Table 10—Miscellaneous Process Vents—Monitoring, Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements for Complying With 98 Weight-Percent Reduction of Total Organic HAP Emissions or a Limit of 20 Parts Per Million by Volume

Control deviceParameters to be monitoredaRecordkeeping and reporting requirements for monitored parameters
Thermal incineratorFirebox temperatureb (63.644(a)(1)(i))1. Continuous recordsc.
   2. Record and report the firebox temperature averaged over the full period of the performance test—NCSd.
   3. Record the daily average firebox temperature for each operating daye.
   4. Report all daily average temperatures that are outside the range established in the NCS or operating permit and all operating days when insufficient monitoring data are collectedf—PRg.
Catalytic incineratorTemperature upstream and downstream of the catalyst bed (63.644(a)(1)(ii))1. Continuous recordsc.
   2. Record and report the upstream and downstream temperatures and the temperature difference across the catalyst bed averaged over the full period of the performance test—NCSd.
   3. Record the daily average upstream temperature and temperature difference across the catalyst bed for each operating daye.
   4. Report all daily average upstream temperatures that are outside the range established in the NCS or operating permit—PRg.
   5. Report all daily average temperature differences across the catalyst bed that are outside the range established in the NCS or operating permit—PRg.
   6. Report all operating days when insufficient monitoring data are collectedf.
Boiler or process heater with a design heat capacity less than 44 megawatts where the vent stream is not introduced into the flame zoneh iFirebox temperatureb (63.644(a)(4))1. Continuous recordsc.
   2. Record and report the firebox temperature averaged over the full period of the performance test—NCSd.
   3. Record the daily average firebox temperature for each operating daye.
   4. Report all daily average firebox temperatures that are outside the range established in the NCS or operating permit and all operating days when insufficient monitoring data are collectedf—PRg.
FlarePresence of a flame at the pilot light (63.644(a)(2))1. Hourly records of whether the monitor was continuously operating and whether a pilot flame was continuously present during each hour.
   2. Record and report the presence of a flame at the pilot light over the full period of the compliance determination—NCSd.
   3. Record the times and durations of all periods when all pilot flames for a flare are absent or the monitor is not operating.
   4. Report the times and durations of all periods when all pilot flames for a flare are absent or the monitor is not operating.
All control devicesPresence of flow diverted to the atmosphere from the control device (63.644(c)(1)) or1. Hourly records of whether the flow indicator was operating and whether flow was detected at any time during each hour.
   2. Record and report the times and durations of all periods when the vent stream is diverted through a bypass line or the monitor is not operating—PRg.
   Monthly inspections of sealed valves [63.644(c)(2)]1. Records that monthly inspections were performed.
   2. Record and report all monthly inspections that show the valves are not closed or the seal has been changed—PRg.

aRegulatory citations are listed in parentheses.

bMonitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange is encountered.

c“Continuous records” is defined in §63.641.

dNCS = Notification of Compliance Status Report described in §63.655.

eThe daily average is the average of all recorded parameter values for the operating day. If all recorded values during an operating day are within the range established in the NCS or operating permit, a statement to this effect can be recorded instead of the daily average.

fWhen a period of excess emission is caused by insufficient monitoring data, as described in §63.655(g)(6)(i)(C) or (D), the duration of the period when monitoring data were not collected shall be included in the Periodic Report.

gPR = Periodic Reports described in §63.655(g).

hNo monitoring is required for boilers and process heaters with a design heat capacity ≥44 megawatts or for boilers and process heaters where all vent streams are introduced into the flame zone. No recordkeeping or reporting associated with monitoring is required for such boilers and process heaters.

iProcess vents that are routed to refinery fuel gas systems are not regulated under this subpart. No monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting is required for boilers and process heaters that combust refinery fuel gas.

[60 FR 43260, Aug. 18, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 29881, 29882, June 12, 1996; 63 FR 44142, 44143, Aug. 18, 1998; 74 FR 55688, Oct. 28, 2009; 75 FR 37731, June 30, 2010]

Subpart DD—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Off-Site Waste and Recovery Operations

Source: 61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, unless otherwise noted.

§63.680   Applicability and designation of affected sources.

(a) The provisions of this subpart apply to the owner and operator of a plant site for which both of the conditions specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section are applicable. If either one of these conditions does not apply to the plant site, then the owner and operator of the plant site are not subject to the provisions of this subpart.

(1) The plant site is a major source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions as defined in 40 CFR 63.2.

(2) At the plant site is located one or more of operations that receives off-site materials as specified in paragraph (b) of this section and the operations is one of the following waste management operations or recovery operations as specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(vi) of this section.

(i) A waste management operation that receives off-site material and the operation is regulated as a hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facility (TSDF) under either 40 CFR part 264 or part 265.

(ii) A waste management operation that treats wastewater which is an off-site material and the operation is exempted from regulation as a hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facility under 40 CFR 264.1(g)(6) or 40 CFR 265.1(c)(10).

(iii) A waste management operation that treats wastewater which is an off-site material and the operation meets both of the following conditions:

(A) The operation is subject to regulation under either section 402 or 307(b) of the Clean Water Act but is not owned by a “state” or “municipality” as defined by section 502(3) and 502(4), respectively, of the Clean Water Act; and

(B) The treatment of wastewater received from off-site is the predominant activity performed at the plant site.

(iv) A recovery operation that recycles or reprocesses hazardous waste which is an off-site material and the operation is exempted from regulation as a hazardous waste treatment, disposal, and storage facility under 40 CFR 264.1(g)(2) or 40 CFR 265.1(c)(6).

(v) A recovery operation that recycles or reprocesses used solvent which is an off-site material and the operation is not part of a chemical, petroleum, or other manufacturing process that is required to use air emission controls by another subpart of 40 CFR part 63 or 40 CFR part 61.

(vi) A recovery operation that re-refines or reprocesses used oil which is an off-site material and the operation is regulated under 40 CFR 279 subpart F—Standards for Used Oil Processors and Refiners.

(b) For the purpose of implementing this subpart, an off-site material is a material that meets all of the criteria specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section but is not one of the materials specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(1) An off-site material is a material that meets all of the criteria specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii) of this section. If any one of these criteria do not apply to the material, then the material is not an off-site material subject to this subpart.

(i) The material is a waste, used oil, or used solvent as defined in §63.681 of this subpart;

(ii) The waste, used oil, or used solvent is not produced or generated within the plant site, but the material is delivered, transferred, or otherwise moved to the plant site from a location outside the boundaries of the plant site; and

(iii) The waste, used oil, or used solvent contains one or more of the hazardous air pollutants (HAP) listed in Table 1 of this subpart based on the composition of the material at the point-of-delivery, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart.

(2) For the purpose of implementing this subpart, the following materials are not off-site materials:

(i) Household waste as defined in 40 CFR 258.2.

(ii) Radioactive mixed waste managed in accordance with all applicable regulations under Atomic Energy Act and Nuclear Waste Policy Act authorities.

(iii) Waste that is generated as a result of implementing remedial activities required under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) corrective action authorities (RCRA sections 3004(u), 3004(v), or 3008(h)), Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) authorities, or similar Federal or State authorities.

(iv) Waste containing HAP that is generated by residential households (e.g., old paint, home garden pesticides) and subsequently is collected as a community service by government agencies, businesses, or other organizations for the purpose of promoting the proper disposal of this waste.

(v) Waste that is transferred from a chemical manufacturing plant or other facility for which both of the following conditions apply to the waste:

(A) The management of the waste at the facility is required either under part 63 subpart F—National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry or under another subpart in 40 CFR part 63 to meet the air emission control standards for process wastewater specified in 40 CFR 63.132 through 63.147; and

(B) The owner or operator of the facility from which the waste is transferred has complied with the provisions of 40 CFR 63.132(g)(1)(ii) and (g)(2).

(vi) Waste that is transferred from a chemical manufacturing plant, petroleum refinery, or coke by-product recovery plant which is subject to 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF—National Emission Standards for Benzene Waste Operations, and for which both of the following conditions apply to the waste:

(A) The waste is generated at a facility that is not exempted under the provisions of 40 CFR 61.342(a) from meeting the air emission control standards of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF; and

(B) The owner or operator of the facility from which the waste is transferred has complied with the provisions of 40 CFR 61.342(f)(2).

(vii) Ship ballast water pumped from a ship to an onshore wastewater treatment facility.

(viii) Hazardous waste that is stored for 10 days or less at a transfer facility in compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR 263.12.

(c) Affected sources—(1) Off-site material management units. For each operation specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(vi) of this section that is located at the plant site, the affected source is the entire group of off-site material management units associated with the operation. An off-site material management unit is a tank, container, surface impoundment, oil-water separator, organic-water separator, or transfer system used to manage off-site material. For the purpose of implementing the standards under this subpart, a unit that meets the definition of a tank or container but also is equipped with a vent that serves as a process vent for any of the processes listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi) of this section is not an off-site material management unit but instead is a process vent and is to be included in the appropriate affected source group under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Examples of such a unit may include, but are not limited to, a distillate receiver vessel, a primary condenser, a bottoms receiver vessel, a surge control tank, a separator tank, and a hot well.

(2) Process vents. For each operation specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(vi) of this section that is located at the plant site, the affected source is the entire group of process equipment associated with the process vents for the processes listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi) of this section.

(i) Distillation process used for the treatment, recycling, or recovery of off-site material. Distillation means a process, either batch or continuous, separating one or more off-site material feed streams into two or more exit streams having different component concentrations from those in the feed stream or streams. The separation is achieved by the redistribution of the components between the liquid and vapor phases as they approach equilibrium within the distillation unit.

(ii) Fractionation process used for the treatment, recycling, or recovery of off-site material. Fractionation means a liquid mixture separation process or method used to separate a mixture of several volatile components of different boiling points in successive stages, each stage removing from the mixture some proportion of one of the components.

(iii) Thin-film evaporation process used for the treatment, recycling, or recovery of off-site material. Thin-film evaporation means a liquid mixture separation process or method that uses a heating surface consisting of a large diameter tube that may be either straight or tapered, horizontal or vertical. Liquid is spread on the tube wall by a rotating assembly of blades that maintain a close clearance from the wall or actually ride on the film of liquid on the wall.

(iv) Solvent extraction process used for the treatment, recycling, or recovery of off-site material. Solvent extraction means a separation process or method in which a solid or a solution is contacted with a liquid solvent (the material and the solvent being relatively insoluble in each other) to preferentially dissolve and transfer one or more components into the solvent.

(v) Steam stripping process used for the treatment, recycling, or recovery of off-site material. Steam stripping means a liquid mixture separation process or method in which vaporization of the volatile components of a liquid mixture occurs by the introduction of steam directly into the process.

(vi) Gas stripping process used for the treatment, recycling, or recovery of off-site material. Gas stripping means a desorption process or method used to transfer one or more volatile components from a liquid mixture into a gas stream either with or without the application of heat to the liquid. Packed towers, spray towers, and bubble-cap, sieve, or valve-type plate towers are examples of the process configurations used for contacting the gas and a liquid.

(3) Equipment leaks. For each operation specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(vi) of this section that is located at the plant site, the affected source is the entire group of equipment components for which each component meets all of the conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (c)(3)(iii) of this section. If any one of these conditions do not apply to an equipment component, then that component is not part of the affected source for equipment leaks.

(i) The equipment component is a pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, or instrumentation system;

(ii) The equipment component contains or contacts off-site material having a total HAP concentration equal to or greater than 10 percent by weight; and

(iii) The equipment component is intended to operate for 300 hours or more during a calendar year in off-site material service, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart.

(d) Facility-wide exemption. The owner or operator of affected sources subject to this subpart is exempted from the requirements of §§63.682 through 63.699 of this subpart in situations when the total annual quantity of the HAP that is contained in the off-site material received at the plant site is less than 1 megagram per year. For a plant site to be exempted under the provisions of this paragraph (d), the owner or operator must meet the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator must prepare an initial determination of the total annual HAP quantity in the off-site material received at the plant site. This determination is based on the total quantity of the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart as determined at the point-of-delivery for each off-site material stream.

(2) The owner or operator must prepare a new determination whenever the extent of changes to the quantity or composition of the off-site material received at the plant site could cause the total annual HAP quantity in the off-site material received at the plant site to exceed the limit of 1 megagram per year.

(3) The owner or operator must maintain documentation to support the owner's or operator's determination of the total annual HAP quantity in the off-site material received at the plant site. This documentation must include the basis and data used for determining the HAP content of the off-site material.

(e) Compliance dates—(1) Existing sources. The owner or operator of an affected source that commenced construction or reconstruction before October 13, 1994, must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart on or before the date specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) or (e)(1)(ii) of this section as applicable to the affected source.

(i) For an affected source that commenced construction or reconstruction before October 13, 1994 and receives off-site material for the first time before February 1, 2000, the owner or operator of this affected source must achieve compliance with the provisions of the subpart on or before February 1, 2000 unless an extension has been granted by the Administrator as provided in 40 CFR 63.6(i).

(ii) For an affected source that commenced construction or reconstruction before October 13, 1994, but receives off-site material for the first time on or after February 1, 2000, the owner or operator of the affected source must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart upon the first date that the affected source begins to manage off-site material.

(2) New sources. The owner or operator of an affected source for which construction or reconstruction commences on or after October 13, 1994, must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart on or before July 1, 1996, or upon initial startup of operations, whichever date is later as provided in 40 CFR 63.6(b).

(f) The provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart A—General Provisions that apply and those that do not apply to this subpart are specified in Table 2 of this subpart.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38963, July 20, 1999]

§63.681   Definitions.

All terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning given to them in this section, 40 CFR 63.2 of this part, and the Act.

Boiler means an enclosed combustion device that extracts useful energy in the form of steam and is not an incinerator or a process heater.

Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere and is composed of hard-piping, ductwork, connections, and, if necessary, fans, blowers, or other flow-inducing devices that conveys gas or vapor from an emission point to a control device.

Closure device means a cap, hatch, lid, plug, seal, valve, or other type of fitting that prevents or reduces air pollutant emissions to the atmosphere by blocking an opening in a cover when the device is secured in the closed position. Closure devices include devices that are detachable from the cover (e.g., a sampling port cap), manually operated (e.g., a hinged access lid or hatch), or automatically operated (e.g., a spring-loaded pressure relief valve).

Container means a portable unit used to hold material. Examples of containers include but are not limited to drums, dumpsters, roll-off boxes, bulk cargo containers commonly known as “portable tanks” or “totes”, cargo tank trucks, and tank rail cars.

Continuous record means documentation of data values measured at least once every 15 minutes and recorded at the frequency specified in this subpart.

Continuous recorder means a data recording device that either records an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes or records 15-minutes or more frequent block averages.

Continuous seal means a seal that forms a continuous closure that completely covers the space between the edge of the floating roof and the wall of a tank. A continuous seal may be a vapor-mounted seal, liquid-mounted seal, or metallic shoe seal. A continuous seal may be constructed of fastened segments so as to form a continuous seal.

Control device means equipment used for recovering, removing, oxidizing, or destroying organic vapors. Examples of such equipment include but are not limited to carbon adsorbers, condensers, vapor incinerators, flares, boilers, and process heaters.

Cover means a device or system that provides a continuous barrier over the material managed in an off-site material management unit to prevent or reduce air pollutant emissions to the atmosphere. A cover may have openings needed for operation, inspection, sampling, maintenance, and repair of the unit provided that each opening is closed when not in use (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports). A cover may be a separate piece of equipment which can be detached and removed from the unit or a cover may be formed by structural features permanently integrated into the design of the unit.

Emission point means an individual tank, surface impoundment, container, oil-water or organic-water separator, transfer system, process vent, or enclosure.

Enclosure means a structure that surrounds a tank or container, captures organic vapors emitted from the tank or container, and vents the captured vapor through a closed vent system to a control device.

External floating roof means a pontoon-type or double-deck type cover that rests on the liquid surface in a tank with no fixed roof.

Fixed roof means a cover that is mounted on a unit in a stationary position and does not move with fluctuations in the level of the liquid managed in the unit.

Flame zone means the portion of the combustion chamber in a boiler or process heater occupied by the flame envelope.

Floating roof means a cover consisting of a double deck, pontoon single deck, or internal floating cover which rests upon and is supported by the liquid being contained, and is equipped with a continuous seal.

Flow indicator means a device that indicates whether gas is flowing, or whether the valve position would allow gas to flow in a bypass line.

Hard-piping means pipe or tubing that is manufactured and properly installed in accordance with relevant standards and good engineering practices.

Hazardous air pollutants or HAP means the specific organic chemical compounds, isomers, and mixtures listed in Table 1 of this subpart.

Hazardous waste means a waste that is determined to be hazardous under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (PL 94-580) (RCRA), as implemented by 40 CFR parts 260 and 261.

Individual drain system means a stationary system used to convey wastewater streams or residuals to a waste management unit or to discharge or disposal. The term includes hard-piping, all drains and junction boxes, together with their associated sewer lines and other junction boxes (e.g., manholes, sumps, and lift stations) conveying wastewater streams or residuals. For the purpose of this subpart, an individual drain system is not a drain and collection system that is designed and operated for the sole purpose of collecting rainfall runoff (e.g., stormwater sewer system) and is segregated from all other individual drain systems.

Internal floating roof means a cover that rests or floats on the liquid surface (but not necessarily in complete contact with it inside a tank that has a fixed roof).

Light-material service means the container is used to manage an off-site material for which both of the following conditions apply: the vapor pressure of one or more of the organic constituents in the off-site material is greater than 0.3 kilopascals (kPa) at 20 °C; and the total concentration of the pure organic constituents having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kPa at 20 °C is equal to or greater than 20 percent by weight.

Liquid-mounted seal means a foam- or liquid-filled continuous seal mounted in contact with the liquid in a unit.

Maximum HAP vapor pressure means the sum of the individual HAP equilibrium partial pressure exerted by an off-site material at the temperature equal to either: the local maximum monthly average temperature as reported by the National Weather Service when the off-site material is stored or treated at ambient temperature; or the highest calendar-month average temperature of the off-site material when the off-site material is stored at temperatures above the ambient temperature or when the off-site material is stored or treated at temperatures below the ambient temperature. For the purpose of this subpart, maximum HAP vapor pressure is determined using the procedures specified in §63.694(j) of this subpart.

Metallic shoe seal means a continuous seal that is constructed of metal sheets which are held vertically against the wall of the tank by springs, weighted levers, or other mechanisms and is connected to the floating roof by braces or other means. A flexible coated fabric (envelope) spans the annular space between the metal sheet and the floating roof.

No detectable organic emissions means no escape of organics to the atmosphere as determined using the procedure specified in §63.694(k) of this subpart.

Off-site material means a material that meets all of the criteria specified in paragraph §63.680(b)(1) of this subpart but is not one of the materials specified in §63.680(b)(2) of this subpart.

Off-site material management unit means a tank, container, surface impoundment, oil-water separator, organic-water separator, or transfer system used to manage off-site material.

Off-site material service means any time when a pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, or instrumentation system contains or contacts off-site material.

Off-site material stream means an off-site material produced or generated by a particular process or source such that the composition and form of the material comprising the stream remain consistent. An off-site material stream may be delivered, transferred, or otherwise moved to the plant site in a continuous flow of material (e.g., wastewater flowing through a pipeline) or in a series of discrete batches of material (e.g., a truckload of drums all containing the same off-site material or multiple bulk truck loads of an off-site material produced by the same process).

Oil-water separator means a separator as defined for this subpart that is used to separate oil from water.

Operating parameter value means a minimum or maximum value established for a control device or treatment process parameter which, if achieved by itself or in combination with one or more other operating parameter values, determines that an owner or operator has complied with an applicable emission limitation or standard.

Organic-water separator means a separator as defined for this subpart that is used to separate organics from water.

Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under common control including properties that are separated only by a road or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, subsidiary, or any combination thereof. A unit or group of units within a contiguous property that are not under common control (e.g., a wastewater treatment unit or solvent recovery unit located at the site but is sold to a different company) is a different plant site.

Point-of-delivery means the point at the boundary or within the plant site where the owner or operator first accepts custody, takes possession, or assumes responsibility for the management of an off-site material stream managed in a waste management operation or recovery operation specified in §63.680 (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(vi) of this subpart. The characteristics of an off-site material stream are determined prior to combining the off-site material stream with other off-site material streams or with any other materials.

Point-of-treatment means a point after the treated material exits the treatment process but before the first point downstream of the treatment process exit where the organic constituents in the treated material have the potential to volatilize and be released to the atmosphere. For the purpose of applying this definition to this subpart, the first point downstream of the treatment process exit is not a fugitive emission point due to an equipment leak from any of the following equipment components: pumps, compressors, valves, connectors, instrumentation systems, or safety devices.

Process heater means an enclosed combustion device that transfers heat released by burning fuel directly to process streams or to heat transfer liquids other than water.

Process vent means an open-ended pipe, stack, or duct through which a gas stream containing HAP is continuously or intermittently discharged to the atmosphere from any of the processes listed in §63.680(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi) of this section. For the purpose of this subpart, a process vent is none of the following: a pressure-relief vent or other vent that is used as a safety device (as defined in this section); an open-ended line or other vent that is subject to the equipment leak control requirements under §63.691 of this subpart; or a stack or other vent that is used to exhaust combustion products from a boiler, furnace, process heater, incinerator, or other combustion device.

Recovery operation means the collection of off-site material management units, process vents, and equipment components used at a plant site to manage an off-site material stream from the point-of-delivery through the point where the material has been recycled, reprocessed, or re-refined to obtain the intended product or to remove the physical and chemical impurities of concern.

Safety device means a closure device such as a pressure relief valve, frangible disc, fusible plug, or any other type of device which functions to prevent physical damage or permanent deformation to equipment by venting gases or vapors during unsafe conditions resulting from an unplanned, accidental, or emergency event. For the purpose of this subpart, a safety device is not used for routine venting of gases or vapors from the vapor headspace underneath a cover such as during filling of the unit or to adjust the pressure in this vapor headspace in response to normal daily diurnal ambient temperature fluctuations. A safety device is designed to remain in a closed position during normal operations and open only when the internal pressure, or another relevant parameter, exceeds the device threshold setting applicable to the equipment as determined by the owner or operator based on manufacturer recommendations, applicable regulations, fire protection and prevention codes, standard engineering codes and practices, or other requirements for the safe handling of flammable, combustible, explosive, reactive, or hazardous materials.

Separator means a waste management unit, generally a tank, used to separate oil or organics from water. A separator consists of not only the separation unit but also the forebay and other separator basins, skimmers, weirs, grit chambers, sludge hoppers, and bar screens that are located directly after the individual drain system and prior to any additional treatment units such as an air flotation unit clarifier or biological treatment unit. Examples of a separator include, but are not limited to, an API separator, parallel-plate interceptor, and corrugated-plate interceptor with the associated ancillary equipment.

Single-seal system means a floating roof having one continuous seal. This seal may be vapor-mounted, liquid-mounted, or a metallic shoe seal.

Surface impoundment means a unit that is a natural topographical depression, man-made excavation, or diked area formed primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with man-made materials), which is designed to hold an accumulation of liquids. Examples of surface impoundments include holding, storage, settling, and aeration pits, ponds, and lagoons.

Tank means a stationary unit that is constructed primarily of nonearthen materials (such as wood, concrete, steel, fiberglass, or plastic) which provide structural support and is designed to hold an accumulation of liquids or other materials.

Transfer system means a stationary system for which the predominant function is to convey liquids or solid materials from one point to another point within a waste management operation or recovery operation. For the purpose of this subpart, the conveyance of material using a container (as defined for this subpart) or a self-propelled vehicle (e.g., a front-end loader) is not a transfer system. Examples of a transfer system include but are not limited to a pipeline, an individual drain system, a gravity-operated conveyor (such as a chute), and a mechanically-powered conveyor (such as a belt or screw conveyor).

Temperature monitoring device means a piece of equipment used to monitor temperature and having an accuracy of ±1 percent of the temperature being monitored expressed in degrees Celsius (°C) or ±1.2 degrees °C, whichever value is greater.

Treatment process means a process in which an off-site material stream is physically, chemically, thermally, or biologically treated to destroy, degrade, or remove hazardous air pollutants contained in the off-site material. A treatment process can be composed of a single unit (e.g., a steam stripper) or a series of units (e.g., a wastewater treatment system). A treatment process can be used to treat one or more off-site material streams at the same time.

Used oil means any oil refined from crude oil or any synthetic oil that has been used and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. This definition is the same definition of “used oil” in 40 CFR 279.1.

Used solvent means a mixture of aliphatic hydrocarbons or a mixture of one and two ring aromatic hydrocarbons that has been used as a solvent and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities.

Vapor-mounted seal means a continuous seal that is mounted such that there is a vapor space between the liquid in the unit and the bottom of the seal.

Volatile organic hazardous air pollutant concentration or VOHAP concentration means the fraction by weight of those compounds listed in Table 1 of this subpart that are in an off-site material as measured using Method 305 in appendix A of this part and expressed in terms of parts per million (ppm). As an alternative to using Method 305, an owner or operator may determine the HAP concentration of an off-site material using any one of the other test methods specified in §63.694(b)(2)(ii) of this subpart. When a test method specified in §63.694(b)(2)(ii) of this subpart other than Method 305 is used to determine the speciated HAP concentration of an off-site material, the individual compound concentration may be adjusted by the corresponding fm305 value listed in Table 1 of this subpart to determine a VOHAP concentration.

Waste means a material generated from industrial, commercial, mining, or agricultural operations or from community activities that is discarded, discharged, or is being accumulated, stored, or physically, chemically, thermally, or biologically treated prior to being discarded or discharged.

Waste management operation means the collection of off-site material management units, process vents, and equipment components used at a plant site to manage an off-site material stream from the point-of-delivery to the point where the waste exits or is discharged from the plant site or the waste is placed for on-site disposal in a unit not subject to this subpart (e.g., a waste incinerator, a land disposal unit).

Waste stabilization process means any physical or chemical process used to either reduce the mobility of hazardous constituents in a waste or eliminate free liquids as determined by Test Method 9095—Paint Filter Liquids Test in “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,” EPA Publication No. SW-846, Third Edition, September 1986, as amended by Update I, November 15, 1992. (As an alternative, an owner or operator may use any more recent, updated version of Method 9095 approved by the EPA.) A waste stabilization process includes mixing the waste with binders or other materials and curing the resulting waste and binder mixture. Other synonymous terms used to refer to this process are “waste fixation” or “waste solidification.” A waste stabilization process does not include the adding of absorbent materials to the surface of a waste, without mixing, agitation, or subsequent curing, to absorb free liquid.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38964, July 20, 1999]

§63.682   [Reserved]

§63.683   Standards: General.

(a) The general standards under this section apply to owners and operators of affected sources as designated in §63.680(c) of this subpart.

(b) Off-site material management units. (1) For each off-site material management unit that is part of an affected source, the owner or operator must meet the requirements in either paragraph (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), or (b)(1)(iii) of this section except for those off-site material management units exempted under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator controls air emissions from the off-site material management unit in accordance with the applicable standards specified in §§63.685 through 63.689 of this subpart.

(ii) The owner or operator removes or destroys HAP in the off-site material before placing the material in the off-site material management unit by treating the material in accordance with the standards specified in §63.684 of this subpart.

(iii) The owner or operator determines before placing off-site material in the off-site material management unit that the average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material is less than 500 parts per million by weight (ppmw) at the point-of-delivery. The owner or operator must perform an initial determination of the average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material using the procedures specified in §63.694(b) of this subpart. This initial determination must be performed either before the first time any portion of the off-site material stream is placed in the unit or by the compliance date, whichever date is later. Thereafter, the owner or operator must review and update, as necessary, this determination at least once every calendar year following the date of the initial determination for the off-site material stream.

(2) An off-site material management unit is exempted from the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section when the owner or operator meets one of the exemptions provided in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(iv) of this section as applicable to the unit.

(i) An off-site material management unit is exempted from the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the off-site material management unit is also subject to another subpart under 40 CFR part 63 or 40 CFR part 61, and the owner or operator is controlling the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart that are emitted from the unit in compliance with the provisions specified in the other applicable subpart under part 61 or part 63.

(ii) At the discretion of the owner or operator, one or a combination of off-site material management units may be exempted from the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section when these units meet the condition that the total annual quantity of HAP contained in the off-site material placed in the units exempted under this paragraph (b)(2)(ii) is less than 1 megagram per year. For the off-site material management units selected by the owner or operator to be exempted from the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator must meet the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. An owner or operator may change the off-site material management units selected to be exempted under this paragraph (b)(2)(ii) by preparing a new designation for the exempt-units as required by paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section and performing a new determination as required by paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) The owner or operator must designate each of the off-site material management units selected by the owner or operator to be exempt under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section by either submitting to the Administrator a written notification identifying the exempt-units or permanently marking the exempt-units at the plant site. If an owner or operator chooses to prepare and submit a written notification, this notification must include a site plan, process diagram, or other appropriate documentation identifying each of the exempt-units. If an owner or operator chooses to permanently mark the exempt-units, each exempt-unit must be marked in such a manner that it can be readily identified as an exempt-unit from the other off-site material management units located at the plant site.

(B) The owner or operator must prepare an initial determination of the total annual HAP quantity in the off-site material placed in the units exempted under this paragraph (b)(2)(ii). This determination is based on the total quantity of the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart as determined at the point where the off-site material is placed in each exempted unit. The owner or operator must perform a new determination whenever the extent of changes to the quantity or composition of the off-site material placed in the exempted units could cause the total annual HAP content in the off-site material to exceed 1 megagram per year. The owner or operator must maintain documentation to support the most recent determination of the total annual HAP quantity. This documentation must include the basis and data used for determining the HAP content of the off-site material.

(iii) A tank or surface impoundment is exempted from the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the unit is used for a biological treatment process that meets the requirements in either paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) or (b)(2)(iii)(B) of this section and the owner or operator complies with the monitoring requirements in §63.684(e)(4) of this subpart.

(A) The HAP biodegradation efficiency (Rbio) for the biological treatment process is equal to or greater than 95 percent. The HAP biodegradation efficiency (Rbio) shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(h) of this subpart.

(B) The total actual HAP mass removal rate (MRbio) for the off-site material treated by the biological treatment process is equal to or greater than the required HAP mass removal rate (RMR) for the off-site material. The total actual HAP mass removal rate (MRbio) must be determined in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(i) of this subpart. The required HAP mass removal rate (RMR) must be determined in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(e) of this subpart.

(iv) An off-site material management unit is exempted from the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the off-site material placed in the unit is a hazardous waste that meets the conditions specified in either paragraph (b)(2)(iv)(A) or (b)(2)(iv)(B) of this section.

(A) The hazardous waste meets the numerical organic concentration limits, applicable to the hazardous waste, as specified in 40 CFR part 268—Land Disposal Restrictions, listed in the table, “Treatment Standards for Hazardous Waste” in 40 CFR 268.40.

(B) The organic hazardous constituents in the hazardous waste have been treated by the treatment technology established by the EPA for the hazardous waste in 40 CFR 268.42(a), or have been removed or destroyed by an equivalent method of treatment approved by the EPA under 40 CFR 268.42(b).

(v) A tank used for bulk feed of off-site material to a waste incinerator is exempted from the requirements specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the tank meets all of the conditions specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(v)(A) through (b)(2)(v)(C) of this section.

(A) The tank is located inside an enclosure vented to a control device that is designed and operated in accordance with all applicable requirements specified under 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF—National Emission Standards for Benzene Waste Operations for a facility at which the total annual benzene quantity from the facility waste is equal to or greater than 10 megagrams per year;

(B) The enclosure and control device serving the tank were installed and began operation prior to July 1, 1996; and

(C) The enclosure is designed and operated in accordance with the criteria for a permanent total enclosure as specified in “Procedure T—Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure” under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B. The enclosure may have permanent or temporary openings to allow worker access; passage of material into or out of the enclosure by conveyor, vehicles, or other mechanical or electrical equipment; or to direct air flow into the enclosure. The owner or operator must annually perform the verification procedure for the enclosure as specified in Section 5.0 to “Procedure T—Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure.”

(c) Process vents. (1) For each process vent that is part of an affected source, the owner or operator must meet the requirements in either paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (c)(1)(ii) of this section except for those process vents exempted under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator controls air emissions from the process vent in accordance with the standards specified in §63.690 of this subpart.

(ii) The owner or operator determines before placing off-site material in the process equipment associated with the process vent that the average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material is less than ppmw at the point-of-delivery. The owner or operator must perform an initial determination of the average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material using the procedures specified in §63.694(b) of this subpart before any portion of the off-site material stream is placed in the unit. Thereafter, the owner or operator must review and update, as necessary, this determination at least once every calendar year following the date of the initial determination for the off-site material stream.

(2) A process vent is exempted from the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section when the owner or operator meets one of the exemptions provided in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section.

(i) A process vent is exempted from the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the process vent is also subject to another subpart under part 63 or 40 CFR part 61, and the owner or operator is controlling the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart that are emitted from the process vent in compliance with the provisions specified in the other applicable subpart under part 61 or part 63.

(ii) A process vent is exempted from the requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the owner or operator determines that the process vent stream flow rate is less than 0.005 cubic meters per minute (m3/min) at standard conditions (as defined in 40 CFR 63.2). The process vent stream flow rate shall be determined in accordance with the procedures specified in §63.694(m) of this subpart. Documentation must be prepared by the owner or operator and maintained at the plant site to support the determination of the process vent stream flow rate. This documentation must include identification of each process vent exempted under this paragraph and the test results used to determine the process vent stream flow rate.

(iii) A process vent is exempted from the requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the owner or operator determines that the process vent stream flow rate is less than 6.0 m3/min at standard conditions (as defined in 40 CFR 63.2) and the total HAP concentration is less than 20 ppmv. The process vent stream flow rate and total HAP concentration shall be determined in accordance with the procedures specified in §63.694(m) of this subpart. Documentation must be prepared by the owner or operator and maintained at the plant site to support the determination of the process vent stream flow rate and total HAP concentration. This documentation must include identification of each process vent exempted under this paragraph (c)(2)(iii) and the test results used to determine the process vent stream flow rate and total HAP concentration. The owner or operator must perform a new determination of the process vent stream flow rate and total HAP concentration when the extent of changes to operation of the unit on which the process vent is used could cause either the process vent stream flow rate to exceed the limit of 6.0 m3/min or the total HAP concentration to exceed the limit of 20 ppmv.

(d) Equipment leaks. The owner or operator must control equipment leaks from each equipment component that is part of the affected source specified in §63.680(c)(3) of this subpart by implementing leak detection and control measures in accordance with the standards specified in §63.691 of this subpart.

[64 FR 38965, July 20, 1999]

§63.684   Standards: Off-site material treatment.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the treatment of off-site material to remove or destroy HAP for which §63.683(b)(1)(ii) of this subpart references the requirements of this section for such treatment.

(b) The owner or operator shall remove or destroy the HAP contained in off-site material streams to be managed in the off-site material management unit in accordance with §63.683(b)(1)(ii) of this subpart using a treatment process that continuously achieves, under normal operations, one or more of the performance levels specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section (as applicable to the type of treatment process) for the range of off-site material stream compositions and quantities expected to be treated.

(1) VOHAP concentration. The treatment process shall reduce the VOHAP concentration of the off-site material using a means, other than by dilution, to achieve one of the following performance levels, as applicable:

(i) In the case when every off-site material stream entering the treatment process has an average VOHAP concentration equal to or greater than 500 ppmw at the point-of-delivery, then the VOHAP concentration of the off-site material shall be reduced to a level that is less than 500 ppmw at the point-of-treatment.

(ii) In the case when off-site material streams entering the treatment process are a mixture of off-site material streams having an average VOHAP concentration equal to or greater than 500 ppmw at the point-of-delivery with off-site material streams having average VOHAP concentrations less than 500 ppmw at the point-of-delivery, then the VOHAP concentration of the off-site material must be reduced to a level at the point-of-treatment that meets the performance level specified in either paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.

(A) Less than the VOHAP concentration limit (CR) established for the treatment process using the procedure specified in §63.694(d); or

(B) Less than the lowest VOHAP concentration determined for each of the off-site material streams entering the treatment process as determined by the VOHAP concentration of the off-site material at the point-of-delivery.

(2) HAP mass removal. The treatment process shall achieve a performance level such that the total quantity of HAP actually removed from the off-site material stream (MR) is equal to or greater than the required mass removal (RMR) established for the off-site material stream using the procedure specified in §63.694(e) of this subpart. The MR for the off-site material streams shall be determined using the procedures specified in §63.694(f) of this subpart.

(3) HAP reduction efficiency. For any treatment process except a treatment process that uses biological degradation and is performed in an open tank or surface impoundment, the treatment process must achieve the applicable performance level specified in either paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) In the case when the owner or operator determines that off-site material stream entering the treatment process has an average VOHAP concentration less than 10,000 ppmw at the point-of-delivery, then the treatment process shall achieve a performance level such that the total quantity of HAP in the off-site material stream is reduced by 95 percent or more. The HAP reduction efficiency (R) for the treatment process shall be determined using the procedure specified in §63.694(g) of this subpart. The average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material stream at the point-of-delivery shall be determined using the procedure specified in §63.694(b) of this subpart.

(ii) In the case when the off-site material stream entering the treatment process has an average VOHAP concentration equal to or greater than 10,000 ppmw at the point-of-delivery, then the treatment process shall achieve a performance level such that the total quantity of HAP in the off-site material stream is reduced by 95 percent or more, and the average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material at the point-of-treatment is less than 100 parts per million by weight (ppmw). The HAP reduction efficiency (R) for the treatment process shall be determined using the procedure specified in §63.694(g) of this subpart. The average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material stream at the point-of-treatment shall be determined using the procedure specified in §63.694(c) of this subpart.

(4) Biological degradation performed in an open tank or surface impoundment. A treatment process using biological degradation and performed in an open tank or surface impoundment must achieve the performance level specified in either paragraph (b)(4)(i) or (b)(4)(ii) of this section.

(i) The HAP reduction efficiency (R) for the treatment process is equal to or greater than 95 percent, and the HAP biodegradation efficiency (Rbio) for the treatment process is equal to or greater than 95 percent. The HAP reduction efficiency (R) shall be determined using the procedure specified in §63.694(g) of this subpart. The HAP biodegradation efficiency (Rbio) shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(h) of this subpart.

(ii) The total quantity of HAP actually removed from the off-site material stream by biological degradation (MRbio) shall be equal to or greater than the required mass removal (RMR) established for the off-site material stream using the procedure specified in §63.694(e) of this subpart. The MRbio of the off-site material stream shall be determined using the procedures specified in §63.694(i) of this subpart.

(5) Incineration. The treatment process must destroy the HAP contained in the off-site material stream using one of the combustion devices specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(iv) of this section.

(i) An incinerator for which the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270, and the incinerator is designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O—Incinerators, or

(ii) An incinerator for which the owner or operator has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, subpart O—Incinerators.

(iii) A boiler or industrial furnace for which the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270, and the combustion unit is designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H—Hazardous Waste Burned in Boilers and Industrial Furnaces.

(iv) A boiler or industrial furnace for which the owner or operator has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H Hazardous Waste Burned in Boilers and Industrial Furnaces.

(c) For a treatment process that removes the HAP from the off-site material by a means other than thermal destruction or biological degradation to achieve one of the performances levels specified in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, the owner or operator shall manage the HAP removed from the off-site material in such a manner to minimize release of these HAP to the atmosphere, to the extent practical. Examples of HAP emission control measures that meet the requirements of this paragraph include managing the HAP removed from the off-site material in units that use air emission controls in accordance with the standards specified in §§63.685 through 63.689 of this subpart, as applicable to the unit.

(d) When the owner or operator treats the off-site material to meet one of the performance levels specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section, the owner or operator shall demonstrate that the treatment process achieves the selected performance level for the range of expected off-site material stream compositions expected to be treated. An initial demonstration shall be performed as soon as possible but no later than 30 days after first time an owner or operator begins using the treatment process to manage off-site material streams in accordance with the requirements of either §63.683(b)(1)(ii) or §63.683(b)(2)(ii) of this subpart as applicable to the affected off-site material management unit or process equipment. Thereafter, the owner or operator shall review and update, as necessary, this demonstration at least once every calendar year following the date of the initial demonstration.

(e) When the owner or operator treats the off-site material to meet one of the performance levels specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section, the owner or operator shall ensure that the treatment process is achieving the applicable performance requirements by continuously monitoring the operation of the process when it is used to treat off-site material by complying with paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) or, for biological treatment units, paragraph (e)(4) of this section:

(1) A continuous monitoring system shall be installed and operated for each treatment that measures operating parameters appropriate for the treatment process technology. This system shall include a continuous recorder that records the measured values of the selected operating parameters. The monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, and maintained in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's specifications. The continuous recorder shall be a data recording device that is capable of recording either an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes or an average value for intervals of 15 minutes or less.

(2) For each monitored operating parameter, the owner or operator shall establish a minimum operating parameter value or a maximum operating parameter value, as appropriate, to define the range of conditions at which the treatment process must be operated to continuously achieve the applicable performance requirements of this section.

(3) When the treatment process is operating to treat off-site material, the owner or operator shall inspect the data recorded by the continuous monitoring system on a routine basis and operate the treatment process such that the actual value of each monitored operating parameter is greater than the minimum operating parameter value or less than the maximum operating parameter value, as appropriate, established for the treatment process.

(4) When the treatment process is a biological treatment process that is complying with paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the owner or operator must establish and implement a written procedure to monitor the appropriate parameters that demonstrate proper operation of the biological treatment unit in accordance with the evaluation required in §63.694(h) of this subpart. The written procedure must list the operating parameters that will be monitored and state the frequency of monitoring to ensure that the biological treatment unit is operating between the minimum operating parameter values and maximum operating parameter values to establish that the biological treatment unit is continuously achieving the performance requirement.

(f) The owner or operator must maintain records for each treatment process in accordance with the requirements of §63.696(a) of this subpart.

(g) The owner or operator must prepare and submit reports for each treatment process in accordance with the requirements of §63.697(a) of this subpart.

(h) The Administrator may at any time conduct or request that the owner or operator conduct testing necessary to demonstrate that a treatment process is achieving the applicable performance requirements of this section. The testing shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable requirements of this section. The Administrator may elect to have an authorized representative observe testing conducted by the owner or operator.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38967, July 20, 1999; 66 FR 1266, Jan. 8, 2001; 68 FR 37351, June 23, 2003]

§63.685   Standards: Tanks.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the control of air emissions from tanks for which §63.683(b)(1)(i) of this subpart references the use of this section for such air emission control.

(b) The owner or operator shall control air emissions from each tank subject to this section in accordance with the following applicable requirements:

(1) For a tank that is part of an existing affected source but the tank is not used to manage off-site material having a maximum HAP vapor pressure kilopascal (kPa) that is equal to or greater than 76.6 kPa nor is the tank used for a waste stabilization process as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall determine whether the tank is required to use either Tank Level 1 controls or Tank Level 2 controls as specified for the tank by Table 3 of this subpart based on the off-site material maximum HAP vapor pressure and the tank's design capacity. The owner or operator shall control air emissions from a tank required by Table 3 to use Tank Level 1 controls in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. The owner or operator shall control air emissions from a tank required by Table 3 to use Tank Level 2 controls in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) For a tank that is part of a new affected source but the tank is not used to manage off-site material having a maximum HAP vapor pressure that is equal to or greater than 76.6 kPa nor is the tank used for a waste stabilization process as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall determine whether the tank is required to use either Tank Level 1 controls or Tank Level 2 controls as specified for the tank by Table 4 of this subpart based on the off-site material maximum HAP vapor pressure and the tank's design capacity. The owner or operator shall control air emissions from a tank required by Table 4 to use Tank Level 1 controls in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. The owner or operator shall control air emissions from a tank required by Table 4 to use Tank Level 2 controls in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.

(3) For a tank that is used for a waste stabilization process, the owner or operator shall control air emissions from the tank by using Tank Level 2 controls in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.

(4) For a tank that manages off-site material having a maximum HAP vapor pressure that is equal to or greater than 76.6 kPa, the owner or operator must control air emissions by using one of the tanks specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (b)(4)(iii) of this section.

(i) A tank vented through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (g) of this section;

(ii) A pressure tank designed and operated in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (h) of this section; or

(iii) A tank located inside an enclosure that is vented through a closed-vent system to an enclosed combustion control device in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (i) of this section.

(c) Owners and operators controlling air emissions from a tank using Tank Level 1 controls shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The owner or operator shall determine the maximum HAP vapor pressure for an off-site material to be managed in the tank using Tank Level 1 controls before the first time the off-site material is placed in the tank. The maximum HAP vapor pressure shall be determined using the procedures specified in §63.694(j) of this subpart. Thereafter, the owner or operator shall perform a new determination whenever changes to the off-site material managed in the tank could potentially cause the maximum HAP vapor pressure to increase to a level that is equal to or greater than the maximum HAP vapor pressure limit for the tank design capacity category specified in Table 3 or Table 4 of this subpart, as applicable to the tank.

(2) The owner or operator must control air emissions from the tank in accordance with the requirements in either paragraph (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), or (c)(2)(iii) of this section, as applicable to the tank.

(i) The owner or operator controls air emissions from the tank in accordance with the provisions specified in subpart 00 of 40 CFR part 63—National Emission Standards for Tanks—Level 1.

(ii) As an alternative to meeting the requirements in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, an owner or operator may control air emissions from the tank in accordance with the provisions for Tank Level 2 controls as specified in paragraph (d) of this section.

(iii) As an alternative to meeting the requirements in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section when a tank is used as an interim transfer point to transfer off-site material from containers to another off-site material management unit, an owner or operator may control air emissions from the tank in accordance with the requirements in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(A) and (c)(2)(iii)(B) of this section. An example of such a tank is an in-ground tank into which organic-contaminated debris is dumped from roll-off boxes or dump trucks, and then this debris is promptly transferred from the tank to a macroencapsulation unit by a backhoe.

(A) During those periods of time when the material transfer activity is occurring, the tank may be operated without a cover.

(B) At all other times, air emissions from the tank must be controlled in accordance with the provisions specified in 40 CFR part 67, subpart 00—National Emission Standards for Tanks—Level 1.

(d) Owners and operators controlling air emissions from a tank using Tank Level 2 controls shall use one of the following tanks:

(1) A fixed-roof tank equipped with an internal floating roof in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (e) of this section;

(2) A tank equipped with an external floating roof in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (f) of this section;

(3) A tank vented through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (g) of this section;

(4) A pressure tank designed and operated in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (h) of this section; or

(5) A tank located inside an enclosure that is vented through a closed-vent system to an enclosed combustion control device in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (i) of this section.

(e) The owner or operator who elects to control air emissions from a tank using a fixed-roof with an internal floating roof shall meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section.

(1) The tank shall be equipped with a fixed roof and an internal floating roof in accordance with the following requirements:

(i) The internal floating roof shall be designed to float on the liquid surface except when the floating roof must be supported by the leg supports.

(ii) The internal floating roof shall be equipped with a continuous seal between the wall of the tank and the floating roof edge that meets either of the following requirements:

(A) A single continuous seal that is either a liquid-mounted seal or a metallic shoe seal, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart; or

(B) Two continuous seals mounted one above the other. The lower seal may be a vapor-mounted seal.

(iii) The internal floating roof shall meet the following specifications:

(A) Each opening in a noncontact internal floating roof except for automatic bleeder vents (vacuum breaker vents) and the rim space vents is to provide a projection below the liquid surface.

(B) Each opening in the internal floating roof shall be equipped with a gasketed cover or a gasketed lid except for leg sleeves, automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, column wells, ladder wells, sample wells, and stub drains.

(C) Each penetration of the internal floating roof for the purpose of sampling shall have a slit fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the opening.

(D) Each automatic bleeder vent and rim space vent shall be gasketed.

(E) Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for passage of a ladder shall have a gasketed sliding cover.

(F) Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for passage of a column supporting the fixed roof shall have a flexible fabric sleeve seal or a gasketed sliding cover.

(2) The owner or operator shall operate the tank in accordance with the following requirements:

(i) When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and shall be accomplished as soon as practical.

(ii) Automatic bleeder vents are to be set closed at all times when the roof is floating, except when the roof is being floated off or is being landed on the leg supports.

(iii) Prior to filling the tank, each cover, access hatch, gauge float well or lid on any opening in the internal floating roof shall be bolted or fastened closed (i.e., no visible gaps). Rim spaces vents are to be set to open only when the internal floating roof is not floating or when the pressure beneath the rim exceeds the manufacturer's recommended setting.

(3) The owner or operator shall inspect the internal floating roof in accordance with the procedures specified in §63.695(b) of this subpart.

(f) The owner or operator who elects to control tank emissions by using an external floating roof shall meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator shall design the external floating roof in accordance with the following requirements:

(i) The external floating roof shall be designed to float on the liquid surface except when the floating roof must be supported by the leg supports.

(ii) The floating roof shall be equipped with two continuous seals, one above the other, between the wall of the tank and the roof edge. The lower seal is referred to as the primary seal, and the upper seal is referred to as the secondary seal.

(A) The primary seal shall be a liquid-mounted seal or a metallic shoe seal, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart. The total area of the gaps between the tank wall and the primary seal shall not exceed 212 square centimeters (cm2) per meter of tank diameter, and the width of any portion of these gaps shall not exceed 3.8 centimeters (cm). If a metallic shoe seal is used for the primary seal, the metallic shoe seal shall be designed so that one end extends into the liquid in the tank and the other end extends a vertical distance of at least 61 centimeters (24 inches) above the liquid surface.

(B) The secondary seal shall be mounted above the primary seal and cover the annular space between the floating roof and the wall of the tank. The total area of the gaps between the tank wall and the secondary seal shall not exceed 21.2 square centimeters (cm2) per meter of tank diameter, and the width of any portion of these gaps shall not exceed 1.3 centimeters (cm).

(iii) The external floating roof shall be meet the following specifications:

(A) Except for automatic bleeder vents (vacuum breaker vents) and rim space vents, each opening in a noncontact external floating roof shall provide a projection below the liquid surface.

(B) Except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, roof drains, and leg sleeves, each opening in the roof shall be equipped with a gasketed cover, seal, or lid.

(C) Each access hatch and each gauge float wells shall be equipped with covers designed to be bolted or fastened when the cover is secured in the closed position.

(D) Each automatic bleeder vent and each rim space vents shall be equipped with a gasket.

(E) Each roof drain that empties into the liquid managed in the tank shall be equipped with a slotted membrane fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the area of the opening.

(F) Each unslotted and slotted guide pole well shall be equipped with a gasketed sliding cover or a flexible fabric sleeve seal.

(G) Each unslotted guide pole shall be equipped with a gasketed cap on the end of the pole.

(H) Each slotted guide pole shall be equipped with a gasketed float or other device which closes off the surface from the atmosphere.

(I) Each gauge hatch and each sample well shall be equipped with a gasketed cover.

(2) The owner or operator shall operate the tank in accordance with the following requirements:

(i) When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and shall be accomplished as soon as practical.

(ii) Except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, roof drains, and leg sleeves, each opening in the roof shall be secured and maintained in a closed position at all times except when the closure device must be open for access.

(iii) Covers on each access hatch and each gauge float well shall be bolted or fastened when secured in the closed position.

(iv) Automatic bleeder vents shall be set closed at all times when the roof is floating, except when the roof is being floated off or is being landed on the leg supports.

(v) Rim space vents shall be set to open only at those times that the roof is being floated off the roof leg supports or when the pressure beneath the rim seal exceeds the manufacturer's recommended setting.

(vi) The cap on the end of each unslotted guide pole shall be secured in the closed position at all times except when measuring the level or collecting samples of the liquid in the tank.

(vii) The cover on each gauge hatch or sample well shall be secured in the closed position at all times except when the hatch or well must be opened for access.

(viii) Both the primary seal and the secondary seal shall completely cover the annular space between the external floating roof and the wall of the tank in a continuous fashion except during inspections.

(3) The owner or operator shall inspect the external floating roof in accordance with the procedures specified in §63.695(b) of this subpart.

(g) The owner or operator who controls tank air emissions by venting to a control device shall meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(3) of this section.

(1) The tank shall be covered by a fixed roof and vented directly through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the following requirements:

(i) The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be designed to form a continuous barrier over the entire surface area of the liquid in the tank.

(ii) Each opening in the fixed roof not vented to the control device shall be equipped with a closure device. If the pressure in the vapor headspace underneath the fixed roof is less than atmospheric pressure when the control device is operating, the closure devices shall be designed to operate such that when the closure device is secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of the cover opening and the closure device. If the pressure in the vapor headspace underneath the fixed roof is equal to or greater than atmospheric pressure when the control device is operating, the closure device shall be designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions.

(iii) The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that will minimize exposure of the off-site material to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain the integrity of the equipment throughout its intended service life. Factors to be considered when selecting the materials for and designing the fixed roof and closure devices shall include: organic vapor permeability, the effects of any contact with the liquid and its vapor managed in the tank; the effects of outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the tank on which the fixed roof is installed.

(iv) The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of §63.693 of this subpart.

(2) Whenever an off-site material is in the tank, the fixed roof shall be installed with each closure device secured in the closed position and the vapor headspace underneath the fixed roof vented to the control device except as follows:

(i) Venting to the control device is not required, and opening of closure devices or removal of the fixed roof is allowed at the following times:

(A) To provide access to the tank for performing routine inspection, maintenance, or other activities needed for normal operations. Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a port to sample liquid in the tank, or when a worker needs to open a hatch to maintain or repair equipment. Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable, to the tank.

(B) To remove accumulated sludge or other residues from the bottom of the tank.

(ii) Opening of a safety device, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, is allowed at any time conditions require it to do so to avoid an unsafe condition.

(3) The owner or operator shall inspect and monitor the air emission control equipment in accordance with the procedures specified in §63.695 of this subpart.

(h) The owner or operator who elects to control tank air emissions by using a pressure tank shall meet the following requirements.

(1) The tank shall be designed not to vent to the atmosphere as a result of compression of the vapor headspace in the tank during filling of the tank to its design capacity.

(2) All tank openings shall be equipped with closure devices designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions as determined using the procedure specified in §63.694(k) of this subpart.

(3) Whenever an off-site material is in the tank, the tank shall be operated as a closed system that does not vent to the atmosphere except under either of the following conditions as specified in paragraph (h)(3)(i) or (h)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) At those times when opening of a safety device, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, is required to avoid an unsafe condition.

(ii) At those times when purging of inerts from the tank is required and the purge stream is routed to a closed-vent system and control device designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of §63.693 of this subpart.

(i) The owner or operator who elects to control air emissions by using an enclosure vented through a closed-vent system to an enclosed combustion control device shall meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (i)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1) The tank shall be located inside an enclosure. The enclosure shall be designed and operated in accordance with the criteria for a permanent total enclosure as specified in “Procedure T—Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure” under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B. The enclosure may have permanent or temporary openings to allow worker access; passage of material into or out of the enclosure by conveyor, vehicles, or other mechanical means; entry of permanent mechanical or electrical equipment; or to direct airflow into the enclosure. The owner or operator shall perform the verification procedure for the enclosure as specified in Section 5.0 to “Procedure T—Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure” initially when the enclosure is first installed and, thereafter, annually.

(2) The enclosure shall be vented through a closed-vent system to an enclosed combustion control device that is designed and operated in accordance with the standards for either a vapor incinerator, boiler, or process heater specified in §63.693 of this subpart.

(3) Opening of a safety device, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, is allowed at any time conditions require it to do so to avoid an unsafe condition.

(4) The owner or operator shall inspect and monitor the closed-vent system and control device as specified in §63.693.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38968, July 20, 1999; 66 FR 1266, Jan. 8, 2001]

§63.686   Standards: Oil-water and organic-water separators.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the control of air emissions from oil-water separators and organic-water separators for which §63.683(b)(1)(i) of this subpart references the use of this section for such air emission control.

(b) The owner or operator shall control air emissions from each separator subject to this section by using one of the following:

(1) A floating roof in accordance with all applicable provisions specified in 40 CFR 63 subpart VV—National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators. For portions of the separator where it is infeasible to install and operate a floating roof, such as over a weir mechanism, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(2) A fixed-roof that is vented through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with all applicable provisions specified in 40 CFR 63 subpart VV—National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators.

(3) A pressurized separator that operates as a closed system in accordance with all applicable provisions specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart VV—National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38969, July 20, 1999]

§63.687   Standards: Surface impoundments.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the control of air emissions from surface impoundments for which §63.683(b)(1)(i) of this subpart references the use of this section for such air emission control.

(b) The owner or operator shall control air emissions from each surface impoundment subject to this section by using one of the following:

(1) A floating membrane cover in accordance with the applicable provisions specified in 40 CFR 63 subpart QQ—National Emission Standards for Surface Impoundments; or

(2) A cover that is vented through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with all applicable provisions specified in 40 CFR 63 subpart QQ—National Emission Standards for Surface Impoundments.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38969, July 20, 1999]

§63.688   Standards: Containers.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the control of air emissions from containers for which §63.683(b)(1)(i) of this subpart references the use of this section for such air emission control.

(b) The owner or operator shall control air emissions from each container subject to this section in accordance with the following requirements, as applicable to the container, except when the special provisions for waste stabilization processes specified in paragraph (c) of this section apply to the container.

(1) For a container having a design capacity greater than 0.1 m3 and less than or equal to 0.46 m3, the owner or operator must control air emissions from the container in accordance with the requirements in either paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator controls air emissions from the container in accordance with the standards for Container Level 1 controls as specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart PP—National Emission Standards for Containers.

(ii) As an alternative to meeting the requirements in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, an owner or operator may choose to control air emissions from the container in accordance with the standards for either Container Level 2 controls or Container Level 3 controls as specified in subpart PP of this part 63—National Emission Standards for Containers.

(2) For a container having a design capacity greater than 0.46 m3 and the container is not in light-material service as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, the owner or operator must control air emissions from the container in accordance with the requirements in either paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii) of this section.

(3) For a container having a design capacity greater than 0.46 m3 and the container is in light-material service as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, the owner or operator must control air emissions from the container in accordance with the requirements in either paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator controls air emissions from the container in accordance with the standards for Container Level 2 controls as specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart PP—National Emission Standards for Containers.

(ii) As an alternative to meeting the requirements in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, an owner or operator may choose to control air emissions from the container in accordance with the standards for Container Level 3 controls as specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart PP—National Emission Standards for Containers.

(c) When a container subject to this subpart and having a design capacity greater than 0.1 m3 is used for treatment of an off-site material by a waste stabilization process as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall control air emissions from the container at those times during the process when the off-site material in the container is exposed to the atmosphere in accordance with the standards for Container Level 3 controls as specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart PP—National Emission Standards for Containers.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38969, July 20, 1999]

§63.689   Standards: Transfer systems.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the control of air emissions from transfer systems for which §63.683(b)(1)(i) of this subpart references the use of this section for such air emission control.

(b) For each transfer system that is subject to this section and is an individual drain system, the owner or operator shall control air emissions in accordance with the standards specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart RR—National Emission Standards for Individual Drain Systems.

(c) For each transfer system that is subject to this section but is not an individual drain system, the owner or operator shall control air emissions by using one of the transfer systems specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section.

(1) A transfer system that uses covers in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) A transfer system that consists of continuous hard-piping. All joints or seams between the pipe sections shall be permanently or semi-permanently sealed (e.g., a welded joint between two sections of metal pipe or a bolted and gasketed flange).

(3) A transfer system that is enclosed and vented through a closed-vent system to a control device in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (c)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) The transfer system is designed and operated such that an internal pressure in the vapor headspace in the enclosure is maintained at a level less than atmospheric pressure when the control device is operating, and

(ii) The closed-vent system and control device are designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of §63.693 of this subpart.

(d) Owners and operators controlling air emissions from a transfer system using covers in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(6) of this section.

(1) The cover and its closure devices shall be designed to form a continuous barrier over the entire surface area of the off-site material as it is conveyed by the transfer system except for the openings at the inlet and outlet to the transfer system through which the off-site material passes. The inlet and outlet openings used for passage of the off-site material through the transfer system shall be the minimum size required for practical operation of the transfer system.

(2) The cover shall be installed in a manner such that there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces between cover section joints or between the interface of the cover edge and its mounting.

(3) Except for the inlet and outlet openings to the transfer system through which the off-site material passes, each opening in the cover shall be equipped with a closure device designed to operate such that when the closure device is secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of the opening and the closure device.

(4) The cover and its closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that will minimize exposure of the off-site material to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain the integrity of the equipment throughout its intended service life. Factors to be considered when selecting the materials for and designing the cover and closure devices shall include: organic vapor permeability; the effects of any contact with the material or its vapors conveyed in the transfer system; the effects of outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating practices used for the transfer system on which the cover is installed.

(5) Whenever an off-site material is in the transfer system, the cover shall be installed with each closure device secured in the closed position except as specified in paragraph (d)(5)(i) or (d)(5)(ii) of this section.

(i) Opening of closure devices or removal of the cover is allowed to provide access to the transfer system for performing routine inspection, maintenance, repair, or other activities needed for normal operations. Examples of such activities include those times when a worker needs to open a hatch or remove the cover to repair conveyance equipment mounted under the cover or to clear a blockage of material inside the system. Following completion of the activity, the owner or operator shall promptly secure the closure device in the closed position or reinstall the cover, as applicable.

(ii) Opening of a safety device, as defined in §63.681 of this subpart, is allowed at any time conditions require it to do so to avoid an unsafe condition.

(6) The owner or operator shall inspect the air emission control equipment in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.695 of this subpart.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38970, July 20, 1999]

§63.690   Standards: Process vents.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the control of air emissions from process vents for which §63.683(c)(1)(i) of this subpart references the use of this section for such air emission control.

(b) The owner or operator must route the vent stream from each affected process vent through a closed-vent system to a control device that meets the standards specified in §63.693 of this subpart. For the purpose of complying with this paragraph (b), a primary condenser is not a control device; however, a second condenser or other organic recovery device that is operated downstream of the primary condenser is considered a control device.

[64 FR 38970, July 20, 1999]

§63.691   Standards: Equipment leaks.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to the control of air emissions from equipment leaks for which §63.683(d) references the use of this section for such air emissions control.

(b) The owner or operator shall control the HAP emitted from equipment leaks in accordance with the applicable provisions specified in either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator controls the HAP emitted from equipment leaks in accordance with §61.242 through §61.247 in 40 CFR part 61, subpart V—National Emission Standards for Equipment Leaks; or

(2) The owner or operator controls the HAP emitted from equipment leaks in accordance with §63.162 through §63.182 in subpart H—National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from Equipment Leaks.

[64 FR 38970, July 20, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 1266, Jan. 8, 2001]

§63.692   [Reserved]

§63.693   Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

(a) The provisions of this section apply to closed-vent systems and control devices used to control air emissions for which another standard references the use of this section for such air emission control.

(b) For each closed-vent system and control device used to comply with this section, the owner or operator shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The owner or operator must use a closed-vent system that meets the requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) The owner or operator must use a control device that meets the requirements specified in paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section as applicable to the type and design of the control device selected by the owner or operator to comply with the provisions of this section.

(3) Whenever gases or vapors containing HAP are vented through a closed-vent system connected to a control device used to comply with this section, the control device must be operating except at those times listed in either paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) The control device may be bypassed for the purpose of performing planned routine maintenance of the closed-vent system or control device in situations when the routine maintenance cannot be performed during periods that the emission point vented to the control device is shutdown. On an annual basis, the total time that the closed-vent system or control device is bypassed to perform routine maintenance shall not exceed 240 hours per each calendar year.

(ii) The control device may be bypassed for the purpose of correcting a malfunction of the closed-vent system or control device. The owner or operator shall perform the adjustments or repairs necessary to correct the malfunction as soon as practicable after the malfunction is detected.

(4) The owner or operator must inspect and monitor each closed-vent system in accordance with the requirements specified in either paragraph (b)(4)(i) or (b)(4)(ii) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator inspects and monitors the closed-vent system in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.695(c) of this subpart, and complies with the applicable recordkeeping requirements in §63.696 of this subpart and the applicable reporting requirements in §63.697 of this subpart.

(ii) As an alternative to meeting the requirements specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, the owner or operator may choose to inspect and monitor the closed-vent system in accordance with the requirements under 40 CFR part 63, subpart H—National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants for Equipment Leaks as specified in 40 CFR 63.172(f) through (h), and complies with the applicable recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR 63.181 and the applicable reporting requirements in 40 CFR 63.182.

(5) The owner or operator must monitor the operation of each control device in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section as applicable to the type and design of the control device selected by the owner or operator to comply with the provisions of this section.

(6) The owner or operator shall maintain records for each control device in accordance with the requirements of §63.696 of this subpart.

(7) The owner or operator shall prepare and submit reports for each control device in accordance with the requirements of §63.697 of this subpart.

(8) In the case when an owner or operator chooses to use a design analysis to demonstrate compliance of a control device with the applicable performance requirements specified in this section as provided for in paragraphs (d) through (g) of this section, the Administrator may request that the design analysis be revised or amended by the owner or operator to correct any deficiencies identified by the Administrator. If the owner or operator and the Administrator do not agree on the acceptability of using the design analysis (including any changes requested by the Administrator) to demonstrate that the control device achieves the applicable performance requirements, then the disagreement must be resolved using the results of a performance test conducted by the owner or operator in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(l) of this subpart. The Administrator may choose to have an authorized representative observe the performance test conducted by the owner or operator. Should the results of this performance test not agree with the determination of control device performance based on the design analysis, then the results of the performance test will be used to establish compliance with this subpart.

(c) Closed-vent system requirements.

(1) The vent stream required to be controlled shall be conveyed to the control device by either of the following closed-vent systems:

(i) A closed-vent system that is designed to operate with no detectable organic emissions using the procedure specified in §63.694(k) of this subpart; or

(ii) A closed-vent system that is designed to operate at a pressure below atmospheric pressure. The system shall be equipped with at least one pressure gage or other pressure measurement device that can be read from a readily accessible location to verify that negative pressure is being maintained in the closed-vent system when the control device is operating.

(2) In situations when the closed-vent system includes bypass devices that could be used to divert a vent stream from the closed-vent system to the atmosphere at a point upstream of the control device inlet, each bypass device must be equipped with either a flow indicator as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section or a seal or locking device as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. For the purpose of complying with this paragraph (c)(2), low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, or pressure relief valves needed for safety reasons are not subject to the requirements of this paragraph (c)(2).

(i) If a flow indicator is used, the indicator must be installed at the entrance to the bypass line used to divert the vent stream from the closed-vent system to the atmosphere. The flow indicator must indicate a reading at least once every 15 minutes. The owner or operator must maintain records of the following information: hourly records of whether the flow indicator was operating and whether flow was detected at any time during the hour; and records of all periods when flow is detected or the flow indicator is not operating.

(ii) If a seal or locking device is used to comply with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the device shall be placed on the mechanism by which the bypass device position is controlled (e.g., valve handle, damper lever) when the bypass device is in the closed position such that the bypass device cannot be opened without breaking the seal or removing the lock. Examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, a car-seal or a lock-and-key configuration valve.

(d) Carbon adsorption control device requirements.

(1) The carbon adsorption system must achieve the performance specifications in either paragraph (d)(1)(i) or (d)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) Recover 95 percent or more, on a weight-basis, of the total organic compounds (TOC), less methane and ethane, contained in the vent stream entering the carbon adsorption system; or

(ii) Recover 95 percent or more, on a weight-basis, of the total HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart contained in the vent stream entering the carbon adsorption system.

(2) The owner or operator must demonstrate that the carbon adsorption system achieves the performance requirements in paragraph (d)(1) of this section by either performing a performance test as specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section or a design analysis as specified in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) An owner or operator choosing to use a performance test to demonstrate compliance must conduct the test in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(l) of this subpart.

(ii) An owner or operator choosing to use a design analysis to demonstrate compliance must include as part of this design analysis the information specified in either paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) or (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section as applicable to the carbon adsorption system design.

(A) For a regenerable carbon adsorption system, the design analysis shall address the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature and shall establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration, adsorption cycle time, number and capacity of carbon beds, type and working capacity of activated carbon used for carbon beds, design total regeneration steam flow over the period of each complete carbon bed regeneration cycle, design carbon bed temperature after regeneration, design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service life of the carbon.

(B) For a nonregenerable carbon adsorption system (e.g., a carbon canister), the design analysis shall address the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature and shall establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration, carbon bed capacity, activated carbon type and working capacity, and design carbon replacement interval based on the total carbon working capacity of the control device and emission point operating schedule.

(3) The owner or operator must monitor the operation of the carbon adsorption system in accordance with the requirements of §63.695(e) using one of the continuous monitoring systems specified in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section. Monitoring the operation of a nonregenerable carbon adsorption system (e.g., a carbon canister) using a continuous monitoring system is not required when the carbon canister or the carbon in the control device is replaced on a regular basis according to the requirements in paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section.

(i) For a regenerative-type carbon adsorption system:

(A) A continuous parameter monitoring system to measure and record the average total regeneration stream mass flow or volumetric flow during each carbon bed regeneration cycle. The integrating regenerating stream flow monitoring device must have an accuracy of ±10 percent; and

(B) A continuous parameter monitoring system to measure and record the average carbon bed temperature for the duration of the carbon bed steaming cycle and to measure the actual carbon bed temperature after regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing the cooling cycle. The accuracy of the temperature monitoring device must be ±1 percent of the temperature being measured, expressed in degrees Celsius or ±5 °C, whichever is greater.

(ii) A continuous monitoring system to measure and record the daily average concentration level of organic compounds in the exhaust gas stream from the control device. The organic monitoring system must comply either with Performance Specification 8 or 9 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B. The relative accuracy provision of Performance Specification 8, Sections 2.4 and 3 need not be conducted.

(iii) A continuous monitoring system that measures other alternative operating parameters upon approval of the Administrator as specified in 40 CFR 63.8(f)(1) through (f)(5) of this part.

(4) The owner or operator shall manage the carbon used for the carbon adsorption system, as follows:

(i) Following the initial startup of the control device, all carbon in the control device shall be replaced with fresh carbon on a regular, predetermined time interval that is no longer than the carbon service life established for the carbon adsorption system. The provisions of this paragraph (d)(4)(i) do not apply to a nonregenerable carbon adsorption system (e.g., a carbon canister) for which the carbon canister or the carbon in the control device is replaced on a regular basis according to the requirements in paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section.

(ii) The spent carbon removed from the carbon adsorption system must be either regenerated, reactivated, or burned in one of the units specified in paragraphs (d)(4)(ii)(A) through (d)(4)(ii)(G) of this section.

(A) Regenerated or reactivated in a thermal treatment unit for which the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 that implements the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart X.

(B) Regenerated or reactivated in a thermal treatment unit equipped with and operating air emission controls in accordance with this section.

(C) Regenerated or reactivated in a thermal treatment unit equipped with and operating organic air emission controls in accordance with a national emission standard for hazardous air pollutants under another subpart in 40 CFR part 63 or 40 CFR part 61.

(D) Burned in a hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 that implements the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O.

(E) Burned in a hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator has designed and operates the incinerator in accordance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, subpart O.

(F) Burned in a boiler or industrial furnace for which the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 that implements the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.

(G) Burned in a boiler or industrial furnace for which the owner or operator has designed and operates the unit in accordance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.

(iii) As an alternative to meeting the requirements in paragraphs (d)(3) and (d)(4)(i) of this section, an owner or operator of a nonregenerable carbon adsorption system may choose to replace on a regular basis the carbon canister or the carbon in the control device using the procedures in either paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) or (d)(4)(iii)(B) of this section. For the purpose of complying with this paragraph (d)(4)(iii), a nonregenerable carbon adsorption system means a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device, such as a carbon canister. The spent carbon removed from the nonregenerable carbon adsorption system must be managed according to the requirements in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section.

(A) Monitor the concentration level of the organic compounds in the exhaust vent from the carbon adsorption system on a regular schedule, and when carbon breakthrough is indicated, immediately replace either the existing carbon canister with a new carbon canister or replace the existing carbon in the control device with fresh carbon. Measurement of the concentration level of the organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream must be made with a detection instrument that is appropriate for the composition of organic constituents in the vent stream and is routinely calibrated to measure the organic concentration level expected to occur at breakthrough. The monitoring frequency must be daily or at an interval no greater than 20 percent of the time required to consume the total carbon working capacity established as a requirement of paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, whichever is longer.

(B) Replace either the existing carbon canister with a new carbon canister or replace the existing carbon in the control device with fresh carbon at a regular, predetermined time interval that is less than the design carbon replacement interval established as a requirement of paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(e) Condenser control device requirements.

(1) The condenser must achieve the performance specifications in either paragraph (e)(1)(i) or (e)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) Recover 95 percent or more, on a weight-basis, of the total organic compounds (TOC), less methane and ethane, contained in the vent stream entering the condenser; or

(ii) Recover 95 percent or more, on a weight-basis, of the total HAP, listed in Table 1 of this subpart, contained in the vent stream entering the condenser.

(2) The owner or operator must demonstrate that the condenser achieves the performance requirements in paragraph (e)(1) of this section by either performing a performance test as specified in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section or a design analysis as specified in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) An owner or operator choosing to use a performance tests to demonstrate compliance must conduct the test in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(l) of this subpart.

(ii) An owner or operator choosing to use a design analysis to demonstrate compliance must include as part of this design analysis the following information: description of the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature; and specification of the design outlet organic compound concentration level, design average temperature of the condenser exhaust vent stream, and the design average temperatures of the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and outlet.

(3) The owner or operator must monitor the operation of the condenser in accordance with the requirements of §63.695(e) of this subpart using one of the continuous monitoring systems specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through (e)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) A continuous parameter monitoring system to measure and record the daily average temperature of the exhaust gases from the control device. The accuracy of the temperature monitoring device shall be ±1 percent of the temperature being measured, expressed in degrees Celsius or ±5 °C, whichever is greater.

(ii) A continuous monitoring system to measure and record the daily average concentration level of organic compounds in the exhaust gas stream from the control device. The organic monitoring system must comply either with Performance Specification 8 or 9 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B. The relative accuracy provision of Performance Specification 8, Sections 2.4 and 3 need not be conducted.

(iii) A continuous monitoring system that measures other alternative operating parameters upon approval of the Administrator as specified in 40 CFR 63.8(f)(1) through (f)(5) of this part.

(f) Vapor incinerator control device requirements.

(1) The vapor incinerator must achieve the performance specifications in either paragraph (f)(1)(i), (f)(1)(ii), or (f)(1)(iii) of this section.

(i) Destroy the total organic compounds (TOC), less methane and ethane, contained in the vent stream entering the vapor incinerator either:

(A) By 95 percent or more, on a weight-basis, or

(B) To achieve a total incinerator outlet concentration for the TOC, less methane and ethane, of less than or equal to ppmv on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen.

(ii) Destroy the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart contained in the vent stream entering the vapor incinerator either:

(A) By 95 percent or more, on a total HAP weight-basis, or

(B) To achieve a total incinerator outlet concentration for the HAP, listed in Table 1 of this subpart, of less than or equal to ppmv on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen.

(iii) Maintain the conditions in the vapor incinerator combustion chamber at a residence time of 0.5 seconds or longer and at a temperature of 760°C or higher.

(2) The owner or operator must demonstrate that the vapor incinerator achieves the performance requirements in paragraph (f)(1) of this section by either performing a performance test as specified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section or a design analysis as specified in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) An owner or operator choosing to use a performance test to demonstrate compliance must conduct the test in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(l) of this subpart.

(ii) An owner or operator choosing to use a design analysis to demonstrate compliance must include as part of this design analysis the information specified in either paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) or (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section as applicable to the vapor incinerator design.

(A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall address the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate and shall establish the design minimum and average temperatures in the combustion chamber and the combustion chamber residence time.

(B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall address the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate and shall establish the design minimum and average temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and outlet, and the design service life of the catalyst.

(3) The owner or operator must monitor the operation of the vapor incinerator in accordance with the requirements of §63.695(e) of this subpart using one of the continuous monitoring systems specified in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iv) of this section as applicable to the type of vapor incinerator used.

(i) For a thermal vapor incinerator, a continuous parameter monitoring system to measure and record the daily average temperature of the exhaust gases from the control device. The accuracy of the temperature monitoring device must be ±1 percent of the temperature being measured, expressed in degrees Celsius of ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater.

(ii) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, a temperature monitoring device capable of monitoring temperature at two locations equipped with a continuous recorder. One temperature sensor shall be installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to the catalyst bed inlet and a second temperature sensor shall be installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to the catalyst bed outlet.

(iii) For either type of vapor incinerator, a continuous monitoring system to measure and record the daily average concentration of organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the control device. The organic monitoring system must comply either with Performance Specification 8 or 9 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B. The relative accuracy provision of Performance Specification 8, Sections 2.4 and 3 need not be conducted.

(iv) For either type of vapor incinerator, a continuous monitoring system that measures alternative operating parameters other than those specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section upon approval of the Administrator as specified in 40 CFR 63.8(f)(1) through (f)(5) of this part.

(g) Boilers and process heaters control device requirements.

(1) The boiler or process heater must achieve the performance specifications in either paragraph (g)(1)(i), (g)(1)(ii), (g)(1)(iii), (g)(1)(iv), or (g)(1)(v) of this section.

(i) Destroy the total organic compounds (TOC), less methane and ethane, contained in the vent stream introduced into the flame zone of the boiler or process heater either:

(A) By 95 percent or more, on a weight-basis, or

(B) To achieve in the exhausted combustion gases a total concentration for the TOC, less methane and ethane, of less than or equal to 20 parts ppmv on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen.

(ii) Destroy the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart contained in the vent stream entering the vapor incinerator either:

(A) By 95 percent or more, on a total HAP weight-basis, or

(B) To achieve in the exhausted combustion gases a total concentration for the HAP, listed in Table 1 of the subpart, of less than or equal to 20 ppmv on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen.

(iii) Introduce the vent stream into the flame zone of the boiler or process heater and maintain the conditions in the combustion chamber at a residence time of 0.5 seconds or longer and at a temperature of 760°C or higher.

(iv) Introduce the vent stream with the fuel that provides the predominate heat input to the boiler or process heater (i.e., the primary fuel); or

(v) Introduce the vent stream to a boiler or process heater for which the owner or operator either has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H of this chapter; or has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H of this chapter.

(2) The owner or operator must demonstrate that the boiler or process heater achieves the performance specifications in paragraph (g)(1) of this section chosen by the owner or operator using the applicable method specified in paragraph (g)(2)(i) or (g)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) If an owner or operator chooses to comply with the performance specifications in either paragraph (g)(1)(i), (g)(1)(ii), or (g)(1)(iii) of this section, the owner or operator must demonstrate compliance with the applicable performance specifications by either performing a performance test as specified in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section or a design analysis as specified in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(B) of this section.

(A) An owner or operator choosing to use a performance test to demonstrate compliance must conduct the test in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(l) of this subpart.

(B) An owner or operator choosing to use a design analysis to demonstrate compliance must include as part of this design analysis the following information: description of the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate; specification of the design minimum and average flame zone temperatures and combustion zone residence time; and description of the method and location by which the vent stream is introduced into the flame zone.

(ii) If an owner or operator chooses to comply with the performance specifications in either paragraph (g)(1)(iv) or (g)(1)(v) of this section, the owner or operator must demonstrate compliance by maintaining the records that document that the boiler or process heater is designed and operated in accordance with the applicable requirements of this section.

(3) For a boiler or process heater complying with the performance specifications in either paragraph (g)(1)(i), (g)(1)(ii), or (g)(1)(iii) of this section, the owner or operator must monitor the operation of a boiler or process heater in accordance with the requirements of §63.695(e) of this subpart using one of the continuous monitoring systems specified in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) through (g)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) A continuous parameter monitoring system to measure and record the daily average combustion zone temperature. The accuracy of the temperature sensor must be ±1 percent of the temperature being measured, expressed in degrees Celsius or ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater;

(ii) A continuous monitoring system to measure and record the daily average concentration of organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the control device. The organic monitoring system must comply either with Performance Specification 8 or 9 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B. The relative accuracy provision of Performance Specification 8, Sections 2.4 and 3 need not be conducted.

(iii) A continuous monitoring system that measures alternative operating parameters other than those specified in paragraph (g)(3)(i) or (g)(3)(ii) of this section upon approval of the Administrator as specified in 40 CFR 63.8(f)(1) through (f)(5) of this part.

(h) Flare control device requirements.

(1) The flare must be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements in 40 CFR 63.11(b).

(2) The owner or operator must demonstrate that the flare achieves the requirements in paragraph (h)(1) of this section by performing the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section. A previous compliance demonstration for the flare that meets all of the conditions specified in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section may be used by an owner or operator to demonstrate compliance with this paragraph (h)(2).

(i) To demonstrate that a flare achieves the requirements in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, the owner or operator performs all of the procedures specified in paragraphs (h)(2)(i)(A) through (h)(2)(i)(C) of this section.

(A) The owner or operator conducts a visible emission test for the flare in accordance with the requirements specified in 40 CFR 63.11(b)(4).

(B) The owner or operator determines the net heating value of the gas being combusted in the flare in accordance with the requirements specified in 40 CFR 63.11(b)(6); and

(C) The owner or operator determines the flare exit velocity in accordance with the requirements applicable to the flare design as specified in 40 CFR 63.11(b)(7) or 40 CFR 63.11(b)(8).

(ii) A previous compliance demonstration for the flare may be used by an owner or operator to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section provided that all conditions for the compliance determination and subsequent flare operation are met as specified in paragraphs (h)(2)(ii)(A) and (h)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) The owner or operator conducted the compliance determination using the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section.

(B) No flare operating parameter or process changes have occurred since completion of the compliance determination which could affect the compliance determination results.

(3) The owner or operator must monitor the operation of the flare using a heat sensing monitoring device (including but not limited to a thermocouple, ultraviolet beam sensor, or infrared sensor) that continuously detects the presence of a pilot flame. The owner or operator must record, for each 1-hour period, whether the monitor was continuously operating and whether a pilot flame was continuously present during each hour as required in §63.696(b)(3) of this subpart.

[64 FR 38970, July 20, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 1266, Jan. 8, 2001; 68 FR 37351, June 23, 2003]

§63.694   Testing methods and procedures.

(a) This section specifies the testing methods and procedures required for this subpart to perform the following:

(1) To determine the average VOHAP concentration for off-site material streams at the point-of-delivery for compliance with standards specified §63.683 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

(2) To determine the average VOHAP concentration for treated off-site material streams at the point-of-treatment for compliance with standards specified §63.684 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(3) To determine the treatment process VOHAP concentration limit (CR) for compliance with standards specified §63.684 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (d) of this section.

(4) To determine treatment process required HAP removal rate (RMR) for compliance with standards specified §63.684 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (e) of this section.

(5) To determine treatment process actual HAP removal rate (MR) for compliance with standards specified §63.684 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (f) of this section.

(6) To determine treatment process required HAP reduction efficiency (R) for compliance with standards specified in §63.684 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (g) of this section.

(7) To determine treatment process required HAP biodegradation efficiency (Rbio) for compliance with standards specified in §63.684 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (h) of this section.

(8) To determine treatment process required actual HAP mass removal rate (MRbio) for compliance with standards specified in§63.684 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (i) of this section.

(9) To determine maximum organic HAP vapor pressure of off-site materials in tanks for compliance with the standards specified in §63.685 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(10) To determine no detectable organic emissions, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (k) of this section.

(11) To determine closed-vent system and control device performance for compliance with the standards specified in §63.693 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (l) of this section.

(12) To determine process vent stream flow rate and total organic HAP concentration for compliance with the standards specified in §63.693 of this subpart, the testing methods and procedures are specified in paragraph (m) of this section.

(b) Testing methods and procedures to determine average VOHAP concentration of an off-site material stream at the point-of-delivery.

(1) The average VOHAP concentration of an off-site material at the point-of-delivery shall be determined using either direct measurement as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section or by knowledge as specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(2) Direct measurement to determine VOHAP concentration—(i) Sampling. Samples of the off-site material stream shall be collected from the container, pipeline, or other device used to deliver the off-site material stream to the plant site in a manner such that volatilization of organics contained in the sample is minimized and an adequately representative sample is collected and maintained for analysis by the selected method.

(A) The averaging period to be used for determining the average VOHAP concentration for the off-site material stream on a mass-weighted average basis shall be designated and recorded. The averaging period can represent any time interval that the owner or operator determines is appropriate for the off-site material stream but shall not exceed 1 year.

(B) A sufficient number of samples, but no less than four samples, shall be collected to represent the complete range of HAP compositions and HAP quantities that occur in the off-site material stream during the entire averaging period due to normal variations in the operating conditions for the source or process generating the off-site material stream. Examples of such normal variations are seasonal variations in off-site material quantity or fluctuations in ambient temperature.

(C) All samples shall be collected and handled in accordance with written procedures prepared by the owner or operator and documented in a site sampling plan. This plan shall describe the procedure by which representative samples of the off-site material stream are collected such that a minimum loss of organics occurs throughout the sample collection and handling process and by which sample integrity is maintained. A copy of the written sampling plan shall be maintained on-site in the plant site operating records. An example of an acceptable sampling plan includes a plan incorporating sample collection and handling procedures in accordance with the requirements specified in “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,” EPA Publication No. SW-846 or Method 25D in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(ii) Analysis. Each collected sample must be prepared and analyzed in accordance with one of the following methods as applicable to the sampled off-site material for the purpose of measuring the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart:

(A) Method 305 in 40 CFR part 63, appendix A.

(B) Method 25D in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(C) Method 624 in 40 CFR part 136, appendix A. If this method is used to analyze one or more compounds that are not on the method's published list of approved compounds, the Alternative Test Procedure specified in 40 CFR 136.4 and 40 CFR 136.5 must be followed.

(D) Method 625 in 40 CFR part 136, appendix A. For the purpose of using this method to comply with this subpart, the owner or operator must perform corrections to these compounds based on the “accuracy as recovery” using the factors in Table 7 of the method. If this method is used to analyze one or more compounds that are not on the method's published list of approved compounds, the Alternative Test Procedure specified in 40 CFR 136.4 and 40 CFR 136.5 must be followed.

(E) Method 1624 in 40 CFR part 136, appendix A.

(F) Method 1625 in 40 CFR part 136, appendix A.

(G) Method 8260 in “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,” EPA Publication No. SW-846, Third Edition, September 1986, as amended by Update I, November 15, 1992. As an alternative, an owner or operator may use any more recent, updated version of Method 8260 approved by the EPA. For the purpose of using Method 8260 to comply with this subpart, the owner or operator must maintain a formal quality assurance program consistent with section 8 of Method 8260, and this program must include the following elements related to measuring the concentrations of volatile compounds:

(1) Documentation of site-specific procedures to minimize the loss of compounds due to volatilization, biodegradation, reaction, or sorption during the sample collection, storage, and preparation steps.

(2) Documentation of specific quality assurance procedures followed during sampling, sample preparation, sample introduction, and analysis.

(3) Measurement of the average accuracy and precision of the specific procedures, including field duplicates and field spiking of the off-site material source before or during sampling with compounds having similar chemical characteristics to the target analytes.

(H) Method 8270 in “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,” EPA Publication No. SW-846, Third Edition, September 1986, as amended by Update I, November 15, 1992. As an alternative, an owner or operator may use any more recent, updated version of Method 8270 approved by the EPA. For the purpose of using Method 8270 to comply with this subpart, the owner or operator must maintain a formal quality assurance program consistent with Method 8270, and this program must include the following elements related to measuring the concentrations of volatile compounds:

(1) Documentation of site-specific procedures to minimize the loss of compounds due to volatilization, biodegradation, reaction, or sorption during the sample collection, storage, and preparation steps.

(2) Documentation of specific quality assurance procedures followed during sampling, sample preparation, sample introduction, and analysis.

(3) Measurement of the average accuracy and precision of the specific procedures, including field duplicates and field spiking of the off-site material source before or during sampling with compounds having similar chemical characteristics to the target analytes.

(I) Any other analysis method that has been validated in accordance with the procedures specified in section 5.1 and section 5.3 and the corresponding calculations in section 6.1 or section 6.3 of Method 301 in appendix A in 40 CFR part 63. The data are acceptable if they meet the criteria specified in section 6.1.5 or section 6.3.3 of Method 301. If correction is required under section 6.3.3 of Method 301, the data are acceptable if the correction factor is within the range of 0.7 to 1.30. Other sections of Method 301 are not required.

(iii) Calculations. The average VOHAP concentration (C) on a mass-weighted basis shall be calculated by using the results for all samples analyzed in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section and the following equation. An owner or operator using a test method that provides species-specific chemical concentrations may adjust the measured concentrations to the corresponding concentration values which would be obtained had the off-site material samples been analyzed using Method 305. To adjust these data, the measured concentration for each individual HAP chemical species contained in the off-site material is multiplied by the appropriate species-specific adjustment factor (fm305) listed in Table 1 of this subpart.

eCFR graphic er08ja01.000.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

C = Average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material at the point-of-delivery on a mass-weighted basis, ppmw.

i = Individual sample “i” of the off-site material.

n = Total number of samples of the off-site material collected (at least 4) for the averaging period (not to exceed 1 year).

Qi = Mass quantity of off-site material stream represented by Ci, kg/hr.

QT = Total mass quantity of off-site material during the averaging period, kg/hr.

Ci = Measured VOHAP concentration of sample “i” as determined in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(a), ppmw.

(3) Knowledge of the off-site material to determine VOHAP concentration.

(i) Documentation shall be prepared that presents the information used as the basis for the owner's or operator's knowledge of the off-site material stream's average VOHAP concentration. Examples of information that may be used as the basis for knowledge include: material balances for the source or process generating the off-site material stream; species-specific chemical test data for the off-site material stream from previous testing that are still applicable to the current off-site material stream; previous test data for other locations managing the same type of off-site material stream; or other knowledge based on information in documents such as manifests, shipping papers, or waste certification notices.

(ii) If test data are used as the basis for knowledge, then the owner or operator shall document the test method, sampling protocol, and the means by which sampling variability and analytical variability are accounted for in the determination of the average VOHAP concentration. For example, an owner or operator may use HAP concentration test data for the off-site material stream that are validated in accordance with Method 301 in 40 CFR part 63, appendix A of this part as the basis for knowledge of the off-site material.

(iii) An owner or operator using species-specific chemical concentration test data as the basis for knowledge of the off-site material may adjust the test data to the corresponding average VOHAP concentration value which would be obtained had the off-site material samples been analyzed using Method 305. To adjust these data, the measured concentration for each individual HAP chemical species contained in the off-site material is multiplied by the appropriate species-specific adjustment factor (fm305) listed in Table 1 of this subpart.

(iv) In the event that the Administrator and the owner or operator disagree on a determination of the average VOHAP concentration for an off-site material stream using knowledge, then the results from a determination of VOHAP concentration using direct measurement as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be used to establish compliance with the applicable requirements of this subpart. The Administrator may perform or request that the owner or operator perform this determination using direct measurement.

(c) Determination of average VOHAP concentration of an off-site material stream at the point-of-treatment.

(1) Sampling. Samples of the off-site material stream shall be collected at the point-of-treatment in a manner such that volatilization of organics contained in the sample is minimized and an adequately representative sample is collected and maintained for analysis by the selected method.

(i) The averaging period to be used for determining the average VOHAP concentration for the off-site material stream on a mass-weighted average basis shall be designated and recorded. The averaging period can represent any time interval that the owner or operator determines is appropriate for the off-site material stream but shall not exceed 1 year.

(ii) A sufficient number of samples, but no less than four samples, shall be collected to represent the complete range of HAP compositions and HAP quantities that occur in the off-site material stream during the entire averaging period due to normal variations in the operating conditions for the treatment process. Examples of such normal variations are seasonal variations in off-site material quantity or fluctuations in ambient temperature.

(iii) All samples shall be collected and handled in accordance with written procedures prepared by the owner or operator and documented in a site sampling plan. This plan shall describe the procedure by which representative samples of the off-site material stream are collected such that a minimum loss of organics occurs throughout the sample collection and handling process and by which sample integrity is maintained. A copy of the written sampling plan shall be maintained on-site in the plant site operating records. An example of an acceptable sampling plan includes a plan incorporating sample collection and handling procedures in accordance with the requirements specified in “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,” EPA Publication No. SW-846 or Method 25D in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(2) Analysis. Each collected sample must be prepared and analyzed in accordance with one of the methods specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) through (b)(2)(ii)(I) of this section, as applicable to the sampled off-site material, for the purpose of measuring the HAP listed in Table 1 of this subpart.

(3) Calculations. The average VOHAP concentration (C̅) a mass-weighted basis shall be calculated by using the results for all samples analyzed in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section and the following equation. An owner or operator using a test method that provides species-specific chemical concentrations may adjust the measured concentrations to the corresponding concentration values which would be obtained had the off-site material samples been analyzed using Method 305. To adjust these data, the measured concentration for each individual HAP chemical species contained in the off-site material is multiplied by the appropriate species-specific adjustment factor (fm305) listed in Table 1 of this subpart.

eCFR graphic er20jy99.001.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

C̅ = Average VOHAP concentration of the off-site material on a mass-weighted basis, ppmw.

i = Individual sample “i” of the off-site material.

n = Total number of samples of the off-site material collected (at least 4) for the averaging period (not to exceed 1 year).

Qi = Mass quantity of off-site material stream represented by Ci, kg/hr.

QT = Total mass quantity of off-site material during the averaging period, kg/hr.

Ci = Measured VOHAP concentration of sample “i” as determined in accordance with the requirements of §63.694(a), ppmw.

(d) Determination of treatment process VOHAP concentration limit (CR). (1) All of the off-site material streams entering the treatment process shall be identified.

(2) The average VOHAP concentration of each off-site material stream at the point-of-delivery shall be determined using the procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

(3) The VOHAP concentration limit (CR) shall be calculated by using the results determined for each individual off-site material stream and the following equation:

eCFR graphic er01jy96.039.gif

View or download PDF

where:

CR = VOHAP concentration limit, ppmw.

x=Individual off-site material stream “x” that has a VOHAP concentration less than 500 ppmw at the point-of-delivery.

y=Individual off-site material stream “y” that has a VOHAP concentration equal to or greater than 500 ppmw at the point-of-delivery.

m=Total number of “x” off-site material streams treated by process.

n=Total number of “y” off-site material streams treated by process.

Qx = Total mass quantity of off-site material stream “x”, kg/yr.

Qy = Total mass quantity of off-site material stream “y”, kg/yr.

x = VOHAP concentration of off-site material stream “x” at the point-of-delivery, ppmw.

(e) Determination of required HAP mass removal rate (RMR).

(1) Each individual stream containing HAP that enters the treatment process shall be identified.

(2) The average VOHAP concentration at the point-of-delivery for each stream identified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be determined using the test methods and procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

(3) For each stream identified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section that has an average VOHAP concentration equal to or greater than 500 ppmw at the point-of-delivery, the average volumetric flow rate and the density of the off-site material stream at the point-of-delivery shall be determined.

(4) The required HAP mass removal rate (RMR) shall be calculated by using the average VOHAP concentration, average volumetric flow rate, and density determined in paragraph (e)(3) of this section for each stream and the following equation:

eCFR graphic er20jy99.002.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

RMR = Required HAP mass removal rate, kg/hr.

y = Individual stream “y” that has a VOHAP concentration equal to or greater than 500 ppmw at the point-of-delivery as determined in §63.694(b).

n = Total number of “y” streams treated by process.

Vy = Average volumetric flow rate of stream “y” at the point-of-delivery, m3/hr.

ky = Density of stream “y”, kg/m3.

y = Average VOHAP concentration of stream “y” at the point-of-delivery as determined in §63.694(b)(2), ppmw.

(f) Determination of actual HAP mass removal rate (MR).

(1) The actual HAP mass removal rate (MR) shall be determined based on results for a minimum of three consecutive runs. The sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour.

(2) The HAP mass flow entering the process (Eb) and the HAP mass flow exiting the process (Ea) shall be determined using the test methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(2) through (g)(4) of this section.

(3) The actual mass removal rate shall be calculated using the HAP mass flow rates determined in paragraph (f)(2) of this section and the following equation:

MR = Eb−Ea

where:

MR = Actual HAP mass removal rate, kg/hr.

Eb = HAP mass flow entering process as determined in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, kg/hr.

Ea = HAP mass flow exiting process as determined in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, kg/hr.

(g) Determination of treatment process HAP reduction efficiency (R).

(1) The HAP reduction efficiency (R) for a treatment process shall be determined based on results for a minimum of three consecutive runs.

(2) Each individual stream containing HAP that enters the treatment process shall be identified. Each individual stream containing HAP that exits the treatment process shall be identified. The owner or operator shall prepare a sampling plan for measuring the identified streams that accurately reflects the retention time of the material in the process.

(3) For each run, information shall be determined for each stream identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section as specified in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) through (g)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) The mass quantity shall be determined for each stream identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section as entering the process (Qb). The mass quantity shall be determined for each stream identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section as exiting the process (Qa).

(ii) The average VOHAP concentration at the point-of-delivery shall be determined for each stream entering the process (Cb) (as identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section) using the test methods and procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

(iii) The average VOHAP concentration at the point-of-treatment shall be determined for each stream exiting the process (Ca) (as identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section) using the test methods and procedures specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(4) The HAP mass flow entering the process (Eb) and the HAP mass flow exiting the process (Ea) shall be calculated using the results determined in paragraph (g)(3) of this section and the following equations:

eCFR graphic er20jy99.003.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

Eb = HAP mass flow entering process, kg/hr.

Ea = HAP mass flow exiting process, kg/hr.

m = Total number of runs (at least 3)

j = Individual run “j”

Qbj = Mass quantity of material entering process during run “j”, kg/hr.

Qaj = Average mass quantity of material exiting process during run “j”, kg/hr.

Caj = Average VOHAP concentration of material exiting process during run “j” as determined in §63.694(c), ppmw.

Cbj = Average VOHAP concentration of material entering process during run “j” as determined in §63.694(b)(2), ppmw.

(5) The HAP reduction efficiency (R) shall be calculated using the HAP mass flow rates determined in paragraph (g)(4) of this section and the following equation:

eCFR graphic er20jy99.004.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

R = HAP reduction efficiency, percent.

Eb = HAP mass flow entering process as determined in paragraph (g)(4) of this section, kg/hr.

Ea = HAP mass flow exiting process as determined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (g)(4) of this section, kg/hr.

(h) Determination of HAP biodegradation efficiency (Rbio).

(1) The fraction of HAP biodegraded (Fbio) shall be determined using one of the procedures specified in appendix C of this part 63.

(2) The HAP biodegradation efficiency (Rbio) shall be calculated by using the following equation:

Rbio−Fbio×100

where:

Rbio = HAP biodegradation efficiency, percent.

Fbio = Fraction of HAP biodegraded as determined in paragraph (h)(1) of this section.

(i) Determination of actual HAP mass removal rate (MRbio).

(1) The actual HAP mass removal rate (MRbio) shall be determined based on results for a minimum of three consecutive runs. The sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour.

(2) The HAP mass flow entering the process (Eb) shall be determined using the test methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(2) through (g)(4) of this section.

(3) The fraction of HAP biodegraded (Fbio) shall be determined using the procedure specified in 40 CFR part 63, appendix C of this part.

(4) The actual mass removal rate shall be calculated by using the HAP mass flow rates and fraction of HAP biodegraded determined in paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3), respectively, of this section and the following equation:

MRbio = Eb×Fbio

Where:

MRbio = Actual HAP mass removal rate, kg/hr.

Eb = HAP mass flow entering process, kg/hr.

Fbio = Fraction of HAP biodegraded.

(j) Determination of maximum HAP vapor pressure for off-site material in a tank. (1) The maximum HAP vapor pressure of the off-site material composition managed in a tank shall be determined using either direct measurement as specified in paragraph (j)(2) of this section or by knowledge of the off-site material as specified by paragraph (j)(3) of this section.

(2) Direct measurement to determine the maximum HAP vapor pressure of an off-site material.

(i) Sampling. A sufficient number of samples shall be collected to be representative of the off-site material contained in the tank. All samples shall be collected and handled in accordance with written procedures prepared by the owner or operator and documented in a site sampling plan. This plan shall describe the procedure by which representative samples of the off-site material is collected such that a minimum loss of organics occurs throughout the sample collection and handling process and by which sample integrity is maintained. A copy of the written sampling plan shall be maintained on-site in the plant site operating records. An example of an acceptable sampling plan includes a plan incorporating sample collection and handling procedures in accordance with the requirements specified in “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,” EPA Publication No. SW-846 or Method 25D in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(ii) Analysis. Any one of the following methods may be used to analyze the samples and compute the maximum HAP vapor pressure of the off-site material:

(A) Method 25E in 40 CFR part 60 appendix A;

(B) Methods described in American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517, “Evaporation Loss from External Floating Roof Tanks,”;

(C) Methods obtained from standard reference texts;

(D) ASTM Method 2879-83; or

(E) Any other method approved by the Administrator.

(3) Use of knowledge to determine the maximum HAP vapor pressure of the off-site material. Documentation shall be prepared and recorded that presents the information used as the basis for the owner's or operator's knowledge that the maximum HAP vapor pressure of the off-site material is less than the maximum vapor pressure limit listed in Table 3 or Table 4 of this subpart for the applicable tank design capacity category. Examples of information that may be used include: the off-site material is generated by a process for which at other locations it previously has been determined by direct measurement that the off-site material maximum HAP vapor pressure is less than the maximum vapor pressure limit for the appropriate tank design capacity category.

(k) Procedure for determining no detectable organic emissions for the purpose of complying with this subpart.

(1) The test shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures specified in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Each potential leak interface (i.e., a location where organic vapor leakage could occur) on the cover and associated closure devices shall be checked. Potential leak interfaces that are associated with covers and closure devices include, but are not limited to: the interface of the cover and its foundation mounting; the periphery of any opening on the cover and its associated closure device; and the sealing seat interface on a spring-loaded pressure-relief valve.

(2) The test shall be performed when the unit contains a material having a total organic concentration representative of the range of concentrations for the materials expected to be managed in the unit. During the test, the cover and closure devices shall be secured in the closed position.

(3) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, except the instrument response factor criteria in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for the average composition of the organic constituents in the material placed in the unit, not for each individual organic constituent.

(4) The detection instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its use by the procedures specified in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(5) Calibration gases shall be as follows:

(i) Zero air (less than 10 ppmv hydrocarbon in air); and

(ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane in air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppmv.

(6) An owner or operator may choose to adjust or not adjust the detection instrument readings to account for the background organic concentration level. If an owner or operator chooses to adjust the instrument readings for the background level, the background level value must be determined according to the procedures in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(7) Each potential leak interface shall be checked by traversing the instrument probe around the potential leak interface as close to the interface as possible, as described in Method 21. In the case when the configuration of the cover or closure device prevents a complete traverse of the interface, all accessible portions of the interface shall be sampled. In the case when the configuration of the closure device prevents any sampling at the interface and the device is equipped with an enclosed extension or horn (e.g., some pressure relief devices), the instrument probe inlet shall be placed at approximately the center of the exhaust area to the atmosphere.

(8) An owner or operator must determine if a potential leak interface operates with no detectable emissions using the applicable procedure specified in paragraph (k)(8)(i) or (k)(8)(ii) of this section.

(i) If an owner or operator chooses not to adjust the detection instrument readings for the background organic concentration level, then the maximum organic concentration value measured by the detection instrument is compared directly to the applicable value for the potential leak interface as specified in paragraph (k)(9) of this section.

(ii) If an owner or operator chooses to adjust the detection instrument readings for the background organic concentration level, the value of the arithmetic difference between the maximum organic concentration value measured by the instrument and the background organic concentration value as determined in paragraph (k)(6) of this section is compared with the applicable value for the potential leak interface as specified in paragraph (k)(9) of this section.

(9) A potential leak interface is determined to operate with no detectable emissions using the applicable criteria specified in paragraphs (k)(9)(i) and (k)(9)(ii) of this section.

(i) For a potential leak interface other than a seal around a shaft that passes through a cover opening, the potential leak interface is determined to operate with no detectable organic emissions if the organic concentration value determined in paragraph (k)(8) is less than 500 ppmv.

(ii) For a seal around a shaft that passes through a cover opening, the potential leak interface is determined to operate with no detectable organic emissions if the organic concentration value determined in paragraph (k)(8) is less than 10,000 ppmv.

(l) Control device performance test procedures.

(1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, shall be used for selection of the sampling sites at the inlet and outlet of the control device.

(i) To determine compliance with a control device percent reduction requirement, sampling sites shall be located at the inlet of the control device as specified in paragraphs (l)(1)(i)(A) and (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section, and at the outlet of the control device.

(A) The control device inlet sampling site shall be located after the final product recovery device.

(B) If a vent stream is introduced with the combustion air or as an auxiliary fuel into a boiler or process heater, the location of the inlet sampling sites shall be selected to ensure that the measurement of total HAP concentration or TOC concentration, as applicable, includes all vent streams and primary and secondary fuels introduced into the boiler or process heater.

(ii) To determine compliance with an enclosed combustion device concentration limit, the sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the device.

(2) The gas volumetric flow rate shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.

(3) To determine compliance with the control device percent reduction requirement, the owner or operator shall use Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A of this chapter; alternatively, any other method or data that has been validated according to the applicable procedures in Method 301 in 40 CFR part 63, appendix A of this part may be used. The following procedures shall be used to calculate percent reduction efficiency:

(i) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which either an integrated sample or a minimum of four grab samples shall be taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at approximately equal intervals in time such as 15 minute intervals during the run.

(ii) The mass rate of either TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP (Ei and Eo ,respectively) shall be computed.

(A) The following equations shall be used:

eCFR graphic er08ja01.001.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

Cij, Coj = Concentration of sample component j of the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

Ei, Eo = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, dry basis, kilogram per hour.

Mij, Moj = Molecular weight of sample component j of the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, gram/gram-mole.

Qi, Qo = Flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, dry standard cubic meter per minute.

K2 = Constant, 2.494×10−6 (parts per million)−1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram) (minute/hour), where standard temperature (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20 °C.

(B) When the TOC mass rate is calculated, all organic compounds (minus methane and ethane) measured by Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be summed using the equation in paragraph (l)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.

(C) When the total HAP mass rate is calculated, only the HAP constituents shall be summed using the equation in paragraph (l)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.

(iii) The percent reduction in TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP shall be calculated as follows:

eCFR graphic er01jy96.045.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Rcd = Control efficiency of control device, percent.

Ei = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP at the inlet to the control device as calculated under paragraph (l)(3)(ii) of this section, kilograms TOC per hour or kilograms HAP per hour.

Eo = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP at the outlet of the control device, as calculated under paragraph (l)(3)(ii) of this section, kilograms TOC per hour or kilograms HAP per hour.

(iv) If the vent stream entering a boiler or process heater is introduced with the combustion air or as a secondary fuel, the weight-percent reduction of total HAP or TOC (minus methane and ethane) across the device shall be determined by comparing the TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP in all combusted vent streams and primary and secondary fuels with the TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP exiting the device, respectively.

(4) To determine compliance with the enclosed combustion device total HAP concentration limit of this subpart, the owner or operator shall use Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure either TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP. Alternatively, any other method or data that has been validated according to Method 301 in appendix A of this part, may be used. The following procedures shall be used to calculate parts per million by volume concentration, corrected to 3 percent oxygen:

(i) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which either an integrated sample or a minimum of four grab samples shall be taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at approximately equal intervals in time, such as 15 minute intervals during the run.

(ii) The TOC concentration or total HAP concentration shall be calculated according to paragraph (m)(4)(ii)(A) or (m)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) The TOC concentration (CTOC) is the sum of the concentrations of the individual components and shall be computed for each run using the following equation:

eCFR graphic er01jy96.046.gif

View or download PDF

where:

CTOC = Concentration of total organic compounds minus methane and ethane, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

Cji = Concentration of sample components j of sample i, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

n=Number of components in the sample.

x=Number of samples in the sample run.

(B) The total HAP concentration (CHAP) shall be computed according to the equation in paragraph (l)(4)(ii)(A) of this section except that only HAP constituents shall be summed.

(iii) The measured TOC concentration or total HAP concentration shall be corrected to 3 percent oxygen as follows:

(A) The emission rate correction factor or excess air, integrated sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used to determine the oxygen concentration (%O2dry). The samples shall be collected during the same time that the samples are collected for determining TOC concentration or total HAP concentration.

(B) The concentration corrected to 3 percent oxygen (Cc) shall be computed using the following equation:

eCFR graphic er01jy96.047.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Cc = TOC concentration or total HAP concentration corrected to 3 percent oxygen, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

Cm = Measured TOC concentration or total HAP concentration, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

%O2dry = Concentration of oxygen, dry basis, percent by volume.

(m) Determination of process vent stream flow rate and total HAP concentration.

(1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, must be used for selection of the sampling site.

(2) No traverse site selection method is needed for vents smaller than 0.10 meter in diameter.

(3) Process vent stream gas volumetric flow rate must be determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.

(4) Process vent stream total HAP concentration must be measured using the following procedures:

(i) Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, must be used to measure the total HAP concentration. Alternatively, any other method or data that has been validated according to the protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be used.

(ii) Where Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is used, the following procedures must be used to calculate parts per million by volume concentration:

(A) The minimum sampling time for each run must be 1 hour in which either an integrated sample or four grab samples must be taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples must be taken at approximately equal intervals in time, such as 15 minute intervals during the run.

(B) The total HAP concentration (CHAP) must be computed according to the following equation:

eCFR graphic er20jy99.005.gif

View or download PDF

Where:

CHAP  =  Total concentration of HAP compounds listed in Table 1 of this subpart, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

Cji  =  Concentration of sample component j of the sample i, dry basis, parts per million by volume.

n  =  Number of components in the sample.

x  =  Number of samples in the sample run.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38974, July 20, 1999; 66 FR 1267, Jan. 8, 2001]

§63.695   Inspection and monitoring requirements.

(a) This section specifies the inspection and monitoring procedures required to perform the following:

(1) To inspect tank fixed roofs and floating roofs for compliance with the Tank Level 2 controls standards specified in §63.685 of this subpart, the inspection procedures are specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

(2) To inspect and monitor closed-vent systems for compliance with the standards specified in §63.693 of this subpart, the inspection and monitoring procedures are specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(3) To inspect and monitor transfer system covers for compliance with the standards specified in §63.689(c)(1) of this subpart, the inspection and monitoring procedures are specified in paragraph (d) of this section.

(4) To monitor and record off-site material treatment processes for compliance with the standards specified in 63.684(e), the monitoring procedures are specified in paragraph (e) of this section.

(b) Tank Level 2 fixed roof and floating roof inspection requirements.

(1) Owners and operators that use a tank equipped with an internal floating roof in accordance with the provisions of §63.685(e) of this subpart shall meet the following inspection requirements:

(i) The floating roof and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to, the internal floating roof is not floating on the surface of the liquid inside the tank; liquid has accumulated on top of the internal floating roof; any portion of the roof seals have detached from the roof rim; holes, tears, or other openings are visible in the seal fabric; the gaskets no longer close off the waste surfaces from the atmosphere; or the slotted membrane has more than 10 percent open area.

(ii) The owner or operator shall inspect the internal floating roof components as follows except as provided for in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section:

(A) Visually inspect the internal floating roof components through openings on the fixed-roof (e.g., manholes and roof hatches) at least once every calendar year after initial fill, and

(B) Visually inspect the internal floating roof, primary seal, secondary seal (if one is in service), gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals (if any) each time the tank is emptied and degassed and at least every 10 years. Prior to each inspection, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in accordance with the reporting requirements specified in §63.697 of this subpart.

(iii) As an alternative to performing the inspections specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section for an internal floating roof equipped with two continuous seals mounted one above the other, the owner or operator may visually inspect the internal floating roof, primary and secondary seals, gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals (if any) each time the tank is emptied and degassed and at least every 5 years. Prior to each inspection, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in accordance with the reporting requirements specified in §63.697 of this subpart.

(iv) In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(v) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696 of this subpart.

(2) Owners and operators that use a tank equipped with an external floating roof in accordance with the provisions of §63.685(f) of this subpart shall meet the following requirements:

(i) The owner or operator shall measure the external floating roof seal gaps in accordance with the following requirements:

(A) The owner or operator shall perform measurements of gaps between the tank wall and the primary seal within 60 days after initial operation of the tank following installation of the floating roof and, thereafter, at least once every 5 years. Prior to each inspection, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in accordance with the reporting requirements specified in §63.697 of this subpart.

(B) The owner or operator shall perform measurements of gaps between the tank wall and the secondary seal within 60 days after initial operation of the separator following installation of the floating roof and, thereafter, at least once every year. Prior to each inspection, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in accordance with the reporting requirements specified in §63.697 of this subpart.

(C) If a tank ceases to hold off-site material for a period of 1 year or more, subsequent introduction of off-site material into the tank shall be considered an initial operation for the purposes of paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) and (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section.

(D) The owner shall determine the total surface area of gaps in the primary seal and in the secondary seal individually using the following procedure.

(1) The seal gap measurements shall be performed at one or more floating roof levels when the roof is floating off the roof supports.

(2) Seal gaps, if any, shall be measured around the entire perimeter of the floating roof in each place where a 0.32-centimeter (cm) ( 18 -inch) diameter uniform probe passes freely (without forcing or binding against the seal) between the seal and the wall of the tank and measure the circumferential distance of each such location.

(3) For a seal gap measured under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the gap surface area shall be determined by using probes of various widths to measure accurately the actual distance from the tank wall to the seal and multiplying each such width by its respective circumferential distance.

(4) The total gap area shall be calculated by adding the gap surface areas determined for each identified gap location for the primary seal and the secondary seal individually, and then dividing the sum for each seal type by the nominal diameter of the tank. These total gap areas for the primary seal and secondary seal are then compared to the respective standards for the seal type as specified in §63.685(f)(1) of this subpart.

(E) In the event that the seal gap measurements do not conform to the specifications in §63.685(f)(1) of this subpart, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(F) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696 of this subpart.

(ii) The owner or operator shall visually inspect the external floating roof in accordance with the following requirements:

(A) The floating roof and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to: holes, tears, or other openings in the rim seal or seal fabric of the floating roof; a rim seal detached from the floating roof; all or a portion of the floating roof deck being submerged below the surface of the liquid in the tank; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.

(B) The owner or operator shall perform the inspections following installation of the external floating roof and, thereafter, at least once every year.

(C) In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(D) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696(d) of this subpart.

(3) Owners and operators that use a tank equipped with a fixed roof in accordance with the provisions of §63.685(g) of this subpart shall meet the following requirements:

(i) The fixed roof and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the roof sections or between the roof and the separator wall; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices. In the case when a tank is buried partially or entirely underground, inspection is required only for those portions of the cover that extend to or above the ground surface, and those connections that are on such portions of the cover (e.g., fill ports, access hatches, gauge wells, etc.) and can be opened to the atmosphere.

(ii) The owner or operator must perform an initial inspection following installation of the fixed roof. Thereafter, the owner or operator must perform the inspections at least once every calendar year except as provided for in paragraph (f) of this section.

(iii) In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(iv) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696(e) of this subpart.

(4) The owner or operator shall repair each defect detected during an inspection performed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section in the following manner:

(i) The owner or operator shall within 45 calendar days of detecting the defect either repair the defect or empty the tank and remove it from service. If within this 45-day period the defect cannot be repaired or the tank cannot be removed from service without disrupting operations at the plant site, the owner or operator is allowed two 30-day extensions. In cases when an owner or operator elects to use a 30-day extension, the owner or operator shall prepare and maintain documentation describing the defect, explaining why alternative storage capacity is not available, and specify a schedule of actions that will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or the tank emptied as soon as possible.

(ii) When a defect is detected during an inspection of a tank that has been emptied and degassed, the owner or operator shall repair the defect before refilling the tank.

(c) Owners and operators that use a closed-vent system in accordance with the provisions of §63.693 of this subpart shall meet the following inspection and monitoring requirements:

(1) Each closed-vent system that is used to comply with §63.693(c)(1)(i) of this subpart shall be inspected and monitored in accordance with the following requirements:

(i) At initial startup, the owner or operator shall monitor the closed-vent system components and connections using the procedures specified in §63.694(k) of this subpart to demonstrate that the closed-vent system operates with no detectable organic emissions.

(ii) After initial startup, the owner or operator shall inspect and monitor the closed-vent system as follows:

(A) Closed-vent system joints, seams, or other connections that are permanently or semi-permanently sealed (e.g., a welded joint between two sections of hard piping or a bolted and gasketed ducting flange) shall be visually inspected at least once per year to check for defects that could result in air emissions. The owner or operator shall monitor a component or connection using the procedures specified in §63.694(k) of this subpart to demonstrate that it operates with no detectable organic emissions following any time the component is repaired or replaced (e.g., a section of damaged hard piping is replaced with new hard piping) or the connection is unsealed (e.g., a flange is unbolted).

(B) Closed-vent system components or connections other than those specified in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, shall be monitored at least once per year using the procedures specified in §63.694(k) of this subpart to demonstrate that components or connections operate with no detectable organic emissions.

(C) The continuous monitoring system required by §63.693(b)(4)(i) shall monitor and record either an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes or an average value for intervals of 15 minutes or less.

(D) The owner or operator shall visually inspect the seal or closure mechanism required by §63.693(c)(2)(ii) at least once every month to verify that the bypass mechanism is maintained in the closed position.

(iii) In the event that a defect or leak is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect or leak in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(iv) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection and monitoring in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696 of this subpart.

(2) Each closed-vent system that is used to comply with §63.693(c)(1)(ii) of this subpart shall be inspected and monitored in accordance with the following requirements:

(i) The closed-vent system shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in ductwork or piping; loose connections; or broken or missing caps or other closure devices.

(ii) The owner or operator must perform an initial inspection following installation of the closed-vent system. Thereafter, the owner or operator must perform the inspections at least once every calendar year except as provided for in paragraph (f) of this section.

(iii) In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(iv) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696 of this subpart.

(3) The owner or operator shall repair all detected defects as follows:

(i) The owner or operator shall make first efforts at repair of the defect no later than 5 calendar days after detection and repair shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 45 calendar days after detection.

(ii) Repair of a defect may be delayed beyond 45 calendar days if either of the conditions specified in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) or (c)(3)(ii)(B) occurs. In this case, the owner or operator must repair the defect the next time the process or unit that vents to the closed-vent system is shutdown. Repair of the defect must be completed before the process or unit resumes operation.

(A) Completion of the repair is technically infeasible without the shutdown of the process or unit that vents to the closed-vent system.

(B) The owner or operator determines that the air emissions resulting from the repair of the defect within the specified period would be greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result by delaying the repair until the next time the process or unit that vents to the closed-vent system is shutdown.

(iii) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the defect repair in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696 of this subpart.

(d) Owners and operators that use a transfer system equipped with a cover in accordance with the provisions of §63.689(c)(1) of this subpart shall meet the following inspection requirements:

(1) The cover and its closure devices shall be visually inspected by the owner or operator to check for defects that could result in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the cover sections or between the cover and its mounting; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices. In the case when a transfer system is buried partially or entirely underground, inspection is required only for those portions of the cover that extend to or above the ground surface, and those connections that are on such portions of the cover (e.g., access hatches, etc.) and can be opened to the atmosphere.

(2) The owner or operator must perform an initial inspection following installation of the cover. Thereafter, the owner or operator must perform the inspections at least once every calendar year except as provided for in paragraph (f) of this section.

(3) In the event that a defect is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the defect in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d)(5) of this section.

(4) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the inspection in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696 of this subpart.

(5) The owner or operator shall repair all detected defects as follows:

(i) The owner or operator shall make first efforts at repair of the defect no later than 5 calendar days after detection and repair shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 45 calendar days after detection except as provided in paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Repair of a defect may be delayed beyond 45 calendar days if the owner or operator determines that repair of the defect requires emptying or temporary removal from service of the transfer system and no alternative transfer system is available at the site to accept the material normally handled by the system. In this case, the owner or operator shall repair the defect the next time the process or unit that is generating the material handled by the transfer system stops operation. Repair of the defect must be completed before the process or unit resumes operation.

(iii) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the defect repair in accordance with the requirements specified in §63.696 of this subpart.

(e) Control device monitoring requirements. For each control device required under §63.693 of this subpart to be monitored in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (e), the owner or operator must ensure that each control device operates properly by monitoring the control device in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(7) of this section.

(1) A continuous parameter monitoring system must be used to measure the operating parameter or parameters specified for the control device in §63.693(d) through §63.693(g) of this subpart as applicable to the type and design of the control device. The continuous parameter monitoring system must meet the following specifications and requirements:

(i) The continuous parameter monitoring system must measure either an instantaneous value at least once every 15 minutes or an average value for intervals of 15 minutes or less and continuously record either:

(A) Each measured data value; or

(B) Each block average value for each 1-hour period or shorter periods calculated from all measured data values during each period. If values are measured more frequently than once per minute, a single value for each minute may be used to calculate the hourly (or shorter period) block average instead of all measured values.

(ii) The monitoring system must be installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications or other written procedures that provide reasonable assurance that the monitoring equipment is operating properly.

(2) Using the data recorded by the monitoring system, the owner or operator must calculate the daily average value for each monitored operating parameter for each operating day. If operation of the control device is continuous, the operating day is a 24-hour period. If control device operation is not continuous, the operating day is the total number of hours of control device operation per 24-hour period. Valid data points must be available for 75 percent of the operating hours in an operating day to compute the daily average.

(3) For each monitored operating parameter, the owner or operator must establish a minimum operating parameter value or a maximum operating parameter value, as appropriate, to define the range of conditions at which the control device must be operated to continuously achieve the applicable performance requirements specified in §63.693(b)(2) of this subpart. Each minimum or maximum operating parameter value must be established in accordance with the requirements in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (e)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) If the owner or operator conducts a performance test to demonstrate control device performance, then the minimum or maximum operating parameter value must be established based on values measured during the performance test and supplemented, as necessary, by the control device design specifications, manufacturer recommendations, or other applicable information.

(ii) If the owner or operator uses a control device design analysis to demonstrate control device performance, then the minimum or maximum operating parameter value must be established based on the control device design analysis and supplemented, as necessary, by the control device manufacturer recommendations or other applicable information.

(4) An excursion for a given control device is determined to have occurred when the monitoring data or lack of monitoring data result in any one of the criteria specified in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (e)(4)(iii) of this section being met. When multiple operating parameters are monitored for the same control device and during the same operating day more than one of these operating parameters meets an excursion criterion specified in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (e)(4)(iii) of this section, then a single excursion is determined to have occurred for the control device for that operating day.

(i) An excursion occurs when the daily average value of a monitored operating parameter is less than the minimum operating parameter limit (or, if applicable, greater than the maximum operating parameter limit) established for the operating parameter in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section.

(ii) An excursion occurs when the period of control device operation is 4 hours or greater in an operating day and the monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of data for at least 75 percent of the operating hours. Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of data if measured values are unavailable for any of the 15-minute periods within the hour.

(iii) An excursion occurs when the period of control device operation is less than 4 hours in an operating day and more than 1 of the hours during the period does not constitute a valid hour of data due to insufficient monitoring data. Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of data if measured values are unavailable for any of the 15-minute periods within the hour.

(5) For each excursion, except as provided for in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, the owner or operator shall be deemed to have failed to have applied control in a manner that achieves the required operating parameter limits. Failure to achieve the required operating parameter limits is a violation of this standard.

(6) An excursion is not a violation of this standard under any one of the conditions specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(i) and (e)(6)(ii) of this section.

(i) An excursion is not a violation nor does it count toward the number of excused excursions allowed under paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section when the excursion occurs during any one of the following periods:

(A) During a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction when the affected facility is operated during such period in accordance with §63.6(e)(1); or

(B) During periods of non-operation of the unit or the process that is vented to the control device (resulting in cessation of HAP emissions to which the monitoring applies).

(ii) For each control device, one excused excursion is allowed per semiannual period for any reason. The initial semiannual period is the 6-month reporting period addressed by the first semiannual report submitted by the owner or operator in accordance with §63.697(b)(4) of this subpart.

(7) Nothing in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this section shall be construed to allow or excuse a monitoring parameter excursion caused by any activity that violates other applicable provisions of this subpart.

(f) Alternative inspection and monitoring interval. Following the initial inspection and monitoring of a piece of air pollution control equipment in accordance with the applicable provisions of this section, subsequent inspection and monitoring of the equipment may be performed at intervals longer than 1 year when an owner or operator determines that performing the required inspection or monitoring procedures would expose a worker to dangerous, hazardous, or otherwise unsafe conditions and the owner or operator complies with the requirements specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator must prepare and maintain at the plant site written documentation identifying the specific air pollution control equipment designated as “unsafe to inspect and monitor.” The documentation must include for each piece of air pollution control equipment designated as such a written explanation of the reasons why the equipment is unsafe to inspect or monitor using the applicable procedures under this section.

(2) The owner or operator must develop and implement a written plan and schedule to inspect and monitor the air pollution control equipment using the applicable procedures specified in this section during times when a worker can safely access the air pollution control equipment. The required inspections and monitoring must be performed as frequently as practicable but do not need to be performed more frequently than the periodic schedule that would be otherwise applicable to the air pollution control equipment under the provisions of this section. A copy of the written plan and schedule must be maintained at the plant site.

[64 FR 38977, July 20, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 37352, June 23, 2003; 71 FR 20457, Apr. 20, 2006]

§63.696   Recordkeeping requirements.

(a) The owner or operator subject to this subpart shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements in §63.10 under 40 CFR 63 subpart A—General Provisions that are applicable to this subpart as specified in Table 2 of this subpart.

(b) The owner or operator of a control device subject to this subpart shall maintain the records in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR 63.10 of this part.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Each owner or operator using an internal floating roof to comply with the tank control requirements specified in §63.685(e) of this subpart or using an external floating roof to comply with the tank control requirements specified in §63.685(f) of this subpart shall prepare and maintain the following records:

(1) Documentation describing the floating roof design and the dimensions of the tank.

(2) A record for each inspection required by §63.695(b) of this subpart, as applicable to the tank, that includes the following information: a tank identification number (or other unique identification description as selected by the owner or operator) and the date of inspection.

(3) The owner or operator shall record for each defect detected during inspections required by §63.695(b) of this subpart the following information: the location of the defect, a description of the defect, the date of detection, and corrective action taken to repair the defect. In the event that repair of the defect is delayed in accordance with the provisions of §63.695(b)(4) of this section, the owner or operator shall also record the reason for the delay and the date that completion of repair of the defect is expected.

(4) Owners and operators that use a tank equipped with an external floating roof in accordance with the provisions of §63.685(f) of this subpart shall prepare and maintain records for each seal gap inspection required by §63.695(b) describing the results of the seal gap measurements. The records shall include the date of that the measurements are performed, the raw data obtained for the measurements, and the calculations of the total gap surface area. In the event that the seal gap measurements do not conform to the specifications in §63.695(b) of this subpart, the records shall include a description of the repairs that were made, the date the repairs were made, and the date the separator was emptied, if necessary.

(e) Each owner or operator using a fixed roof to comply with the tank control requirements specified in §63.685(g) of this subpart shall prepare and maintain the following records:

(1) A record for each inspection required by §63.695(b) of this subpart, as applicable to the tank, that includes the following information: a tank identification number (or other unique identification description as selected by the owner or operator) and the date of inspection.

(2) The owner or operator shall record for each defect detected during inspections required by §63.695(b) of this subpart the following information: the location of the defect, a description of the defect, the date of detection, and corrective action taken to repair the defect. In the event that repair of the defect is delayed in accordance with the provisions of §63.695(b)(4) of this section, the owner or operator shall also record the reason for the delay and the date that completion of repair of the defect is expected.

(f) Each owner or operator using an enclosure to comply with the tank control requirements specified in §63.685(i) of this subpart shall prepare and maintain records for the most recent set of calculations and measurements performed by the owner or operator to verify that the enclosure meets the criteria of a permanent total enclosure as specified in “Procedure T—Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure” under 40 CFR 52.741, appendix B.

(g) An owner or operator shall record, on a semiannual basis, the information specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section for those planned routine maintenance operations that would require the control device not to meet the requirements of §63.693(d) through (h) of this subpart, as applicable.

(1) A description of the planned routine maintenance that is anticipated to be performed for the control device during the next 6 months. This description shall include the type of maintenance necessary, planned frequency of maintenance, and lengths of maintenance periods.

(2) A description of the planned routine maintenance that was performed for the control device during the previous 6 months. This description shall include the type of maintenance performed and the total number of hours during these 6 months that the control device did not meet the requirement of §63.693 (d) through (h) of this subpart, as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance.

(h) An owner or operator shall record the information specified in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(3) of this section for those unexpected control device system malfunctions that would require the control device not to meet the requirements of §63.693 (d) through (h) of this subpart, as applicable.

(1) The occurrence and duration of each malfunction of the control device system.

(2) The duration of each period during a malfunction when gases, vapors, or fumes are vented from the waste management unit through the closed-vent system to the control device while the control device is not properly functioning.

(3) Actions taken during periods of malfunction to restore a malfunctioning control device to its normal or usual manner of operation.

§63.697   Reporting requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart must comply with the notification requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and the reporting requirements specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator of an affected source must submit notices to the Administrator in accordance with the applicable notification requirements in 40 CFR 63.9 as specified in Table 2 of this subpart. For the purpose of this subpart, an owner or operator subject to the initial notification requirements under 40 CFR 63.9(b)(2) must submit the required notification on or before October 19, 1999.

(2) The owner or operator of an affected source must submit reports to the Administrator in accordance with the applicable reporting requirements in 40 CFR 63.10 as specified in Table 2 of this subpart.

(b) The owner or operator of a control device used to meet the requirements of §63.693 of this subpart shall submit the following notifications and reports to the Administrator:

(1) A Notification of Performance Tests specified in §63.7 and §63.9(g) of this part,

(2) Performance test reports specified in §63.10(d)(2) of this part, and

(3) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction reports specified in §63.10(d)(5) of this part.

(i) If actions taken by an owner or operator during a startup, shutdown, or malfunction of an affected source (including actions taken to correct a malfunction) are not completely consistent with the procedures specified in the source's startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan specified in §63.6(e)(3) of this part, the owner or operator shall state such information in the report. The startup, shutdown, or malfunction report shall consist of a letter, containing the name, title, and signature of the responsible official who is certifying its accuracy, that shall be submitted to the Administrator, and

(ii) Separate startup, shutdown, or malfunction reports are not required if the information is included in the summary report specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(4) A summary report specified in §63.10(e)(3) of this part shall be submitted on a semiannual basis (i.e., once every 6-month period). The summary report must include a description of all excursions as defined in §63.695(e) of this subpart that have occurred during the 6-month reporting period. For each excursion caused when the daily average value of a monitored operating parameter is less than the minimum operating parameter limit (or, if applicable, greater than the maximum operating parameter limit), the report must include the daily average values of the monitored parameter, the applicable operating parameter limit, and the date and duration of the period that the exceedance occurred. For each excursion caused by lack of monitoring data, the report must include the date and duration of period when the monitoring data were not collected and the reason why the data were not collected.

(c) Each owner or operator using an internal floating roof or external floating roof to comply with the Tank Level 2 control requirements specified in §63.685(d) of this subpart shall notify the Administrator in advance of each inspection required under §63.695(b) of this subpart to provide the Administrator with the opportunity to have an observer present during the inspection. The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the date and location of the inspection as follows:

(1) Prior to each inspection to measure external floating roof seal gaps as required under §63.695(b) of this subpart, written notification shall be prepared and sent by the owner or operator so that it is received by the Administrator at least 30 calendar days before the date the measurements are scheduled to be performed.

(2) Prior to each visual inspection of an internal floating roof or external floating roof in a tank that has been emptied and degassed, written notification shall be prepared and sent by the owner or operator so that it is received by the Administrator at least 30 calendar days before refilling the tank except when an inspection is not planned as provided for in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(3) When a visual inspection is not planned and the owner or operator could not have known about the inspection 30 calendar days before refilling the tank, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator as soon as possible, but no later than 7 calendar days before refilling of the tank. This notification may be made by telephone and immediately followed by a written explanation for why the inspection is unplanned. Alternatively, written notification, including the explanation for the unplanned inspection, may be sent so that it is received by the Administrator at least 7 calendar days before refilling the tank.

[61 FR 34158, July 1, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 38981, July 20, 1999]

§63.698   Implementation and enforcement.

(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable State, local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or Tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to a State, local, or Tribal agency.

(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to the State, local, or Tribal agency.

(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or Tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in §§63.680, 63.683 through 63.691, and 63.693. Where these standards reference another subpart, the cited provisions will be delegated according to the delegation provisions of the referenced subpart.

(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under §63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under §63.8(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under §63.10(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

[68 FR 37352, June 23, 2003]

Table 1 to Subpart DD of Part 63—List of Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAP) for Subpart DD

CAS No.aChemical namefm 305
75-07-0Acetaldehyde1.000
75-05-8Acetonitrile0.989
98-86-2Acetophenone0.314
107-02-8Acrolein1.000
107-13-1Acrylonitrile0.999
107-05-1Allyl chloride1.000
71-43-2Benzene (includes benzene in gasoline)1.000
98-07-7Benzotrichloride (isomers and mixture)0.958
100-44-7Benzyl chloride1.000
92-52-4Biphenyl0.864
542-88-1Bis(chloromethyl)etherb0.999
75-25-2Bromoform0.998
106-99-01,3-Butadiene1.000
75-15-0Carbon disulfide1.000
56-23-5Carbon tetrachloride1.000
43-58-1Carbonyl sulfide1.000
133-90-4Chloramben0.633
108-90-7Chlorobenzene1.000
67-66-3Chloroform1.000
107-30-2Chloromethyl methyl etherb1.000
126-99-8Chloroprene1.000
98-82-8Cumene1.000
94-75-72,4-D, salts and esters0.167
334-88-3Diazomethanec0.999
132-64-9Dibenzofurans0.967
96-12-81,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane1.000
106-46-71,4-Dichlorobenzene(p)1.000
107-06-2Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)1.000
111-44-4Dichloroethyl ether (Bis(2-chloroethyl ether)0.757
542-75-61,3-Dichloropropene1.000
79-44-7Dimethyl carbamoyl chloridec0.150
64-67-5Diethyl sulfate0.0025
77-78-1Dimethyl sulfate0.086
121-69-7N,N-Dimethylaniline0.0008
51-28-52,4-Dinitrophenol0.0077
121-14-22,4-Dinitrotoluene0.0848
123-91-11,4-Dioxane (1,4-Diethyleneoxide)0.869
106-89-8Epichlorohydrin (1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane)0.939
106-88-71,2-Epoxybutane1.000
140-88-5Ethyl acrylate1.000
100-41-4Ethyl benzene1.000
75-00-3Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)1.000
106-93-4Ethylene dibromide (Dibromoethane)0.999
107-06-2Ethylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloroethane)1.000
151-56-4Ethylene imine (Aziridine)0.867
75-21-8Ethylene oxide1.000
75-34-3Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-Dichloroethane)1.000
   Glycol ethersd that have a Henry's Law constant value equal to or greater than 0.1 Y/X (1.8×10−6 atm/gm-mole/m3) at 25°C(e)
118-74-1Hexachlorobenzene0.97
87-68-3Hexachlorobutadiene0.88
67-72-1Hexachloroethane0.499
110-54-3Hexane1.000
78-59-1Isophorone0.506
58-89-9Lindane (all isomers)1.000
67-56-1Methanol0.855
74-83-9Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)1.000
74-87-3Methyl chloride (Choromethane)1.000
71-55-6Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-Trichloroethane)1.000
78-93-3Methyl ethyl ketone (2-Butanone)0.990
74-88-4Methyl iodide (Iodomethane)1.0001
108-10-1Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone)0.9796
624-83-9Methyl isocyanate1.000
80-62-6Methyl methacrylate0.916
1634-04-4Methyl tert butyl ether1.000
75-09-2Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)1.000
91-20-3Naphthalene0.994
98-95-3Nitrobenzene0.394
79-46-92-Nitropropane0.989
82-68-8Pentachloronitrobenzene (Quintobenzene)0.839
87-86-5Pentachlorophenol0.0898
75-44-5Phosgenec1.000
123-38-6Propionaldehyde0.999
78-87-5Propylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloropropane)1.000
75-56-9Propylene oxide1.000
75-55-81,2-Propylenimine (2-Methyl aziridine)0.945
100-42-5Styrene1.000
96-09-3Styrene oxide0.830
79-34-51,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane0.999
127-18-4Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)1.000
108-88-3Toluene1.000
95-53-4o-Toluidine0.152
120-82-11,2,4-Trichlorobenzene1.000
71-55-61,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chlorform)1.000
79-00-51,1,2-Trichloroethane (Vinyl trichloride)1.000
79-01-6Trichloroethylene1.000
95-95-42,4,5-Trichlorophenol0.108
88-06-22,4,6-Trichlorophenol0.132
121-44-8Triethylamine1.000
540-84-12,2,4-Trimethylpentane1.000
108-05-4Vinyl acetate1.000
593-60-2Vinyl bromide1.000
75-01-4Vinyl chloride1.000
75-35-4Vinylidene chloride (1,1-Dichloroethylene)1.000
1330-20-7Xylenes (isomers and mixture)1.000
95-47-6o-Xylenes1.000
108-38-3m-Xylenes1.000
106-42-3p-Xylenes1.000

Notes:

fm 305 = Method 305 fraction measure factor.

a. CAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Services registry number assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.

b. Denotes a HAP that hydrolyzes quickly in water, but the hydrolysis products are also HAP chemicals.

c. Denotes a HAP that may react violently with water, exercise caustic is an expected analyte.

d. Denotes a HAP that hydrolyzes slowly in water.

e. The fm 305 factors for some of the more common glycol ethers can be obtained by contacting the Waste and Chemical Processes Group, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.

[64 FR 38981, July 20, 1999]

Table 2 to Subpart DD of Part 63—Applicability of Paragraphs in Subpart A of This Part 63—General Provisions to Subpart DD

Subpart A referenceApplies to Subpart DDExplanation
63.1(a)(1)Yes
63.1(a)(2)Yes
63.1(a)(3)Yes
63.1(a)(4)NoSubpart DD (this table) specifies applicability of each paragraph in subpart A to subpart DD.
63.1(a)(5)-63.1(a)(9)No
63.1(a)(10)Yes
63.1(a)(11)Yes
63.1(a)(12)Yes
63.1(a)(13)Yes
63.1(a)(14)Yes
63.1(b)(1)NoSubpart DD specifies its own applicability.
63.1(b)(2)Yes
63.1(b)(3)No
63.1(c)(1)NoSubpart DD explicitly specifies requirements that apply.
63.1(c)(2)NoArea sources are not subject to subpart DD.
63.1(c)(3)No
63.1(c)(4)Yes
63.1(c)(5)YesExcept that sources are not required to submit notifications overridden by this table.
63.1(d)No
63.1(e)No
63.2Yes§63.681 of subpart DD specifies that if the same term is defined in subparts A and DD, it shall have the meaning given in subpart DD.
63.3Yes
63.4(a)(1)-63.4(a)(3)Yes
63.4(a)(4)NoReserved.
63.4(a)(5)Yes
63.4(b)Yes
63.4(c)Yes
63.5(a)(1)YesExcept replace term “source” and “stationary source” in §63.5(a)(1) of subpart A with “affected source.”
63.5(a)(2)Yes
63.5(b)(1)Yes
63.5(b)(2)NoReserved.
63.5(b)(3)Yes
63.5(b)(4)YesExcept the cross-reference to §63.9(b) is changed to §63.9(b)(4) and (5). Subpart DD overrides §63.9(b)(2) and (b)(3).
63.5(b)(5)Yes
63.5(b)(6)Yes
63.5(c)NoReserved.
63.5(d)(1)(i)Yes
63.5(d)(1)(ii)Yes
63.5(d)(1)(iii)Yes
63.5(d)(2)No
63.5(d)(3)Yes
63.5(d)(4)Yes
63.5(e)Yes
63.5(f)(1)Yes
63.5(f)(2)Yes
63.6(a)Yes
63.6(b)(1)NoSubpart DD specifies compliance dates for sources subject to subpart DD.
63.6(b)(2)No
63.6(b)(3)Yes
63.6(b)(4)NoMay apply when standards are proposed under section 112(f) of the Clean Air Act.
63.6(b)(5)No§63.697 of subpart DD includes notification requirements.
63.6(b)(6)No
63.6(b)(7)No
63.6(c)(1)No§63.680 of subpart DD specifies the compliance date.
63.6(c)(2)-63.6(c)(4)No
63.6(c)(5)Yes
63.6(d)No
63.6(e)Yes
63.6(f)(1)Yes
63.6(f)(2)(i)Yes
63.6(f)(2)(ii)YesSubpart DD specifies the use of monitoring data in determining compliance with subpart DD.
63.6(f)(2)(iii) (A), (B), and (C)Yes
63.6(f)(2)(iii) (D)No
63.6(f)(2)(iv)Yes
63.6(f)(2)(v)Yes
63.6(f)(3)Yes
63.6(g)Yes
63.6(h)NoSubpart DD does not require opacity and visible emission standards.
63.6(i)YesExcept for §63.6(i)(15), which is reserved.
63.6(j)Yes
63.7(a)(1)NoSubpart DD specifies required testing and compliance demonstration procedures.
63.7(a)(2)Yes
63.7(a)(3)Yes
63.7(b)No
63.7(c)No
63.7(d)Yes
63.7(e)(1)Yes
63.7(e)(2)Yes
63.7(e)(3)NoSubpart DD specifies test methods and procedures.
63.7(e)(4)Yes
63.7(f)NoSubpart DD specifies applicable methods and provides alternatives.
63.7(g)Yes
63.7(h)(1)Yes
63.7(h)(2)Yes
63.7(h)(3)Yes
63.7(h)(4)No
63.7(h)(5)Yes
63.8(a)No
63.8(b)(1)Yes
63.8(b)(2)NoSubpart DD specifies locations to conduct monitoring.
63.8(b)(3)Yes
63.8(c)(1)(i)Yes
63.8(c)(1)(ii)Yes
63.8(c)(1)(iii)Yes
63.8(c)(2)Yes
63.8(c)(3)Yes
63.8(c)(4)NoSubpart DD specifies monitoring frequency
63.8(c)(5)-63.8(c)(8)No
63.8(d)No
63.8(e)No
63.8(f)(1)Yes
63.8(f)(2)Yes
63.8(f)(3)Yes
63.8(f)(4)(i)Yes
63.8(f)(4)(ii)Yes
63.8(f)(4)(iii)No
63.8(f)(5)(i)Yes
63.8(f)(5)(ii)No
63.8(f)(5)(iii)Yes
63.8(f)(6)Yes
63.8(g)Yes
63.9(a)Yes
63.9(b)(1)(i)Yes
63.9(b)(1)(ii)No
63.9(b)(2)Yes
63.9(b)(3)No
63.9(b)(4)Yes
63.9(b)(5)Yes
63.9(c)Yes
63.9(d)Yes
63.9(e)No
63.9(f)No
63.9(g)No
63.9(h)Yes
63.9(i)Yes
63.9(j)No
63.10(a)Yes
63.10(b)(1)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(i)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(ii)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(iii)No
63.10(b)(2)(iv)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(v)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(ix)Yes
63.10(b)(2)(x)-(xi)Yes
63.10(b)(2) (xii)-(xiv)No
63.10(b)(3)Yes
63.10(c)No
63.10(d)(1)No
63.10(d)(2)Yes
63.10(d)(3)No
63.10(d)(4)Yes
63.10(d)(5)(i)Yes
63.10(d)(5)(ii)Yes
63.10(e)No
63.10(f)Yes
63.11-63.15Yes

aWherever subpart A specifies “postmark” dates, submittals may be sent by methods other than the U.S. Mail (e.g., by fax or courier). Submittals shall be sent by the specified dates, but a postmark is not required.

[64 FR 38983, July 20, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 1267, Jan. 8, 2001]

Table 3 to Subpart DD of Part 63—Tank Control Levels for Tanks at Existing Affected Sources as Required by 40 CFR 63.685(b)(1)

Tank design capacity (cubic meters)Maximum HAP vapor pressure of off-site material managed in tank (kilopascals) Tank control level
Design capacity less than 75 m3Maximum HAP vapor pressure less than 76.6 kPaLevel 1.
Design capacity equal to or greater than 75 m3 and less than 151 m3Maximum HAP vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPaLevel 1.
   Maximum HAP vapor pressure equal to or greater than 27.6 kPaLevel 2.
Design capacity equal to or greater than 151 m3Maximum HAP vapor pressures less than 5.2 kPaLevel 1.
   Maximum HAP vapor pressure equal to or greater than 5.2 kPaLevel 2.

Table 4 to Subpart DD of Part 63—Tank Control Levels for Tanks at New Affected Sources as Required by 40 CFR 63.685(b)(2)

Tank design capacity (cubic meters)Maximum HAP vapor pressure of off-site material managed in tank (kilopascals) Tank control level
Design capacity less than 38 m3Maximum HAP vapor pressure less than 76.6 kPaLevel 1.
Design capacity equal to or greater than 38 m3 and less than 151 m3Maximum HAP vapor pressure less than 13.1 kPaLevel 1.
   Maximum HAP vapor pressure equal to or greater than 13.1 kPaLevel 2.
Design capacity equal to or greater than 151 m3Maximum HAP vapor pressure less than 0.7 kPaLevel 1.
   Maximum HAP vapor pressure equal to or greater than 0.7 kPaLevel 2.

Subpart EE—National Emission Standards for Magnetic Tape Manufacturing Operations

Source: 59 FR 64596, Dec. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.

§63.701   Applicability.

(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the provisions of this subpart apply to:

(1) Each new and existing magnetic tape manufacturing operation located at a major source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions; and

(2) A magnetic tape manufacturing operation for which the owner or operator chooses to use the provisions of §63.703(b) and (h) to obtain a Federally enforceable limit on its potential to emit HAP.

Explanatory Note: A reason the owner or operator would make the choice described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is if the plant site, without this limit, would be a major source. The owner or operator could use this limit, which would establish the potential to emit from magnetic tape manufacturing operations, in conjunction with the potential to emit from the other HAP emission points at the stationary source, to be an area source. Note, however, that an owner or operator is not required to use the provisions in §63.703(b) and (h) to determine the potential to emit HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations.

(b) This subpart does not apply to the following:

(1) Research or laboratory facilities; and

(2) Any coating operation that produces a quantity of magnetic tape that is 1 percent or less of total production (in terms of total square footage coated) from that coating operation in any 12-month period.

(c) The affected source subject to this standard is the magnetic tape manufacturing operation, as defined in §63.702.

(d) An owner or operator of an existing affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply according to the following schedule:

(1) Within 3 years after the effective date of the standard, if the owner or operator is required to install a new add-on air pollution control device to meet the requirements of §63.703(c) or (g); or

(2) Within 2 years after the effective date of the standard, if a new add-on air pollution control device is not needed to comply with §63.703(c) or (g) of these standards.

(e) The compliance date for an owner or operator of a new affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart is immediately upon startup of the affected source.

(f) The provisions of this subpart apply during periods of startup and shutdown, and whenever magnetic tape manufacturing operations are taking place.

(g) Owners or operators of affected sources subject to the provisions of this subpart shall also comply with the requirements of subpart A as identified in Table 1, according to the applicability of subpart A to such sources.

(h) In any title V permit for an affected source, all research or laboratory facilities that are exempt from the requirements of this subpart shall be clearly identified.

§63.702   Definitions.

(a) All terms used in this subpart that are not defined below have the meaning given to them in the Clean Air Act and in subpart A of this part.

Add-on air pollution control device means equipment installed at the end of a process vent exhaust stack or stacks that reduces the quantity of a pollutant that is emitted to the air. The device may destroy or secure the pollutant for subsequent recovery. Examples are incinerators, condensers, carbon adsorbers, and biofiltration units. Transfer equipment and ductwork are not considered in and of themselves add-on air pollution control devices.

Bag slitter means a device for enclosed transfer of particulates. A bag of raw materials is placed in a hopper, the hopper is closed, and an internal mechanism slits the bag, releasing the particulates into either a closed conveyor that feeds the mix preparation equipment or into the mix preparation equipment itself.

Base substrate means the surface, such as plastic or paper, to which a coating is applied.

Capture efficiency means the fraction of all organic vapors or other pollutants generated by a process that are directed to an add-on air pollution control device.

Capture device means a hood, enclosed room, or other means of collecting HAP vapors or other pollutants into a duct that exhausts to an add-on air pollution control device.

Carbon adsorber vessel means one vessel in a series of vessels in a carbon adsorption system that contains carbon and is used to remove gaseous pollutants from a gaseous emission source.

Car seal means a seal that is placed on a device that is used either to open a closed valve or close an opened valve so that the position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking the seal.

Closed system for flushing fixed lines means a system in which the line to be flushed is disconnected from its original position and connected to two closed containers, one that contains cleaning solvent and one that is empty. Solvent is flushed from the container with cleaning solvent, through the line, and into the empty containers.

Coater or coating applicator means the apparatus used to apply a coating to a continuous base substrate.

Coating application means the process by which the coating mix is applied to the base substrate.

Coating operation means any coater, flashoff area, and drying oven located between a base substrate unwind station and a base substrate rewind station that coats a continuous base substrate.

Control device efficiency means the ratio of the emissions collected or destroyed by an add-on air pollution control device to the total emissions that are introduced to the control device, expressed as a percentage.

Day means a 24-consecutive-hour period.

Drying oven means a chamber that uses heat to bake, cure, polymerize, or dry a surface coating; if the coating contains volatile solvents, the volatile portion is evaporated in the oven.

Enclosed transfer method means a particulate HAP transfer method that uses an enclosed system to prevent particulate HAP from entering the atmosphere as dust. Equipment used for this purpose may include vacuum injection systems or other mechanical transfer systems, bag slitters, or supersacks.

Equivalent diameter means four times the area of an opening divided by its perimeter.

Facility means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under common ownership or control in which magnetic tape manufacturing is performed. The definition includes properties that are separated only by a road or other public right-of-way.

Flashoff area means the portion of a coating operation between the coater and the drying oven where solvent begins to evaporate from the coated base substrate.

Flushing of fixed lines means the flushing of solvent through lines that are typically fixed and are not associated with the cleaning of a tank, such as the line from the mix room to the coater.

Freeboard ratio means the vertical distance from the surface of the liquid to the top of the sink or tank (freeboard height) divided by the smaller of the length or width of the sink or tank evaporative area.

Magnetic coatings means coatings applied to base substrates to make magnetic tape. Components of magnetic coatings may include: Magnetic particles, binders, dispersants, conductive pigments, lubricants, solvents, and other additives.

Magnetic particles means particles in the coating mix that have magnetic properties. Examples of magnetic particles used in magnetic tape manufacturing are: y-oxide, doped iron oxides, chromium dioxide, barium ferrite, and metallic particles that usually consist of elemental iron, cobalt, and/or nickel.

Magnetic tape means any flexible base substrate that is covered on one or both sides with a coating containing magnetic particles and that is used for audio recording, video recording, or any type of information storage.

Magnetic tape manufacturing operation means all of the emission points within a magnetic tape manufacturing facility that are specifically associated with the manufacture of magnetic tape. These include, but are not limited to:

(1) Solvent storage tanks;

(2) Mix preparation equipment;

(3) Coating operations;

(4) Waste handling devices;

(5) Particulate transfer operations;

(6) Wash sinks for cleaning removable parts;

(7) Cleaning involving the flushing of fixed lines;

(8) Wastewater treatment systems; and

(9) Condenser vents associated with distillation and stripping columns in the solvent recovery area, but not including the vent on a condenser that is used as the add-on air pollution control device.

Mill means the pressurized equipment that uses the dispersing action of beads, combined with the high shearing forces of the centrifugal mixing action, to disperse the aggregates of magnetic particles thoroughly without reducing particle size.

Mix preparation equipment means the vessels, except for mills, used to prepare the magnetic coating.

Natural draft opening means any opening in a room, building, or total enclosure that remains open during operation of the facility and that is not connected to a duct in which a fan is installed. The rate and direction of the natural draft through such an opening is a consequence of the difference in pressures on either side of the wall containing the opening.

Nonregenerative carbon adsorber means a carbon adsorber vessel in which the spent carbon bed does not undergo carbon regeneration in the adsorption vessel.

Operating parameter value means a minimum or maximum value established for a control device or process parameter that, if achieved by itself or in combination with one or more other operating parameter values, determines that an owner or operator has complied with an applicable emission limitation or standard.

Overall HAP control efficiency means the total efficiency of the control system, determined by the product of the capture efficiency and the control device efficiency.

Particulate means any material, except uncombined water, that exists as liquid or solid particles such as dust, smoke, mist, or fumes at standard conditions (760 millimeters of mercury, 0 degrees celsius).

Particulate HAP transfer means the introduction of a particulate HAP into other dry ingredients or a liquid solution.

Removable parts cleaning means cleaning of parts that have been moved from their normal position to a wash tank or sink containing solvent for the purpose of cleaning.

Research or laboratory facility means any stationary source whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development to develop new processes and products, where such source is operated under the close supervision of technically trained personnel and is not engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale in commerce, except in a de minimis manner.

Separator means a device in the wastewater treatment system in which immiscible solvent is physically separated from the water with which it is mixed.

Solvent storage tanks means the stationary tanks that are associated with magnetic tape operations and that store virgin solvent, spent solvent, cleaning solvent, solvent at any stage of the solvent recovery process, or any volatile compound. They do not serve a process function.

Solvent recovery area means the collection of devices used to remove HAP emissions from process air, to recover the HAP, and to purify the HAP. Typically, this area contains a control device such as a carbon adsorber or condenser, the wastewater treatment system, and the distillation columns.

Solvent recovery device means, for the purposes of this subpart, an add-on air pollution control device in which HAP is captured rather than destroyed. Examples include carbon adsorption systems and condensers.

Supersack means a container of particulate from the manufacturer or supplier with attached feed tubes and that is used to transfer particulate under the following conditions: the feed tubes are attached directly to the mix preparation equipment, the attachment interface is sealed, and all openings on the mix transfer equipment are closed to the atmosphere.

Temporary total enclosure means a total enclosure that is constructed for the sole purpose of measuring the fugitive emissions from an affected source. A temporary total enclosure must be constructed and ventilated (through stacks suitable for testing) so that it has minimal impact on the performance of the permanent capture system. A temporary total enclosure will be assumed to achieve total capture of fugitive emissions if it conforms to the requirements found in §63.705(c)(4)(i) and if all natural draft openings are at least four duct or hood equivalent diameters away from each exhaust duct or hood. Alternatively, the owner or operator may apply to the Administrator for approval of a temporary enclosure on a case-by-case basis.

Total enclosure means a structure that is constructed around a gaseous emission source so that all gaseous pollutants emitted from the source are collected and ducted through a control device, such that 100 percent capture efficiency is achieved. There are no fugitive emissions from a total enclosure. The only openings in a total enclosure are forced makeup air and exhaust ducts and any natural draft openings such as those that allow raw materials to enter and exit the enclosure for processing. All access doors or windows are closed during routine operation of the enclosed source. Brief, occasional openings of such doors or windows to accommodate process equipment adjustments are acceptable, but if such openings are routine or if an access door remains open during the entire operation, the access door must be considered a natural draft opening. The average inward face velocity across the natural draft openings of the enclosure must be calculated including the area of such access doors. The drying oven itself may be part of the total enclosure. A permanent enclosure that meets the requirements found in §63.705(c)(4)(i) is a total enclosure.

Utilize means the use of HAP that is delivered to mix preparation equipment for the purpose of formulating coatings, the use of any other HAP (e.g., dilution solvent) that is added at any point in the manufacturing process, and the use of any HAP for cleaning activities. Alternatively, annual HAP utilization can be determined as net usage; that is, the HAP inventory at the beginning of a 12-month period, plus the amount of HAP purchased during the 12-month period, minus the amount of HAP in inventory at the end of a 12-month period.

Vacuum injection system means a system in which a vacuum draws particulate from a storage container into a closed system that transfers particulates into the mix preparation equipment.

Volatile organic compound (VOC) means any organic compound that participates in atmospheric photochemical reactions or that is measured by EPA Test Methods 18, 24, or 25A in appendix A of part 60 or an alternative test method as defined in §63.2.

Volatile organic hazardous air pollutant (VOHAP) concentration means the concentration of an individually-speciated organic HAP in a wastewater discharge that is measured by Method 305 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 63.

Waste handling means processing or treatment of waste (liquid or solid) that is generated as a by-product of either the magnetic tape production process or cleaning operations.

Waste handling device means equipment that is used to separate solvent from solid waste (e.g., filter dryers) or liquid waste (e.g., pot stills and thin film evaporators). The solvents are recovered by heating, condensing, and collection.

Wastewater discharge means the water phase that is discharged from the separator in a wastewater treatment system.

Wastewater treatment system means the assortment of devices in which the solvent/water mixture, generated when the carbon bed in the carbon adsorber is desorbed by steam, is treated to remove residual organics in the water.

(b) The nomenclature used in this subpart is defined when presented or has the meaning given below:

(1) Ak = the area of each natural draft opening (k) in a total enclosure, in square meters.

(2) Caj = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each gas stream (j) exiting the emission control device, in parts per million by volume.

(3) Cbi = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device, in parts per million by volume.

(4) Cdi = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device from the affected source, in parts per million by volume.

(5) Cfk = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each uncontrolled gas stream (k) emitted directly to the atmosphere from the affected source, in parts per million by volume.

(6) Cgv = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each uncontrolled gas stream entering each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v), in parts per million by volume. For the purposes of calculating the efficiency of the individual carbon adsorber vessel, Cgv may be measured in the carbon adsorption system's common inlet duct prior to the branching of individual inlet ducts to the individual carbon adsorber vessels.

(7) Chv = the concentration of HAP or VOC in the gas stream exiting each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v), in parts per million by volume.

(8) E = the control device efficiency achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a fraction).

(9) F = the HAP or VOC emission capture efficiency of the HAP or VOC capture system achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a fraction).

(10) FV = the average inward face velocity across all natural draft openings in a total enclosure, in meters per hour.

(11) G = the calculated mass of HAP per volume of coating solids (in kilograms per liter) contained in a batch of coating.

(12) Hv = the individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) efficiency achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a fraction).

(13) Hsys = the efficiency of the carbon adsorption system calculated when each carbon adsorber vessel has an individual exhaust stack (expressed as a fraction).

(14) Lsi = the volume fraction of solids in each batch of coating (i) applied as determined from the formulation records at the affected source.

(15) Mci = the total mass in kilograms of each batch of coating (i) applied, or of each coating applied at an affected coating operation during a 7-day period, as appropriate, as determined from records at the affected source. This quantity shall be determined at a time and location in the process after all ingredients (including any dilution solvent) have been added to the coating, or if ingredients are added after the mass of the coating has been determined, appropriate adjustments shall be made to account for them.

(16) Mr = the total mass in kilograms of HAP or VOC recovered for a 7-day period.

(17) Qaj = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (j) exiting the emission control device in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 in appendix A of part 60 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(18) Qbi = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device, in dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(19) Qdi = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device from the affected source in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(20) Qfk = the volumetric flow rate of each uncontrolled gas stream (k) emitted directly to the atmosphere from the affected source in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(21) Qgv = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream entering each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration. For purposes of calculating the efficiency of the individual carbon adsorber vessel, the value of Qgv can be assumed to equal the value of Qhv measured for that carbon adsorber vessel.

(22) Qhv = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream exiting each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(23) Qin i = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (i) entering the total enclosure through a forced makeup air duct in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis).

(24) Qout j = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (j) exiting the total enclosure through an exhaust duct or hood in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis).

(25) R = the overall HAP or VOC emission reduction achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a percentage).

(26) RSi = the total mass in kilograms of HAP or VOC retained in the coated substrate after oven drying for a given magnetic tape product.

(27) Vci = the total volume in liters of each batch of coating (i) applied as determined from records at the affected source.

(28) Woi = the weight fraction of HAP or VOC in each batch of coating (i) applied, or of each coating applied at an affected coating operation during a 7-day period, as appropriate, as determined by EPA Method 24 or formulation data. This value shall be determined at a time and location in the process after all ingredients (including any dilution solvent) have been added to the coating, or if ingredients are added after the weight fraction of HAP or VOC in the coating has been determined, appropriate adjustments shall be made to account for them.

§63.703   Standards.

(a) Each owner or operator of any affected source that is subject to the requirements of this subpart shall comply with the requirements of this subpart on and after the compliance dates specified in §63.701.

(b)(1) The owner or operator subject to §63.701(a)(2) shall determine limits on the amount of HAP utilized (see definition) in the magnetic tape manufacturing operation as the values for the potential to emit HAP from the magnetic tape manufacturing operation.

(2) The limits on the amount of HAP utilized in the magnetic tape manufacturing operations shall be determined in the following manner.

(i) The potential to emit each HAP from each emission point at the stationary source, other than those from magnetic tape manufacturing operations, shall be calculated and converted to the units of Mg/yr (or tons/yr).

(ii) The limits on the HAP utilized in the magnetic tape manufacturing operation shall be determined as the values that, when summed with the values in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, are less than 9.1 Mg/yr (10 tons/yr) for each individual HAP and 22.7 Mg/yr (25 tons/yr) for the combination of HAP.

(3) The limits on the HAP utilized determined in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be in terms of Mg/yr (or tons/yr), calculated monthly on a rolling 12-month average. The owner or operator shall not exceed these limits.

(4) An owner or operator subject to paragraph (b) of this section shall meet the requirements in paragraph (h) of this section.

(5) A magnetic tape manufacturing operation that is subject to paragraph (b) of this section and is located at an area source is not subject to paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section.

(c) Except as provided by §63.703(b), each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart shall limit gaseous HAP emitted from each solvent storage tank, piece of mix preparation equipment, coating operation, waste handling device, and condenser vent in solvent recovery as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section:

(1) Except as otherwise allowed in paragraphs (c)(2), (3), (4), and (5) of this section, each owner or operator shall limit gaseous HAP emitted from each solvent storage tank, piece of mix preparation equipment, coating operation, waste handling device, and condenser vent in solvent recovery by an overall HAP control efficiency of at least 95 percent.

(2) An owner or operator that uses an incinerator to control emission points listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section may choose to meet the overall HAP control efficiency requirement of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or may operate the incinerator such that an outlet HAP concentration of no greater than 20 parts per million by volume (ppmv) by compound on a dry basis is achieved, as long as the efficiency of the capture system is 100 percent.

(3) An owner or operator may choose to meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section by venting the room, building, or enclosure in which the HAP emission point is located to an add-on air pollution control device, as long as the required overall HAP control efficiency of this method is sufficient to meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section.

(4) In lieu of controlling HAP emissions from each solvent storage tank and piece of mix preparation equipment to the level required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, an owner or operator of an affected source may elect to comply with one of the options set forth in paragraph (c)(4)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this section.

(i) Control HAP emissions from all coating operations by an overall HAP control efficiency of at least 97 percent in lieu of either:

(A) Controlling up to 10 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(B) Controlling 1 piece of mix preparation equipment that does not exceed 1,200 gallons in capacity and up to 8 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(C) Controlling up to 2 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 6 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(D) Controlling up to 3 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 4 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(E) Controlling up to 4 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 2 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(F) Controlling up to 5 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity.

(ii) Control HAP emissions from all coating operations by an overall HAP control efficiency of at least 98 percent in lieu of either:

(A) Controlling up to 15 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(B) Controlling 1 piece of mix preparation equipment that does not exceed 1,200 gallons in capacity and up to 13 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(C) Controlling up to 2 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 11 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(D) Controlling up to 3 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 9 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(E) Controlling up to 4 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 7 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(F) Controlling up to 5 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 5 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(G) Controlling up to 6 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 3 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(H) Controlling up to 7 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 1 HAP solvent storage tank that does not exceed 20,000 gallons in capacity.

(iii) Control HAP emissions from all coating operations by an overall HAP control efficiency of at least 99 percent in lieu of either:

(A) Controlling up to 20 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(B) Controlling 1 piece of mix preparation equipment that does not exceed 1,200 gallons in capacity and up to 18 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(C) Controlling up to 2 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 16 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(D) Controlling up to 3 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 14 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(E) Controlling up to 4 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 12 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(F) Controlling up to 5 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 10 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(G) Controlling up to 6 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 8 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(H) Controlling up to 7 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 6 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(I) Controlling up to 8 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 4 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(J) Controlling up to 9 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity and up to 2 HAP solvent storage tanks that do not exceed 20,000 gallons each in capacity; or

(K) Controlling up to 10 pieces of mix preparation equipment that do not exceed 1,200 gallons each in capacity.

(iv) Owners or operators choosing to meet the requirements of paragraphs (c)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section are also subject to the reporting requirement of §63.707(k).

(5) In lieu of controlling HAP emissions from a coating operation to the level required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, owners or operators may use magnetic coatings that contain no greater than 0.18 kilograms of HAP per liter of coating solids for that coating operation. For the requirements of this paragraph, §§63.6(e)(3), 63.6(f) (1) and (2), 63.8(b) (2) and (3), 63.8(c), 63.8(d), 63.8(e), 63.8(g), 63.9 (e) and (g), 63.10(c), 63.10(d) (2), (3), and (5), 63.10(e) (1) and (2), and 63.11 of subpart A do not apply.

(d) Particulate transfer operations. Except as stipulated by §63.703(b), each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart shall:

(1) Use an enclosed transfer method to perform particulate HAP transfer; or

(2) Direct emissions from particulate HAP transfer through a hood or enclosure to a baghouse or fabric filter that exhibits no visible emissions while controlling HAP emissions from particulate HAP transfer.

(e) Wash sinks for cleaning removable parts. (1) Except as stipulated by §63.703(b), each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart shall limit gaseous HAP emissions from each wash sink containing HAP:

(i) So that the overall HAP control efficiency is no less than 88 percent; or

(ii) By maintaining a minimum freeboard ratio of 75 percent in the wash sink at all times when the sink contains HAP.

(2) Owners or operators may meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section by venting the room, building, or enclosure in which the sink is located, as long as the overall HAP control efficiency of this method is demonstrated to be at least 88 percent using the test methods in §63.705(e).

(3) Wash sinks subject to the control provisions of subpart T of this part are not subject to paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this section.

(f) Equipment for flushing fixed lines. (1) Except as stipulated by §63.703(b), each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart shall limit gaseous HAP emissions from each affected set of equipment for flushing fixed lines:

(i) So that the overall HAP control efficiency is at least 95 percent; or

(ii) By using a closed system for flushing fixed lines.

(2) Owners or operators may meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section by venting the room, building, or enclosure in which the fixed lines are located, as long as the overall HAP control efficiency of this method is demonstrated to be at least 95 percent using the test methods in §63.705(f).

(g) Wastewater treatment systems. (1) Except as stipulated by §63.703(b), each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart shall:

(i) Treat the wastewater discharge to remove each HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations that is present in the wastewater discharge by at least the fraction removed (FR) specified in Table 9 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G; or

(ii) Treat (other than by dilution) the HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations that are present in the wastewater discharge such that the exit concentration is less than 50 ppmw of total VOHAP.

(2) The treatment method used to meet the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall not transfer emissions from the water to the atmosphere in an uncontrolled manner.

(h)(1) Magnetic tape manufacturing operations that are subject to §63.703(b) and are not at major sources are not subject to §§63.6(e), 63.6(f), 63.6(g), 63.6(i)(4), 63.7, 63.8, 63.9 (c) through (h), 63.10(b)(2), 63.10(c), 63.10(d) (2) through (5), 63.10(e), and 63.11 of subpart A.

(2) Magnetic tape manufacturing operations subject to §63.703(b) shall fulfill the recordkeeping requirements of §63.706(e) and the reporting requirements of §63.707 (b), (c), and (j).

(3) An owner or operator of a magnetic tape manufacturing operation subject to §63.703(b) who chooses to no longer be subject to §63.703(b) shall notify the Administrator or delegated State of such change. If by no longer being subject to §63.703(b), the source at which the magnetic tape manufacturing operation is located would become a major source, the owner or operator shall meet the following requirements, starting from the date of such notification:

(i) Comply with paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section, and other provisions of this subpart within the timeframe specified in §63.6(c)(5); and

(ii) Comply with the HAP utilization limits in §63.703(b) until the requirements of paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section are met.

(i) For any solvent storage tank, piece of mix preparation equipment, waste handling device, condenser vent in solvent recovery, wash sink for cleaning removable parts, and set of equipment for flushing of fixed lines, the owner or operator may, instead of meeting the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i) of this section, vent the gaseous HAP emissions to an add-on air pollution control device other than an incinerator that, in conjunction with capture equipment or ductwork, is designed to achieve an overall HAP control efficiency of at least 95 percent for the emissions from the coating operation, and achieve an alternate outlet concentration limit when coating operations are not occurring, as determined in §63.704(b)(11)(ii).

(j) The requirements of this subpart do not preclude the use of pressure relief valves and vacuum relief valves for safety purposes.

[59 FR 64596, Dec. 15, 1994, as amended at 64 FR 17464, Apr. 9, 1999]

§63.704   Compliance and monitoring requirements.

(a) For owners or operators of an affected source that are using add-on air pollution control equipment or a steam stripper to comply with §63.703, paragraph (b) of this section identifies the operating parameter to be monitored to demonstrate continuous compliance. For all owners or operators subject to §63.703, except §63.703(b) and (h), regardless of the type of control technique used, paragraph (c) of this section identifies the procedures that must be followed to demonstrate continuous compliance with §63.703.

(b) Establishing a limit under §63.703(i) and operating parameter values. The owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.703 except §63.703(b) and (h), shall establish the operating parameter value to be monitored for compliance as required by paragraph (c) of this section, in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(11) of this section. An owner or operator subject to §63.703(i) shall establish a limit as required in paragraph (b)(11)(ii) of this section.

(1) Except as allowed by paragraphs (b)(2), (3), (4), (5), or (9) of this section, for each add-on air pollution control device used to control solvent HAP emissions, the owner or operator shall fulfill the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator shall establish as a site-specific operating parameter the outlet total HAP or VOC concentration that demonstrates compliance with §63.703(c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) as appropriate; or

(ii) The owner or operator shall establish as the site-specific operating parameter the control device efficiency that demonstrates compliance with §63.703(c)(1), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), and (f)(1)(i).

(iii) When a nonregenerative carbon adsorber is used to comply with §63.703(c)(1), the site-specific operating parameter value may be established as part of the design evaluation used to demonstrate initial compliance (§63.705(c)(6)). Otherwise, the site-specific operating parameter value shall be established during the initial performance test conducted according to the procedures of §63.705(c)(1), (2), (3), or (4).

(2) For each condenser used as the add-on air pollution control device to comply with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i) or (i), in lieu of meeting the requirements of §63.704(b)(1), during the initial performance test conducted according to the procedures of §63.705(c)(1), (2), or (4), the owner or operator may establish as a site-specific operating parameter the maximum temperature of the condenser vapor exhaust stream and shall set the operating parameter value that demonstrates compliance with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i) or (i) as appropriate;

(3) For each thermal incinerator, in lieu of meeting the requirements of §63.704(b)(1), during the initial performance test conducted according to the procedures of §63.705(c)(1), (2), or (4), the owner or operator may establish as a site-specific operating parameter the minimum combustion temperature and set the operating parameter value that demonstrates compliance with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i), as appropriate.

(4) For each catalytic incinerator, in lieu of meeting the requirements of §63.704(b)(1), during the initial performance test conducted according to the procedures of §63.705(c)(1), (2), or (4), the owner or operator may establish as site-specific operating parameters the minimum gas temperature upstream of the catalyst bed and the minimum gas temperature difference across the catalyst bed, and set the operating parameter values that demonstrate compliance with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i), as appropriate.

(5) For each nonregenerative carbon adsorber, in lieu of meeting the requirements of §63.704(b)(1), the owner or operator may establish as the site-specific operating parameter the carbon replacement time interval, as determined by the maximum design flow rate and organic concentration in the gas stream vented to the carbon adsorption system. The carbon replacement time interval shall be established either as part of the design evaluation to demonstrate initial compliance (§63.705(c)(6)), or during the initial performance test conducted according to the procedures of §63.705(c)(1), (2), (3), or (4).

(6) Each owner or operator venting solvent HAP emissions from a source through a room, enclosure, or hood, to a control device to comply with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) shall:

(i) Submit to the Administrator with the compliance status report required by §63.9(h) of the General Provisions a plan that:

(A) Identifies the operating parameter to be monitored to ensure that the capture efficiency measured during the initial compliance test is maintained;

(B) Discusses why this parameter is appropriate for demonstrating ongoing compliance; and

(C) Identifies the specific monitoring procedures;

(ii) Set the operating parameter value, or range of values, that demonstrate compliance with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i), as appropriate; and

(iii) Conduct monitoring in accordance with the plan submitted to the Administrator unless comments received from the Administrator require an alternate monitoring scheme.

(7) For each baghouse or fabric filter used to control particulate HAP emissions in accordance with §63.703(d)(2), the owner or operator shall establish as the site-specific operating parameter the minimum ventilation air flow rate through the inlet duct to the baghouse or fabric filter that ensures that particulate HAP are being captured and delivered to the control device. The minimum ventilation air flow rate is to be supported by the engineering calculations that are considered part of the initial performance test, as required by §63.705(g)(2).

(8) Owners or operators subject to §63.704(b)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) shall calculate the site-specific operating parameter value, or range of values, as the arithmetic average of the maximum and/or minimum operating parameter values, as appropriate, that demonstrate compliance with §63.703(c), (d), (e), (f) or (i) during the multiple test runs required by §63.705(b)(2) and (b)(1), or during the multiple runs of other tests conducted as allowed by paragraph §63.704(b)(11).

(9) For each solvent recovery device used to comply with §63.703(c), in lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the results of the material balance calculation conducted in accordance with §63.705(c)(1) may serve as the site-specific operating parameter that demonstrates compliance with §63.703(c).

(10) Owners or operators complying with the provisions of §63.703(g) shall establish the site-specific operating parameter according to paragraph (b)(10)(i) or (ii) of this section.

(i) Owners or operators using a steam stripper shall establish the steam-to-feed ratio as the site-specific operating parameter, except as allowed in paragraph (b)(10)(ii) of this section, according to the following criteria:

(A) The minimum operating parameter value shall correspond to at least the fraction removed specified in §63.703(g)(1)(i) and be submitted to the permitting authority for approval with the design specifications required by §63.705(h)(1); or

(B) The minimum operating parameter value shall be that value that corresponds to a total VOHAP outlet concentration in the wastewater of less than 50 ppmw as determined through tests conducted in accordance with §63.705(b)(9) and (h)(2); or

(C) The minimum operating parameter value shall be the value that corresponds to at least the fraction removed specified in §63.705(g)(1)(i), as demonstrated through tests conducted in accordance with §63.705(b)(9) and (h)(3).

(ii) Owners or operators complying with §63.703(g) through the use of a steam stripper or any other control technique may establish as a site-specific operating parameter the outlet total VOHAP concentration according to the following criteria:

(A) The minimum operating parameter value shall correspond to at least the fraction removed specified in §63.703(g)(1)(i) and be submitted to the permitting authority for approval with the design specifications required by §63.705(h)(1); or

(B) The minimum operating parameter value shall be a total VOHAP outlet concentration in the wastewater of less than 50 ppmw, as required by §63.703(g)(1)(ii), and as determined through tests conducted in accordance with §63.705 (b)(9) and (h)(2); or

(C) The minimum operating parameter value shall be the value that corresponds to at least the fraction removed specified in §63.705(g)(1)(i), as demonstrated through tests conducted in accordance with §63.705 (b)(9) and (h)(3).

(11) Compliance provisions for nonrepresentative operating conditions. (i) The owner or operator of an affected source may conduct multiple performance tests to establish the operating parameter value, or range of values, that demonstrates compliance with the standards in §63.703 during various operating conditions.

(ii) To establish an alternate outlet concentration limit as provided in §63.703(i), the owner or operator, when the coating operation is not occurring, shall conduct a performance test using the methods in §63.705 for determining initial compliance with §63.703 (c)(1), (e)(1)(i) or (f)(1)(i), or shall collect data from continuous emission monitors used to determine continuous compliance as specified in §63.704 (b) and (c). During the period in which this limit is being established, the control device shall be operated in accordance with good air pollution control practices and in the same manner as it was operated to achieve the emission limitation for coating operations. Owners or operators choosing to establish such an alternative shall also comply with paragraphs (b)(11)(ii) (A) and (B) of this section.

(A) The owner or operator shall submit the alternate outlet HAP concentration limit within 180 days after the compliance demonstration required by §63.7 of subpart A, to the Administrator, as required by §63.707(k)(1).

(B) The Administrator will approve or disapprove the limit proposed in accordance with paragraph (b)(11)(ii)(A) of this section within 60 days of receipt of the report required by §63.707(k)(1), and any other supplemental information requested by the Administrator to support the alternate limit.

(c) Continuous compliance monitoring. Following the date on which the initial compliance demonstration is completed, continuous compliance with the standards shall be demonstrated as outlined in paragraphs (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this section.

(1)(i) Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) of this subpart shall monitor the applicable parameters specified in paragraphs (c)(3), (4), (5), (6), (7), or (9) of this section depending on the type of control technique used, and shall monitor the parameters specified in paragraph (c)(10) of this section.

(ii) Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.703(c)(5) of this subpart shall demonstrate continuous compliance as required by paragraph (c)(8) of this section.

(iii) Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.703(d)(2) of this subpart shall demonstrate continuous compliance as required by paragraph (e) of this section.

(iv) Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.703(g) of this subpart shall demonstrate continuous compliance as required by paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Compliance monitoring shall be subject to the following provisions.

(i) Except as allowed by paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C) of this section, all continuous emission monitors shall comply with performance specification (PS) 8 or 9 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, as appropriate depending on whether volatile organic compound (VOC) or HAP concentration is being measured. The requirements in appendix F of 40 CFR part 60 shall also be followed. In conducting the quarterly audits required by appendix F, owners or operators must challenge the monitors with compounds representative of the gaseous emission stream being controlled.

(ii) All temperature monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated according to the manufacturer's specifications. The thermocouple calibration shall be verified or replaced every 3 months. The replacement shall be done either if the owner or operator chooses not to calibrate the thermocouple, or if the thermocouple cannot be properly calibrated.

(iii) If the effluent from multiple emission points are combined prior to being channeled to a common control device, the owner or operator is required only to monitor the common control device, not each emission point.

(3) Owners or operators complying with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) through the use of a control device and establishing a site-specific operating parameter in accordance with §63.704(b)(1) shall fulfill the requirements of paragraphs (c)(3)(i) of this section and paragraph (c)(3)(ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of this section, as appropriate.

(i) The owner or operator shall install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a continuous emission monitor.

(A) The continuous emission monitor shall be used to measure continuously the total HAP or VOC concentration at both the inlet and the outlet whenever HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations are vented to the control device, if continuous compliance is demonstrated through a percent efficiency calculation (§63.704(b)(1)(ii)); or

(B) The continuous emission monitor shall be used to measure continuously the total outlet HAP or VOC concentration whenever HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations are vented to the control device, if the provisions of §63.704(b)(1)(i) are being used to determine continuous compliance.

(C) For owners or operators using a nonregenerative carbon adsorber, in lieu of using continuous emission monitors as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(i) (A) or (B) of this section, the owner or operator may use a portable monitoring device to monitor total HAP or VOC concentration at the inlet and outlet, or outlet of the carbon adsorber, as appropriate.

(1) The monitoring device shall be calibrated, operated, and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

(2) The monitoring device shall meet the requirements of part 60, appendix A, method 21, sections 2, 3, 4.1, 4.2, and 4.4. For the purposes of paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C) of this section, the words “leak definition” in method 21 shall be the outlet concentration determined in accordance with §63.704(b)(1). The calibration gas shall either be representative of the compounds to be measured or shall be methane, and shall be at a concentration associated with 125 percent of the expected organic compound concentration level for the carbon adsorber outlet vent.

(3) The probe inlet of the monitoring device shall be placed at approximately the center of the carbon adsorber outlet vent. The probe shall be held there for at least 5 minutes during which flow into the carbon adsorber is expected to occur. The maximum reading during that period shall be used as the measurement.

(ii) If complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) through the use of a carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all of the carbon vessels, the owner or operator shall not operate the control device at an average control efficiency less than that required by §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i) or at an average outlet concentration exceeding the site-specific operating parameter value or that required by §63.703(i), for three consecutive adsorption cycles. Operation in this manner shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i).

(iii) If complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) through the use of a carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each of the multiple carbon adsorber vessels, the owner or operator shall not operate any carbon adsorber vessel at an average control efficiency less than that required by §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i), or at an average outlet concentration exceeding the site-specific operating parameter value or that required by §63.703(i), as calculated daily using a 3-day rolling average. Operation in this manner shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i).

(iv) If complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) through the use of any control device other than a carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall not operate the control device at an average control efficiency less than that required by §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i), or at an average outlet concentration exceeding the site-specific operating parameter value or that required by §63.703(c)(2) or (i), as calculated for any 3-hour period. Operation in this manner shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i).

(v) If complying with §63.703(c)(1) through the use of a nonregenerative carbon adsorber, in lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (c)(3) (ii) or (iii) of this section, the owner or operator may:

(A) monitor the VOC or HAP concentration of the adsorber exhaust daily or at intervals no greater than 20 percent of the design carbon replacement interval, whichever is greater; operation of the control device at a HAP or VOC concentration greater than that determined in accordance with §63.704(b)(1)(iii) shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i); or

(B) replace the carbon in the carbon adsorber system with fresh carbon at a regular predetermined time interval as determined in accordance with §63.704(b)(5); failure to replace the carbon at this predetermined time interval shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i).

(4) Owners or operators complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) through the use of a condenser as the add-on air pollution control device, and demonstrating compliance in accordance with §63.704(b)(2), shall install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a thermocouple to measure continuously the temperature of the condenser vapor exhaust stream whenever HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations are vented to the control device. Operation of the control device at an average vapor exhaust temperature greater than the site-specific operating parameter value or values established in accordance with §63.704(b)(2) for any 3-hour period shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i) or (i).

(5) Owners or operators complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i) through the use of a thermal incinerator and demonstrating compliance in accordance with §63.704(b)(3) shall install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a thermocouple to measure continuously the combustion temperature whenever HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations are vented to the control device. Operation of the control device at an average combustion temperature less than the operating parameter value or values established in accordance with §63.704(b)(3) for any 3-hour period shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i).

(6) Owners or operators complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i) through the use of a catalytic incinerator and demonstrating compliance in accordance with §63.704(b)(4) shall install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a thermocouple to measure continuously the gas temperature both upstream and downstream of the catalyst bed whenever HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations are vented to the control device. Operation of the control device at an average upstream gas temperature, or at an average gas temperature difference across the catalyst bed, less than the operating parameter values established in accordance with §63.704(b)(4) for any 3-hour period shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), or (f)(1)(i).

(7) Owners or operators complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) by capturing emissions through a room, enclosure, or hood shall install, calibrate, operate, and maintain the instrumentation necessary to measure continuously the site-specific operating parameter established in accordance with §63.704(b)(6) whenever HAP from magnetic tape manufacturing operations are vented through the capture device. Operation of the capture device at an average value greater than or less than (as appropriate) the operating parameter value established in accordance with §63.704(b)(6) for any 3-hour period shall constitute a violation of §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i).

(8) The owner or operator of an affected source complying with §63.703(c)(5) shall demonstrate continuous compliance by using a coating that has a HAP content of no greater than 0.18 kilograms of HAP per liter of coating solids, as measured in accordance with §63.705(c)(5), and by maintaining and reporting the records required by §§63.706(f) and 63.707(e) and (i)(2).

(9) For owners or operators complying with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4) through the use of a solvent recovery device and demonstrating initial compliance in accordance with the provisions of §63.705(c)(1), continuous compliance shall be demonstrated using procedures in §63.705(c)(1) and through the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of §§63.706(d), 63.707(d), and 63.707(i)(5). The provisions of §63.8(b) (2) and (3), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) (1), and (2) of subpart A do not apply.

(10) The owner or operator of an affected emission point using a vent system that contains bypass lines (not including equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, and pressure relief valves needed for safety purposes) that could potentially divert a vent stream away from the control device used to comply with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i) shall:

(i) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that provides a record of vent stream flow at least once every 15 minutes; records shall be generated as specified in §63.706(c)(1); and the flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance to any bypass line that could divert the vent stream away from the control device to the atmosphere; or

(ii) Secure any bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration; a visual inspection of the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position and the vent stream is not diverted through the bypass line; or

(iii) Ensure that any bypass line valve is in the closed position through continuous monitoring of valve position; the monitoring system shall be inspected at least once every month to ensure that it is functioning properly; or

(iv) Use an automatic shutdown system in which any HAP-emitting operations are ceased when flow from these operations is diverted away from the control device to any bypass line; the automatic system shall be inspected at least once every month to ensure that it is functioning properly.

(d) Owners or operators complying with §63.703(g) shall demonstrate continuous compliance in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section.

(1) An owner or operator that established the steam-to-feed ratio as the site-specific operating parameter in accordance with §63.704(b)(10)(i) shall continuously measure the steam-to-feed ratio whenever HAP-containing wastewater from magnetic tape manufacturing operations is being fed to the steam stripper. Operation of the steam stripper at a steam-to-feed ratio less than the operating parameter value or values established in accordance with §63.704(b)(10)(i) for any 3-hour period shall constitute a violation of §63.703(g).

(2) An owner or operator that established the total outlet VOHAP concentration of the wastewater discharge as the site-specific operating parameter in accordance with §63.704(b)(10)(ii) shall measure the total VOHAP concentration of the wastewater discharge once per month. Operation of the control device at an outlet VOHAP concentration greater than the operating parameter value or values established in accordance with §63.704(b)(10)(ii) for any month shall constitute a violation of §63.703(g).

(e) Owners or operators complying with §63.703(d)(2) of this subpart through the use of a baghouse or fabric filter shall perform visible emission testing each day that particulate HAP transfer occurs, using the procedures in §63.705(b)(10). Owners or operators shall also install, calibrate, and operate the instrumentation necessary to continuously monitor the ventilation air flow rate in the inlet duct to the baghouse or fabric filter whenever particulate HAP transfer occurs. The occurrence of visible emissions shall constitute a violation of §63.703(d)(2), and the operation of the baghouse or fabric filter at a flow rate less than the value or values established in accordance with §63.704(b)(7) for any 3-hour period shall constitute a violation of §63.703(d)(2).

(f) An owner or operator who uses an air pollution control device not listed in §63.704 to comply with §63.703(c), (e)(1)(i), (f)(1)(i), or (i), or a device other than a steam stripper to comply with §63.703(g) shall submit to the Administrator a description of the device, test data verifying the performance of the device, and appropriate site-specific operating parameters that will be monitored to demonstrate continuous compliance with the standard. The monitoring plan submitted by an owner or operator in accordance with this paragraph is subject to approval by the Administrator.

§63.705   Performance test methods and procedures to determine initial compliance.

(a) Except as specified in §63.705(a) (1) through (3), to determine initial compliance with the emission limits under §63.703 (c), (d)(2), (e)(1), (f)(1), and (g), the owner or operator shall conduct an initial performance demonstration as required under §63.7 using the procedures and test methods listed in §63.7 and §63.705. If multiple emission points are vented to one common control device to meet the requirements of §63.703 (c), (d)(2), (e)(1), and (f)(1), only one performance test is required to demonstrate initial compliance for that group of emission points. This section also contains initial compliance demonstration procedures (other than testing) for owners or operators subject to §63.703 (c), (d)(1), (e)(1)(ii), (f)(1)(ii), and (g).

(1) A control device (not enclosure) used to comply with §63.703 (c), (e), or (f) does not need to be tested if each of the following criteria are met:

(i) It is used to control gaseous HAP emissions from an existing affected source;

(ii) It is operating prior to March 11, 1994;

(iii) It is equipped with continuous emission monitors for determining inlet and outlet total HAP or VOC concentration, such that a percent efficiency can be calculated; and

(iv) The continuous emission monitors are used to demonstrate continuous compliance in accordance with §63.704(c)(3)(i).

(2) The owner or operator is not required to conduct an initial performance test if the requirements of §63.7(e)(2)(iv) or §63.7(h) are met.

(3) An owner or operator is not required to conduct an initial performance test for a capture device when:

(i) The room, enclosure, or vent was previously tested to demonstrate compliance with subpart SSS of part 60; and

(ii) Sufficient data were gathered during the test to establish operating parameter values in accordance with §63.704(b)(6) (i), (ii), and (iii).

(b) When an initial compliance demonstration is required by this subpart, the procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(10) of this section shall be used in determining initial compliance with the provisions of this subpart.

(1) EPA Method 24 of appendix A of part 60 is used to determine the VOC content in coatings. If it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator that plant coating formulation data are equivalent to EPA Method 24 results, formulation data may be used. In the event of any inconsistency between an EPA Method 24 test and an affected source's formulation data, the EPA Method 24 test will govern. For EPA Method 24, the coating sample must be a 1-liter sample taken into a 1-liter container at a location and time such that the sample will be representative of the coating applied to the base substrate (i.e., the sample shall include any dilution solvent or other VOC added during the manufacturing process). The container must be tightly sealed immediately after the sample is taken. Any solvent or other VOC added after the sample is taken must be measured and accounted for in the calculations that use EPA Method 24 results.

(2) Formulation data is used to determine the HAP content of coatings.

(3) Either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A of appendix A of part 60, as appropriate to the conditions at the site, shall be used to determine HAP or VOC concentration of air exhaust streams as required by §63.705(c). The owner or operator shall submit notice of the intended test method to the Administrator for approval along with the notification of the performance test required under §63.7(b). Method selection shall be based on consideration of the diversity of organic species present and their total concentration and on consideration of the potential presence of interfering gases. Except as indicated in paragraphs (b)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section, the test shall consist of three separate runs, each lasting a minimum of 30 minutes.

(i) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all the individual carbon adsorber vessels pursuant to §63.705(c) (2) or (4), the test shall consist of three separate runs, each coinciding with one or more complete sequences through the adsorption cycles of all of the individual carbon adsorber vessels.

(ii) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each carbon adsorber vessel pursuant to §63.705(c) (3) or (4), each carbon adsorber vessel shall be tested individually. The test for each carbon adsorber vessel shall consist of three separate runs. Each run shall coincide with one or more complete adsorption cycles.

(4) EPA Method 1 or 1A of appendix A of part 60 is used for sample and velocity traverses.

(5) EPA Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of appendix A of part 60 is used for velocity and volumetric flow rates.

(6) EPA Method 3 of appendix A of part 60 is used for gas analysis.

(7) EPA Method 4 of appendix A of part 60 is used for stack gas moisture.

(8) EPA Methods 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 3, and 4 shall be performed, as applicable, at least twice during each test period.

(9) Wastewater analysis shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph (b)(9)(i) or (b)(9)(ii) of this section.

(i) Use Method 305 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A and the equations in paragraphs (b)(9)(i) (A) and (B) of this section to determine the total VOHAP concentration of a wastewater stream.

(A) The following equation shall be used to calculate the VOHAP concentration of an individually speciated HAP.

eCFR graphic er15de94.003.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Ci = VOHAP concentration of the individually-speciated organic HAP in the wastewater, parts per million by weight.

Cc = Concentration of the organic HAP (i) in the gas stream, as measured by Method 305 of appendix A of this part, parts per million by volume on a dry basis.

Ms = Mass of sample, from Method 305 of appendix A of this part, milligrams.

MW = Molecular weight of the organic HAP (i), grams per gram-mole.

24.055 = Ideal gas molar volume at 293° Kelvin and 760 millimeters of mercury, liters per gram-mole.

Pi = Barometric pressure at the time of sample analysis, millimeters mercury absolute.

760 = Reference or standard pressure, millimeters mercury absolute.

293 = Reference or standard temperature, °Kelvin.

Ti = Sample gas temperature at the time of sample analysis, °Kelvin.

t = Actual purge time, from Method 305 of appendix A of this part, minutes.

L = Actual purge rate, from Method 305 of appendix A of this part, liters per minute.

103 = Conversion factor, milligrams per gram.

(B) Total VOHAP concentration (stream) can be determined by summing the VOHAP concentrations of all individually speciated organic HAP in the wastewater.

eCFR graphic er15de94.004.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Cstream = Total VOHAP concentration of wastewater stream.

n=Number of individual organic HAP (i) in the wastewater stream.

Ci = VOHAP concentration of individual organic HAP (i) calculated according to the procedures in paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) of this section.

(ii) Use a test method or results from a test method that measures organic HAP concentrations in the wastewater, and that has been validated according to section 5.1 or 5.3 of Method 301 of appendix A of this part. The specific requirement of Method 305 of appendix A of this part to collect the sample into polyethylene glycol would not be applicable.

(A) If measuring the total VOHAP concentration of the exit stream in accordance with §§63.703(g)(1)(ii) and 63.705(h)(2), the concentrations of the individual organic HAP measured in the water shall be corrected to their concentrations had they been measured by Method 305 of appendix A of this part. This is done by multiplying each concentration by the compound-specific fraction measured factor (FM) listed in table 34 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G.

(B) If measuring the total HAP concentration of an inlet and outlet wastewater stream to demonstrate compliance with §63.703(g)(1)(i) and following the procedures of §63.705(h)(3), the concentrations of the individual organic HAP measured in the water do not need to be corrected.

(10) EPA Method 22 of appendix A of part 60 is used to determine visible emissions. Visible emissions testing shall be conducted for a minimum of 6 minutes during a time when particulate HAP transfer, as defined in this subpart, is occurring.

(c) Initial compliance demonstrations. Except as stipulated in §63.705(a), each owner or operator subject to the requirements of §63.703(c) must demonstrate initial compliance with the requirements of this subpart by following the procedures of paragraphs (c)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6) and paragraph (d) of this section, as applicable. Each owner or operator subject to §63.703(d), (e), (f), and (g) must demonstrate initial compliance with the requirements of this subpart by following the procedures of paragraphs (e), (f), (g), and (h) of this section, as appropriate.

(1) To demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with §63.703(c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4) when emissions from only the affected coating operations are controlled by a dedicated solvent recovery device, each owner or operator of the affected coating operation may perform a liquid-liquid HAP or VOC material balance over rolling 7-day periods in lieu of demonstrating compliance through the methods in paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3), or (c)(4) of this section. Results of the material balances calculation performed to demonstrate initial compliance shall be submitted to the Administrator with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) and §63.707(d). When demonstrating compliance by this procedure, §63.7(e)(3) of subpart A does not apply. The amount of liquid HAP or VOC applied and recovered shall be determined as discussed in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section. The overall HAP or VOC emission reduction (R) is calculated using equation 1:

eCFR graphic er15de94.005.gif

View or download PDF

(i) The value of RSi is zero unless the owner or operator submits the following information to the Administrator for approval of a measured RSi value that is greater than zero:

(A) Measurement techniques; and

(B) Documentation that the measured value of RSi exceeds zero.

(ii) The measurement techniques of paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section shall be submitted to the Administrator for approval with the notification of performance test required under §63.7(b).

(iii) Each owner or operator demonstrating compliance by the test method described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall:

(A) Measure the amount of coating applied at the coater;

(B) Determine the VOC or HAP content of all coating applied using the test method specified in §63.705(b) (1) or (2);

(C) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate, according to the manufacturer's specifications, a device that indicates the amount of HAP or VOC recovered by the solvent recovery device over rolling 7-day periods; the device shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate to within ±2.0 percent, and this certification shall be kept on record;

(D) Measure the amount of HAP or VOC recovered; and

(E) Calculate the overall HAP or VOC emission reduction (R) for rolling 7-day periods using Equation 1.

(iv) Compliance is demonstrated if the value of R is equal to or greater than the overall HAP control efficiency required by §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4).

(2) To demonstrate initial compliance with §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), or (c)(4) when affected HAP emission points are controlled by an emission control device other than a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each carbon adsorber vessel, each owner or operator of an affected source shall perform a gaseous emission test using the following procedures.

(i) Construct the overall HAP emission reduction system so that all volumetric flow rates and total HAP or VOC emissions can be accurately determined by the applicable test methods and procedures specified in §63.705(b) (3) through (8).

(ii) Determine capture efficiency from the HAP emission points by capturing, venting, and measuring all HAP emissions from the HAP emission points. During a performance test, the owner or operator of affected HAP emission points located in an area with other gaseous emission sources not affected by this subpart shall isolate the affected HAP emission points from all other gaseous emission points by one of the following methods:

(A) Build a temporary total enclosure (see §63.702) around the affected HAP emission point(s); or

(B) Shut down all gaseous emission points not affected by this subpart and continue to exhaust fugitive emissions from the affected HAP emission points through any building ventilation system and other room exhausts such as drying ovens.

All ventilation air must be vented through stacks suitable for testing.

(iii) Operate the emission control device with all affected HAP emission points connected and operating.

(iv) Determine the efficiency (E) of the control device using equation 2:

eCFR graphic er15de94.006.gif

View or download PDF

(v) Determine the efficiency (F) of the capture system using equation 3:

eCFR graphic er15de94.007.gif

View or download PDF

(vi) For each HAP emission point subject to §63.703, compliance is demonstrated if either of the following conditions are met:

(A) The product of (E)×(F) is equal to or greater than the overall HAP control efficiency required by §63.703(c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4); or

(B) When the owner or operator is subject to §63.703(c)(2), the value of F is equal to 1 and the value of Caj at the outlet of the incinerator is demonstrated to be no greater than 20 ppmv by compound, on a dry basis.

(3) To demonstrate compliance with §63.703(c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4) when affected HAP emission points are controlled by a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each carbon adsorber vessel, each owner or operator of an affected source shall perform a gaseous emission test using the following procedures:

(i) Construct the overall HAP emission reduction system so that each volumetric flow rate and the total HAP emissions can be accurately determined by the applicable test methods and procedures specified in §63.705(b) (3) through (8);

(ii) Assure that all HAP emissions from the affected HAP emission point(s) are segregated from gaseous emission points not affected by this subpart and that the emissions can be captured for measurement, as described in §63.705(c)(2)(ii) (A) and (B);

(iii) Operate the emission control device with all affected HAP emission points connected and operating;

(iv) Determine the efficiency (Hv) of each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) using equation 4:

eCFR graphic er15de94.008.gif

View or download PDF

(v) Determine the efficiency of the carbon adsorption system (Hsys) by computing the average efficiency of the individual carbon adsorber vessels as weighted by the volumetric flow rate (Qhv) of each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) using equation 5:

eCFR graphic er15de94.009.gif

View or download PDF

(vi) Determine the efficiency (F) of the capture system using equation (3).

(vii) For each HAP emission point subject to §63.703(c), compliance is demonstrated if the product of (Hsys)×(F) is equal to or greater than the overall HAP control efficiency required by §63.703(c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4).

(4) An alternative method of demonstrating compliance with §63.703(c)(1) through (c)(4) is the installation of a total enclosure around the affected HAP emission point(s) and the ventilation of all HAP emissions from the total enclosure to a control device with the efficiency or outlet concentration specified in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section. If this method is selected, the compliance test methods described in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), and (c)(3) of this section are not required. Instead, each owner or operator of an affected source shall:

(i) Demonstrate that a total enclosure is installed. An enclosure that meets the requirements in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) (A) through (D) of this section shall be considered a total enclosure. The owner or operator of an enclosure that does not meet these requirements may apply to the Administrator for approval of the enclosure as a total enclosure on a case-by-case basis. The enclosure shall be considered a total enclosure if it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator that all HAP emissions from the affected HAP emission point(s) are contained and vented to the control device. The requirements for automatic approval are as follows:

(A) Total area of all natural draft openings shall not exceed 5 percent of the total surface area of the total enclosure's walls, floor, and ceiling;

(B) All sources of emissions within the enclosure shall be a minimum of four equivalent diameters away from each natural draft opening;

(C) Average inward face velocity (FV) across all natural draft openings shall be a minimum of 3,600 meters per hour as determined by the following procedures:

(1) All forced makeup air ducts and all exhaust ducts are constructed so that the volumetric flow rate in each can be accurately determined by the test methods and procedures specified in §63.705(b) (4) and (5); volumetric flow rates shall be calculated without the adjustment normally made for moisture content; and

(2) Determine FV by equation 6:

eCFR graphic er15de94.010.gif

View or download PDF

(D) The air passing through all natural draft openings shall flow into the enclosure continuously. If FV is less than or equal to 9,000 meters per hour, the continuous inward flow of air shall be verified by continuous observation using smoke tubes, streamers, tracer gases, or other means approved by the Administrator over the period that the volumetric flow rate tests required to determine FV are carried out. If FV is greater than 9,000 meters per hour, the direction of airflow through the natural draft openings shall be presumed to be inward at all times without verification.

(ii) Determine the control device efficiency using equation (2) or equations (4) and (5), as applicable, and the test methods and procedures specified in §63.705(b) (3) through (8).

(iii) Be in compliance if either of the following criteria are met:

(A) The installation of a total enclosure is demonstrated and the value of E determined from equation (2) (or the value of Hsys determined from equations (4) and (5), as applicable) is equal to or greater than the overall HAP control efficiency required by §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4); or

(B) When the owner or operator is subject to §63.703(c)(2), the installation of a total enclosure is demonstrated and the value of Caj at the outlet of the incinerator is demonstrated to be no greater than 20 ppmv by compound, on a dry basis.

(5) To demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with §63.703(c)(5), each owner or operator of an affected source shall determine the mass of HAP contained in the coating per volume of coating solids applied for each batch of coating applied, according to the procedures of paragraphs (c)(5) (i) through (iii) of this section. If a batch of coating is identical to a previous batch of coating applied, the original calculations can be used to demonstrate the compliance of subsequent identical batches. The calculation of the HAP content of the coating used to demonstrate initial compliance with §63.703(c)(5) shall be submitted to the Administrator with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) and §63.707(e). When demonstrating compliance by this procedure, §63.7(e)(3) of subpart A does not apply.

(i) Determine the weight fraction of HAP in each coating applied using formulation data as specified in §63.705(b)(2);

(ii) Determine the volume of coating solids in each coating applied from the facility records; and

(iii) Compute the mass of HAP per volume of coating solids by equation 7:

eCFR graphic er15de94.011.gif

View or download PDF

(iv) The owner or operator of an affected source is in compliance with §63.703(c)(5) if the value of G is less than or equal to 0.18 kilogram of HAP per liter of coating solids applied.

(6) When nonregenerative carbon adsorbers are used to comply with §63.703(c)(1), the owner or operator may conduct a design evaluation to demonstrate initial compliance in lieu of following the compliance test procedures of paragraph (c) (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section. The design evaluation shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature, and shall establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration level, capacity of the carbon bed, type and working capacity of activated carbon used for the carbon bed, and design carbon replacement interval based on the total carbon working capacity of the control device and the emission point operating schedule.

(d)(1) To demonstrate initial compliance with §63.703(c) when hard piping or ductwork is used to direct HAP emissions from a HAP source to the control device, each owner or operator shall demonstrate upon inspection that the criteria of paragraph (d)(1)(i) and paragraph (d)(1) (ii) or (iii) are met.

(i) The equipment must be vented to a control device.

(ii) The control device efficiency (E or Hsys, as applicable) determined using equation (2) or equations (4) and (5), respectively, and the test methods and procedures specified in §63.705(b) (3) through (8), must be equal to or greater than the overall HAP control efficiency required by §63.703 (c)(1), (c)(3), or (c)(4), or the outlet concentration must be no greater than 20 ppmv by compound, on a dry basis, as required by §63.703(c)(2).

(iii) When a nonregenerative carbon adsorber is used, the ductwork from the affected emission point(s) must be vented to the control device and the carbon adsorber must be demonstrated, through the procedures of §63.705(c) (1), (2), (3), (4), or (6) to meet the requirements of §63.703(c)(1).

(2) To demonstrate initial compliance with provisions for mix preparation equipment, owners or operators shall, in addition to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, ensure that covers are closed at all times except when adding ingredients, withdrawing samples, transferring the contents, or making visual inspection when such activities cannot be carried out with the cover in place. Such activities shall be carried out through ports of the minimum practical size.

(e) To demonstrate initial compliance with §63.703(e), the owner or operator of a wash sink subject to the provisions of this standard shall:

(1) If complying with §63.703(e)(1)(ii), maintain at least the required minimum freeboard ratio at all times; or

(2) If complying with §63.703(e)(1)(i), the owner or operator of an existing wash sink that vents emissions from the wash sink to a control device prior to March 11, 1994 must demonstrate that the control device is at least 95-percent efficient in accordance with §63.705(c) (2), (3), (4), or (6); or

(3) If complying with §63.703(e)(1)(i), each owner or operator that vents emissions from the wash sink, through a capture device, and to a control device starting on or after March 11, 1994, must demonstrate that the overall HAP control efficiency is at least 88 percent using the test methods and procedures in §63.705(c) (2), (3), (4), or (6).

(f) To demonstrate initial compliance with §63.703(f), the owner or operator shall:

(1) If complying with §63.703(f)(1)(ii), install and use a closed system for flushing fixed lines; or

(2) If complying with §63.703(f)(1)(i), each owner or operator that vents emissions from the flushing operation, through a capture device, and to a control device must demonstrate that the overall HAP control efficiency is at least 95 percent using the test methods and procedures in §63.705(c) (2), (3), (4), or (6).

(g) To demonstrate initial compliance with §63.703(d), the owner or operator shall:

(1) If complying with §63.703(d)(1), install an enclosed transfer device for conveying particulate HAP, and use this device, following manufacturer's specifications or other written procedures developed for the device; or

(2) If complying with §63.703(d)(2):

(i) Test the baghouse or fabric filter to demonstrate that there are no visible emissions using the test method in §63.705(b)(10); and

(ii) provide engineering calculations in accordance with §63.707(h) of this subpart with the performance test results required by §63.7(g)(1) and §63.9(h) of subpart A, to demonstrate that the ventilation rate from the particulate transfer activity to the control device is sufficient for capturing the particulate HAP.

(h) To demonstrate initial compliance with §63.703(g), the owner or operator of an affected source shall follow the compliance procedures of either paragraph (h)(1), paragraph (h)(2), or paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator shall submit to the permitting authority with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) and §63.707(f) the design specifications demonstrating that the control technique meets the required efficiency for each HAP compound. For steam strippers, these specifications shall include at a minimum: feed rate, steam rate, number of theoretical trays, number of actual trays, feed composition, bottoms composition, overheads composition, and inlet feed temperature.

(2) The owner or operator shall demonstrate the compliance of a treatment process with the parts per million by weight (ppmw) wastewater stream concentration limits specified in §63.703(g)(1)(ii) by measuring the concentration of total VOHAP at the outlet of the treatment process using the method specified in §63.705(b)(9) (i) or (ii). A minimum of three representative samples of the wastewater stream exiting the treatment process, which are representative of normal flow and concentration conditions, shall be collected and analyzed. Wastewater samples shall be collected using the sampling procedures specified in Method 25D of appendix A of part 60. Where feasible, samples shall be taken from an enclosed pipe prior to the wastewater being exposed to the atmosphere. When sampling from an enclosed pipe is not feasible, a minimum of three representative samples shall be collected in a manner that minimizes exposure of the sample to the atmosphere and loss of organic HAP prior to analysis.

(3) The owner or operator shall demonstrate the compliance of a treatment process with the HAP fraction removed requirement specified in §63.703(g)(1)(i) by measuring the concentration of each HAP at the inlet and outlet of the treatment process using the method specified in §63.705(b)(9) (i) or (ii) and the procedures of paragraphs (h)(3) (i) through (iii) of this section.

(i) The same test method shall be used to analyze the wastewater samples from both the inlet and outlet of the treatment process.

(ii) The HAP mass flow rate of each individually speciated HAP compound entering the treatment process (Eb) and exiting the treatment process (Ea) shall be determined by computing the product of the flow rate of the wastewater stream entering or exiting the treatment process, and the HAP concentration of each individual HAP compound of the entering or exiting wastewater streams, respectively.

(A) The flow rate of the entering and exiting wastewater streams shall be determined using inlet and outlet flow meters, respectively.

(B) The average HAP concentration of each individual HAP of the entering and exiting wastewater streams shall be determined according to the procedures specified in either paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) or (b)(9)(ii)(B) of this section. If measuring the VOHAP concentration of an individual HAP in accordance with §63.705(b)(9)(i)(A), the concentrations of the individual organic VOHAP measured in the water shall be corrected to a HAP concentration by dividing each VOHAP concentration by the compound-specific fraction measured factor (FM) listed in table 34 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G.

(C) Three grab samples of the entering wastewater stream shall be taken at equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist of a minimum of three runs.

(D) Three grab samples of the exiting wastewater stream shall be taken at equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist of a minimum of three runs conducted over the same 3-hour period at which the total HAP mass flow rate entering the treatment process is determined.

(E) The HAP mass flow rates of each individual HAP compound entering and exiting the treatment process are calculated as follows:

eCFR graphic er15de94.012.gif

View or download PDF

where:

Eb = HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound entering the treatment process, kilograms per hour.

Ea = HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound exiting the treatment process, kilograms per hour.

K = Density of the wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic meter.

Vbp = Average volumetric flow rate of wastewater entering the treatment process during each run p, cubic meters per hour.

Vap = Average volumetric flow rate of wastewater exiting the treatment process during each run p, cubic meters per hour.

Cbp = Average HAP concentration of an individually speciated HAP in the wastewater stream entering the treatment process during each run p, parts per million by weight.

Cap = Average HAP concentration of an individually speciated HAP in the wastewater stream exiting the treatment process during each run p, parts per million by weight.

n = Number of runs.

(iii) The fraction removed across the treatment process for each individually speciated HAP compound shall be calculated as follows:

eCFR graphic er15de94.013.gif

View or download PDF

where:

FR = Fraction removed for an individually speciated HAP compound of the treatment process.

Eb = HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound entering the treatment process, kilogram per hour.

Ea = HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound exiting the treatment process, kilograms per hour.

(i) Startups and shutdowns are normal operation for this source category. Emissions from these activities are to be included when determining if the standards specified in §63.703 are being attained.

(j) An owner or operator who uses compliance techniques other than those specified in this subpart shall submit a description of those compliance procedures, subject to the Administrator's approval, in accordance with §63.7(f) of subpart A.

§63.706   Recordkeeping requirements.

(a) Except as stipulated in §63.703 (b), (c)(5), and (h), the owner or operator of a magnetic tape manufacturing operation subject to this subpart shall fulfill all applicable recordkeeping requirements in §63.10 of subpart A, as outlined in Table 1.

(b) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart that is also subject to the requirements of §63.703(e)(1)(ii) (a minimum freeboard ratio of 75 percent), shall record whether or not the minimum freeboard ratio has been achieved every time that HAP solvent is added to the wash sink. A measurement of the actual ratio is not necessary for each record as long as the owner or operator has a reliable method for making the required determination. For example, the record may be made by comparing the HAP solvent level to a permanent mark on the sink that corresponds to a 75 percent freeboard ratio. A HAP solvent level in the sink higher than the mark would indicate the minimum ratio has not been achieved.

(c) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart that is subject to the requirements of §63.704(c)(10) shall:

(1) If complying with §63.704(c)(10)(i), maintain hourly records of whether the flow indicator was operating and whether flow was detected at any time during the hour, as well as records of the times and durations of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the control device or the monitor is not operating;

(2) If complying with §63.704(c)(10) (ii), (iii), or (iv), maintain a record of monthly inspections, and the records of the times and durations of all periods when:

(i) Flow was diverted through any bypass line such that the seal mechanism was broken;

(ii) The key for a lock-and-key type lock had been checked out;

(iii) The valve position on any bypass line changed to the open position; or

(iv) The diversion of flow through any bypass line caused a shutdown of HAP-emitting operations.

(d) The owner or operator of an affected source that is complying with §63.703(c) by performing a material balance in accordance with §63.705(c)(1) shall:

(1) Maintain a record of each 7-day rolling average calculation; and

(2) Maintain a record of the certification of the accuracy of the device that measures the amount of HAP or VOC recovered.

(e) The owner or operator of a magnetic tape manufacturing operation subject to the provisions of §63.703 (b) and (h) shall maintain records of the calculations used to determine the limits on the amount of HAP utilized as specified in §63.703(b)(2), and of the HAP utilized in each month and the sum over each 12-month period.

(f) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to the provisions of §63.703(c)(5) shall keep records of the HAP content of each batch of coating applied as calculated according to §63.705(c)(5), and records of the formulation data that support the calculations. When a batch of coating applied is identical to a previous batch applied, only one set of records is required to be kept.

(g) The owner or operator of an affected source that is complying with §63.703(c)(1) through the use of a nonregenerative carbon adsorber and demonstrating initial compliance in accordance with §63.705(c)(6) shall maintain records to support the outlet VOC or HAP concentration value or the carbon replacement time established as the site-specific operating parameter to demonstrate compliance.

(h) In accordance with §63.10(b)(1) of subpart A, the owner or operator of an affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall retain all records required by this subpart and subpart A for at least 5 years following their collection.

§63.707   Reporting requirements.

(a) Except as stipulated in §63.703(b), (c)(5), and (h), the owner or operator of a magnetic tape manufacturing operation subject to this subpart shall fulfill all applicable reporting requirements in §63.7 through §63.10, as outlined in Table 1 to this subpart. These reports shall be submitted to the Administrator or delegated State.

(b) The owner or operator of an existing magnetic tape manufacturing operation subject to §63.703(b) and (h) shall include the values of the limits on the amount of HAP utilized as determined in §63.703(b)(2), along with supporting calculations, in the initial notification report required by §63.9(b).

(c) The owner or operator of a new magnetic tape manufacturing operation subject to §63.703(h) shall include the values of the limits on the amount of HAP utilized as determined in §63.703(b)(2), along with supporting calculations, and the amount of HAP expected to be utilized during the first consecutive 12-month period of operation in the initial notification report required by §63.9(b).

(d) The owner or operator subject to §63.703(c) and following the compliance provisions of §63.705(c)(1) (material balance calculation) shall include with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) the results of the initial material balance calculation.

(e) The owner or operator subject to §63.703(c)(5) and following the compliance provisions of §63.705(c)(5) (low-HAP coating) shall include with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) the results of the initial low-HAP coating demonstration.

(f) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of §63.703(g) and demonstrating compliance in accordance with §63.705(h)(1) shall submit to the permitting authority with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) the design specifications demonstrating that the control technique meets the required efficiency. For steam strippers, these specifications shall include at a minimum: feed rate, steam rate, number of theoretical trays, number of actual trays, feed composition, bottoms composition, overheads composition, and inlet feed temperature.

(g) The owner or operator of an affected source that is complying with §63.703(c)(1) through the use of a nonregenerative carbon adsorber and demonstrating initial compliance in accordance with §63.705(c)(6) shall submit to the permitting authority with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) the design evaluation.

(h) The owner or operator of an affected source that is complying with §63.703(d) through the use of a baghouse or fabric filter and demonstrating initial compliance in accordance with §63.705(g)(2) shall submit to the permitting authority with the notification of compliance status required by §63.9(h) the engineering calculations that support the minimum ventilation rate needed to capture HAP particulates for delivery to the control device.

(i) Excess emissions and continuous monitoring system performance report and summary reports shall be submitted as required by §63.10(e).

(1) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.704 shall include deviations of monitored values from the operating parameter values required by §63.704(c) in the reports. In the case of exceedances, the report must also contain a description and timing of the steps taken to address the cause of the exceedance.

(2) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.703(c)(5) shall report the HAP content of each batch of coating applied as the monitored operating parameter value in the reports.

(3) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.703(e)(1)(ii) and maintaining a minimum freeboard ratio of 75 percent shall report violations of the standard (freeboard ratio is less than 75 percent) in the reports.

(4) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to §63.704(c)(10) of this subpart shall include records of any time period and duration of time that flow was diverted from the control device, as well as the results of monthly inspections required by §63.704(c)(10)(ii), (iii), and (iv) in the reports.

(5) The owner or operator of an affected source complying with §63.703(c) by performing a material balance calculation in accordance with §63.705(c)(1) shall report any exceedances of the standard, as demonstrated through the calculation, in the reports.

(j) The owner or operator of a magnetic tape manufacturing operation subject to the provisions of §63.703(h) shall report the amount of HAP utilized in each 12-month period in an annual report to the Administrator according to the following schedule:

(1) For existing sources, the first report shall cover the 12-month period prior to the source's compliance date and shall be submitted to the Administrator no later than 30 days after the compliance date; and

(2) For new sources, the first report shall include the quantity of HAP that is expected to be utilized during the first 12 months of operation and shall be submitted to the Administrator no later than 30 days after the compliance date;

(3) Annual reports shall be submitted to the Administrator no later than 30 days after the last 12-month period included in the report; and

(4) A report shall also be submitted no later than 30 days after monthly records required to be maintained by §63.706(e) indicate that any limit on the amount of HAP utilized has been exceeded. The report shall indicate the amount by which the limit has been exceeded.

(k) The owner or operator establishing an alternate HAP outlet concentration limit in accordance with §§63.703(i) and 63.704(b)(11)(ii) shall:

(1) To support the proposed limit, submit the following within 180 days following completion of the performance test required by §63.7:

(i) The performance test or CEM data collected to establish the limit;

(ii) Records of when coating operations were down;

(iii) The rationale for the alternate proposed limit; and

(iv) A statement signed by a responsible official of the company that the control device was operated in accordance with good air pollution control practices and in the same manner it was operated to achieve compliance with the emission limitation for coating operations; and

(2) In the excess emissions and continuous monitoring system performance report and summary report required by §63.10(e)(3), include parameter or CEM data to demonstrate compliance or noncompliance with the alternate outlet HAP concentration established in accordance with §§63.703(i) and 63.704(b)(11)(ii) once the limit is approved.

§63.708   Implementation and enforcement.

(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable State, local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or Tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to a State, local, or Tribal agency.

(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to the State, local, or Tribal agency.

(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or Tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in §§63.701 and 63.703.

(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under §63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under §63.8(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under §63.10(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

[68 FR 37352, June 23, 2003]

Table 1 to Subpart EE of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart EE

Reference Applies to subpart EE Comment
63.1(a)(1)YesAdditional terms defined in §63.702(a); when overlap between subparts A and EE occurs, subpart EE takes precedence.
63.1(a)(2)-(14)Yes.
63.1(b)(1)-(3)Yes.
63.1(c)(1)YesSubpart EE specifies the applicability of each paragraph in subpart A to sources subject to subpart EE.
63.1(c)(2)NoThe applicability of §§63.701(a)(2) and 63.703 (b) and (h) to a source does not in and of itself make a source subject to part 70.
63.1(c)(4)-(5)Yes.
63.1(e)Yes.
63.2YesAdditional terms defined in §63.702(a); when overlap between subparts A and EE occurs, subpart EE takes precedence.
63.3YesUnits specific to subpart EE are defined in subpart EE.
63.4(a)(1)-(3)Yes.
63.4(a)(5)Yes.
63.4(b)Yes.
63.4(c)Yes.
63.5(a)Yes.
63.5(b)(1)Yes.
63.5(b)(3)-(6)Yes.
63.5(d)Yes.
63.5(e)Yes.
63.5(f)Yes.
63.6(a)Yes.
63.6(b)(1)-(5)Yes.
63.6(b)(7)Yes.
63.6(c)(1)-(2)Yes.
63.6(c)(5)Yes.
63.6(e)(1)-(2)Yes.
63.6(e)(3)YesOwners or operators of affected sources subject to subpart EE do not need to address startups and shutdowns because the emission limitations apply during these times.
63.6(f)(1)No§63.701(f) of subpart EE specifies when the standards apply.
63.6(f)(2)(i)-(ii)Yes.
63.6(f)(2)(iii)Yes§63.705(a)(3) of subpart EE includes additional circumstances under which previous capture device demonstrations are acceptable to show compliance.
63.6(f)(2)(iv)-(v)Yes.
63.6(f)(3)Yes.
63.6(g)Yes.
63.6(h)(1)No§63.701(f) of subpart EE specifies when the standards apply.
63.6(h)(2)(i)Yes.
63.6(h)(2)(iii)Yes.
63.6(h)(4)YesThis requirement applies only for the visible emission test required under §63.705(g)(2).
63.6(h)(5)(i)-(iii)Yes.
63.6(h)(5)(v)No.
63.6(h)(6)Yes.
63.6(h)(7)No.
63.6(h)(8)Yes.
63.6(h)(9)No.
63.6(i)(1)-(14)Yes§63.703(c)(4) of subpart EE shall not be considered emissions averaging for the purposes of §63.6(i)(4)(i)(B).
63.6(i)(16)Yes.
63.6(j)Yes.
63.7(a)(1)Yes.
63.7(a)(2)(i)-(vi)Yes.
63.7(a)(2)(ix)Yes.
63.7(a)(3)Yes.
63.7(b)Yes.
63.7(c)Yes.
63.7(d)Yes.
63.7(e)Yes§63.7(e) establishes the minimum performance test requirements. This section does not preclude owners or operators from conducting multiple test runs under alternate operating conditions to establish an appropriate range of compliance operating parameter values in accordance with §63.704(b)(11)(i) of subpart EE. Also as required in §63.701(f) of subpart EE, the emissions standards apply during startup and shutdown.
63.7(f)Yes.
63.7(g)(1)Yes.
63.7(g)(3)Yes.
63.7(h)Yes.
63.8(a)(1)-(2)Yes.
63.8(a)(4)Yes.
63.8(b)(1)Yes.
63.8(b)(2)No§63.704 of subpart EE specifies monitoring locations; when multiple emission points are tied to one central control device, the monitors are located at the central control device.
63.8(b)(3)Yes.
63.8(c)(1)-(3)Yes.
63.8(c)(4)YesProvisions related to COMS, however, do not apply.
63.8(c)(5)No.
63.8(c)(6)-(8)Yes.
63.8(d)Yes.
63.8(e)Yes.
63.8(f)(1)-(6)Yes.
63.8(g)(1)-(5)Yes.
63.9(a)Yes.
63.9(b)Yes.
63.9(c)Yes.
63.9(d)Yes.
63.9(e)Yes.
63.9(f)Yes.
63.9(g)(1)Yes.
63.9(g)(2)No.
63.9(g)(3)Yes.
63.9(h)(1)-(3)Yes.
63.9(h)(5)-(6)Yes.
63.9(i)Yes.
63.9(j)Yes.
63.10(a)Yes.
63.10(b)(1)Yes.
63.10(b)(2)YesExcept information on startup and shutdown periods is not necessary because the standards apply during these time periods.
63.10(b)(3)Yes.
63.10(c)(1)Yes.
63.10(c)(5)-(8)YesExcept information on startup and shutdown periods is not necessary because the standards apply during these times.
63.10(c)(10)-(15)YesExcept information on startup and shutdown periods is not necessary because the standards apply during these times.
63.10(d)(1)-(2)Yes.
63.10(d)(3)YesThis requirement applies only for the visible emissions test required under §63.705(g)(2). The results of visible emissions tests under §63.704(e) shall be reported as required in §63.10(e)(3).
63.10(d)(4)Yes.
63.10(d)(5)YesExcept information on startup and shutdown periods is not necessary because the standards apply during these times.
63.(10)(e)(1)Yes.
63.10(e)(2)(i)Yes.
63.10(e)(2)(ii)No.
63.10(e)(3)(i)-(v)Yes.
63.10(e)(3)(vi)-(viii)YesExcept emissions/CMS performance during startup and shutdown do not need to be specified because the standards apply during startup and shutdown.
63.10(e)(4)No.
63.10(f)Yes.
63.11-63.15Yes.

Subpart FF [Reserved]

Subpart GG—National Emission Standards for Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities

Source: 60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1996, unless otherwise noted.

§63.741   Applicability and designation of affected sources.

(a) This subpart applies to facilities that are engaged, either in part or in whole, in the manufacture or rework of commercial, civil, or military aerospace vehicles or components and that are major sources as defined in §63.2.

(b) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with the requirements of this subpart and of subpart A of this part, except as specified in §63.743(a) and Table 1 of this subpart.

(c) Affected sources. The affected sources to which the provisions of this subpart apply are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (7) of this section. The activities subject to this subpart are limited to the manufacture or rework of aerospace vehicles or components as defined in this subpart. Where a dispute arises relating to the applicability of this subpart to a specific activity, the owner or operator shall demonstrate whether or not the activity is regulated under this subpart.

(1) Each cleaning operation as follows:

(i) All hand-wipe cleaning operations constitute an affected source.

(ii) Each spray gun cleaning operation constitutes an affected source.

(iii) All flush cleaning operations constitute an affected source.

(2) For organic HAP or VOC emissions, each primer application operation, which is the total of all primer applications at the facility.

(3) For organic HAP or VOC emissions, each topcoat application operation, which is the total of all topcoat applications at the facility.

(4) For organic HAP or VOC emissions, each depainting operation, which is the total of all depainting at the facility.

(5) Each chemical milling maskant application operation, which is the total of all chemical milling maskant applications at the facility.

(6) Each waste storage and handling operation, which is the total of all waste handling and storage at the facility.

(7) For inorganic HAP emissions, each spray booth or hangar that contains a primer or topcoat application operation subject to §63.745(g) or a depainting operation subject to §63.746(b)(4).

(d) An owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart shall obtain an operating permit from the permitting authority in the State in which the source is located. The owner or operator shall apply for and obtain such permit in accordance with the regulations contained in part 70 of this chapter and in applicable State regulations.

(e) All wastes that are determined to be hazardous wastes under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (PL 94-580) (RCRA) as implemented by 40 CFR parts 260 and 261, and that are subject to RCRA requirements as implemented in 40 CFR parts 262 through 268, are exempt from the requirements of this subpart.

(f) This subpart does not contain control requirements for use of specialty coatings, adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, or sealants at aerospace facilities. It also does not regulate research and development, quality control, and laboratory testing activities, chemical milling, metal finishing, electrodeposition (except for electrodeposition of paints), composites processing (except for cleaning and coating of composite parts or components that become part of an aerospace vehicle or component as well as composite tooling that comes in contact with such composite parts or components prior to cure), electronic parts and assemblies (except for cleaning and topcoating of completed assemblies), manufacture of aircraft transparencies, and wastewater operations at aerospace facilities. These requirements do not apply to the rework of aircraft or aircraft components if the holder of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) design approval, or the holder's licensee, is not actively manufacturing the aircraft or aircraft components. These requirements also do not apply to parts and assemblies not critical to the vehicle's structural integrity or flight performance. The requirements of this subpart also do not apply to primers, topcoats, chemical milling maskants, strippers, and cleaning solvents containing HAP and VOC at concentrations less than 0.1 percent for carcinogens or 1.0 percent for noncarcinogens, as determined from manufacturer's representations. Additional specific exemptions from regulatory coverage are set forth in paragraphs (e), (g), (h), (i) and (j) of this section and §§63.742, 63.744(a)(1), (b), (e), 63.745(a), (f)(3), (g)(4), 63.746(a), (b)(5), 63.747(c)(3), and 63.749(d).

(g) The requirements for primers, topcoats, and chemical milling maskants in §63.745 and §63.747 do not apply to the use of low-volume coatings in these categories for which the annual total of each separate formulation used at a facility does not exceed 189 l (50 gal), and the combined annual total of all such primers, topcoats, and chemical milling maskants used at a facility does not exceed 757 l (200 gal). Primers and topcoats exempted under paragraph (f) of this section and under §63.745(f)(3) and (g)(4) are not included in the 50 and 200 gal limits. Chemical milling maskants exempted under §63.747(c)(3) are also not included in these limits.

(h) Regulated activities associated with space vehicles designed to travel beyond the limit of the earth's atmosphere, including but not limited to satellites, space stations, and the Space Shuttle System (including orbiter, external tanks, and solid rocket boosters), are exempt from the requirements of this subpart, except for depainting operations found in §63.746.

(i) Any waterborne coating for which the manufacturer's supplied data demonstrate that organic HAP and VOC contents are less than or equal to the organic HAP and VOC content limits for its coating type, as specified in §§63.745(c) and 63.747(c), is exempt from the following requirements of this subpart: §§63.745 (d) and (e), 63.747(d) and (e), 63.749 (d) and (h), 63.750 (c) through (h) and (k) through (n), 63.752 (c) and (f), and 63.753 (c) and (e). A facility shall maintain the manufacturer's supplied data and annual purchase records for each exempt waterborne coating readily available for inspection and review and shall retain these data for 5 years.

(j) Regulated activities associated with the rework of antique aerospace vehicles or components are exempt from the requirements of this subpart.

[60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 15016, Mar. 27, 1998; 63 FR 46532, Sept. 1, 1998]

§63.742   Definitions.

Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows:

Aerospace facility means any facility that produces, reworks, or repairs in any amount any commercial, civil, or military aerospace vehicle or component.

Aerospace vehicle or component means any fabricated part, processed part, assembly of parts, or completed unit, with the exception of electronic components, of any aircraft including but not limited to airplanes, helicopters, missiles, rockets, and space vehicles.

Aircraft fluid systems means those systems that handle hydraulic fluids, fuel, cooling fluids, or oils.

Aircraft transparency means the aircraft windshield, canopy, passenger windows, lenses, and other components which are constructed of transparent materials.

Antique aerospace vehicle or component means an aircraft or component thereof that was built at least 30 years ago. An antique aerospace vehicle would not routinely be in commercial or military service in the capacity for which it was designed.

Carbon adsorber means one vessel in a series of vessels in a carbon adsorption system that contains carbon and is used to remove gaseous pollutants from a gaseous emission source.

Carbon Adsorber control efficiency means the total efficiency of the control system, determined by the product of the capture efficiency and the control device efficiency.

Chemical milling maskant means a coating that is applied directly to aluminum components to protect surface areas when chemical milling the component with a Type I or Type II etchant. Type I chemical milling maskants are used with a Type I etchant and Type II chemical milling maskants are used with a Type II etchant. This definition does not include bonding maskants, critical use and line sealer maskants, and seal coat maskants. Additionally, maskants that must be used with a combination of Type I or II etchants and any of the above types of maskants (i.e., bonding, critical use and line sealer, and seal coat) are also exempt from this subpart. (See also Type I and Type II etchant definitions.)

Chemical milling maskant application operation means application of chemical milling maskant for use with Type I or Type II chemical milling etchants.

Cleaning operation means collectively spray gun, hand-wipe, and flush cleaning operations.

Cleaning solvent means a liquid material used for hand-wipe, spray gun, or flush cleaning. This definition does not include solutions that contain HAP and VOC below the de minimis levels specified in §63.741(f).

Closed-cycle depainting system means a dust-free, automated process that removes permanent coating in small sections at a time and maintains a continuous vacuum around the area(s) being depainted to capture emissions.

Coating means a material that is applied to the surface of an aerospace vehicle or component to form a decorative, protective, or functional solid film, or the solid film itself.

Coating operation means the use of a spray booth, tank, or other enclosure or any area, such as a hangar, for the application of a single type of coating (e.g., primer); the use of the same spray booth for the application of another type of coating (e.g., topcoat) constitutes a separate coating operation for which compliance determinations are performed separately.

Coating unit means a series of one or more coating applicators and any associated drying area and/or oven wherein a coating is applied, dried, and/or cured. A coating unit ends at the point where the coating is dried or cured, or prior to any subsequent application of a different coating. It is not necessary to have an oven or flashoff area in order to be included in this definition.

Confined space means a space that: (1) Is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned work; (2) has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for example, fuel tanks, fuel vessels, and other spaces that have limited means of entry); and (3) is not suitable for continuous employee occupancy.

Control device means destruction and/or recovery equipment used to destroy or recover HAP or VOC emissions generated by a regulated operation.

Control system means a combination of pollutant capture system(s) and control device(s) used to reduce discharge to the atmosphere of HAP or VOC emissions generated by a regulated operation.

Depainting means the removal of a permanent coating from the outer surface of an aerospace vehicle or component, whether by chemical or non-chemical means. For non-chemical means, this definition excludes hand and mechanical sanding, and any other non-chemical removal processes that do not involve blast media or other mechanisms that would result in airborne particle movement at high velocity.

Depainting operation means the use of a chemical agent, media blasting, or any other technique to remove permanent coatings from the outer surface of an aerospace vehicle or components. The depainting operation includes washing of the aerospace vehicle or component to remove residual stripper, media, or coating residue.

Electrodeposition of paint means the application of a coating using a water-based electrochemical bath process. The component being coated is immersed in a bath of the coating. An electric potential is applied between the component and an oppositely charged electrode hanging in the bath. The electric potential causes the ionized coating to be electrically attracted, migrated, and deposited on the component being coated.

Electrostatic spray means a method of applying a spray coating in which an electrical charge is applied to the coating and the substrate is grounded. The coating is attracted to the substrate by the electrostatic potential between them.

Exempt solvent means specified organic compounds that have been determined by the EPA to have negligible photochemical reactivity and are listed in 40 CFR 51.100.

Exterior primer means the first layer and any subsequent layers of identically formulated coating applied to the exterior surface of an aerospace vehicle or component where the component is used on the exterior of the aerospace vehicle. Exterior primers are typically used for corrosion prevention, protection from the environment, functional fluid resistance, and adhesion of subsequent exterior topcoats. Coatings that are defined as specialty coatings are not included under this definition.

Flush cleaning means the removal of contaminants such as dirt, grease, oil, and coatings from an aerospace vehicle or component or coating equipment by passing solvent over, into, or through the item being cleaned. The solvent may simply be poured into the item being cleaned and then drained, or be assisted by air or hydraulic pressure, or by pumping. Hand-wipe cleaning operations where wiping, scrubbing, mopping, or other hand action are used are not included.

General aviation (GA) means that segment of civil aviation that encompasses all facets of aviation except air carriers, commuters, and military. General aviation includes charter and corporate-executive transportation, instruction, rental, aerial application, aerial observation, business, pleasure, and other special uses.

General aviation rework facility means any aerospace facility with the majority of its revenues resulting from the reconstruction, repair, maintenance, repainting, conversion, or alteration of general aviation aerospace vehicles or components.

Hand-wipe cleaning operation means the removal of contaminants such as dirt, grease, oil, and coatings from an aerospace vehicle or component by physically rubbing it with a material such as a rag, paper, or cotton swab that has been moistened with a cleaning solvent.

Hazardous air pollutant (HAP) means any air pollutant listed in or pursuant to section 112(b) of the Act.

High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter that has a 99.97 percent reduction efficiency for 0.3 micron aerosol.

High volume low pressure (HVLP) spray equipment means spray equipment that is used to apply coating by means of a spray gun that operates at 10.0 psig of atomizing air pressure or less at the air cap.

Inorganic hazardous air pollutant (HAP) means any HAP that is not organic.

Large commercial aircraft means an aircraft of more than 110,000 pounds, maximum certified take-off weight manufactured for non-military use.

Leak means any visible leakage, including misting and clouding.

Limited access space means internal surfaces or passages of an aerospace vehicle or component that cannot be reached without the aid of an airbrush or a spray gun extension for the application of coatings.

Mechanical sanding means aerospace vehicle or component surface conditioning which uses directional and random orbital abrasive tools and aluminum oxide or nylon abrasive pads for the purpose of corrosion rework, substrate repair, prepaint surface preparation, and other maintenance activities.

Natural draft opening means any opening in a room, building, or total enclosure that remains open during operation of the facility and that is not connected to a duct in which a fan is installed. The rate and direction of the natural draft through such an opening is a consequence of the difference in pressures on either side of the wall containing the opening.

Non-chemical based depainting equipment means any depainting equipment or technique, including, but not limited to, media blasting equipment, that can depaint an aerospace vehicle or component in the absence of a chemical stripper. This definition does not include mechanical sanding or hand sanding.

Nonregenerative carbon adsorber means a carbon adsorber vessel in which the spent carbon bed does not undergo carbon regeneration in the adsorption vessel.

Operating parameter value means a minimum or maximum value established for a control device or process parameter which, if achieved by itself or in combination with one or more other operating parameter values, determines that an owner or operator has complied with an applicable emission limitation.

Organic hazardous air pollutant (HAP) means any HAP that is organic.

Primer means the first layer and any subsequent layers of identically formulated coating applied to the surface of an aerospace vehicle or component. Primers are typically used for corrosion prevention, protection from the environment, functional fluid resistance, and adhesion of subsequent coatings. Coatings that are defined as specialty coatings are not included under this definition.

Radome means the non-metallic protective housing for electromagnetic transmitters and receivers (e.g., radar, electronic countermeasures, etc.).

Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of and normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for fuel value, use, or reuse. Examples of equipment that may be recovery devices include absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, oil-water separators, or organic-water separators or organic removal devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation units.

Research and Development means an operation whose primary purpose is for research and development of new processes and products, that is conducted under the close supervision of technically trained personnel, and is not involved in the manufacture of final or intermediate products for commerical purposes, except in a de mimnimis manner.

Self-priming topcoat means a topcoat that is applied directly to an uncoated aerospace vehicle or component for purposes of corrosion prevention, environmental protection, and functional fluid resistance. More than one layer of identical coating formulation may be applied to the vehicle or component.

Semi-aqueous cleaning solvent means a solution in which water is a primary ingredient (″ 60 percent of the solvent solution as applied must be water.)

Softener means a liquid that is applied to an aerospace vehicle or component to degrade coatings such as primers and topcoats specifically as a preparatory step to subsequent depainting by non-chemical based depainting equipment. Softeners may contain VOC but shall not contain any HAP as determined from MSDS's or manufacturer supplied information.

Solids means the non-volatile portion of the coating which after drying makes up the dry film.

Space vehicle means a man-made device, either manned or unmanned, designed for operation beyond earth's atmosphere. This definition includes integral equipment such as models, mock-ups, prototypes, molds, jigs, tooling, hardware jackets, and test coupons. Also included is auxiliary equipment associated with test, transport, and storage, which through contamination can compromise the space vehicle performance.

Specialty coating means a coating that, even though it meets the definition of a primer, topcoat, or self-priming topcoat, has additional performance criteria beyond those of primers, topcoats, and self-priming topcoats for specific applications. These performance criteria may include, but are not limited to, temperature or fire resistance, substrate compatibility, antireflection, temporary protection or marking, sealing, adhesively joining substrates, or enhanced corrosion protection. Individual specialty coatings are defined in appendix A to this subpart and in the CTG for Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Operations (EPA 453/R-97-004).

Spot stripping means the depainting of an area where it is not technically feasible to use a non-chemical depainting technique.

Spray gun means a device that atomizes a coating or other material and projects the particulates or other material onto a substrate.

Stripper means a liquid that is applied to an aerospace vehicle or component to remove permanent coatings such as primers and topcoats.

Surface preparation means the removal of contaminants from the surface of an aerospace vehicle or component, or the activation or reactivation of the surface in preparation for the application of a coating.

Temporary total enclosure means a total enclosure that is constructed for the sole purpose of measuring the emissions from an affected source that are not delivered to an emission control device. A temporary total enclosure must be constructed and ventilated (through stacks suitable for testing) so that it has minimal impact on the performance of the permanent emission capture system. A temporary total enclosure will be assumed to achieve total capture of fugitive emissions if it conforms to the requirements found in §63.750(g)(4) and if all natural draft openings are at least four duct or hood equivalent diameters away from each exhaust duct or hood. Alternatively, the owner or operator may apply to the Administrator for approval of a temporary enclosure on a case-by-case basis.

Topcoat means a coating that is applied over a primer on an aerospace vehicle or component for appearance, identification, camouflage, or protection. Coatings that are defined as specialty coatings are not included under this definition.

Total enclosure means a permanent structure that is constructed around a gaseous emission source so that all gaseous pollutants emitted from the source are collected and ducted through a control device, such that 100% capture efficiency is achieved. There are no fugitive emissions from a total enclosure. The only openings in a total enclosure are forced makeup air and exhaust ducts and any natural draft openings such as those that allow raw materials to enter and exit the enclosure for processing. All access doors or windows are closed during routine operation of the enclosed source. Brief, occasional openings of such doors or windows to accommodate process equipment adjustments are acceptable, but if such openings are routine or if an access door remains open during the entire operation, the access door must be considered a natural draft opening. The average inward face velocity across the natural draft openings of the enclosure must be calculated including the area of such access doors. The drying oven itself may be part of the total enclosure. An enclosure that meets the requirements found in §63.750(g)(4) is a permanent total enclosure.

Touch-up and repair operation means that portion of the coating operation that is the incidental application of coating used to cover minor imperfections in the coating finish or to achieve complete coverage. This definition includes out-of-sequence or out-of-cycle coating.

Two-stage filter system means a dry particulate filter system using two layers of filter media to remove particulate. The first stage is designed to remove the bulk of the particulate and a higher efficiency second stage is designed to remove smaller particulate.

Type I etchant means a chemical milling etchant that contains varying amounts of dissolved sulfur and does not contain amines.

Type II etchant means a chemical milling etchant that is a strong sodium hydroxide solution containing amines.

Volatile organic compound (VOC) means any compound defined as VOC in 40 CFR 51.100. This includes any organic compound other than those determined by the EPA to be an exempt solvent. For purposes of determining compliance with emission limits, VOC will be measured by the approved test methods. Where such a method also inadvertently measures compounds that are exempt solvent, an owner or operator may exclude these exempt solvents when determining compliance with an emission standard.

Waterborne (water-reducible) coating means any coating that contains more than 5 percent water by weight as applied in its volatile fraction.

Waterwash system means a control system that utilizes flowing water (i.e., a conventional waterwash system) or a pumpless system to remove particulate emissions from the exhaust air stream in spray coating application or dry media blast depainting operations.

Nomenclature for determining carbon adsorber efficiency—The nomenclature defined below is used in §63.750(g):

(1) Ak = the area of each natural draft opening (k) in a total enclosure, in square meters.

(2) Caj = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each gas stream (j) exiting the emission control device, in parts per million by volume.

(3) Cbi = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device, in parts per million by volume.

(4) Cdi = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device from the affected source, in parts per million by volume.

(5) Cfk = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each uncontrolled gas stream (k) emitted directly to the atmosphere from the affected source, in parts per million by volume.

(6) Cgv = the concentration of HAP or VOC in each uncontrolled gas stream entering each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v), in parts per million by volume. For the purposes of calculating the efficiency of the individual carbon adsorber vessel, Cgv may be measured in the carbon adsorption system's common inlet duct prior to the branching of individual inlet ducts to the individual carbon adsorber vessels.

(7) Chv = the concentration of HAP or VOC in the gas stream exiting each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v), in parts per million by volume.

(8) E = the control device efficiency achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a fraction).

(9) F = the HAP or VOC emission capture efficiency of the HAP or VOC capture system achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a fraction).

(10) FV = the average inward face velocity across all natural draft openings in a total enclosure, in meters per hour.

(11) Hv = the individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) efficiency achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a fraction).

(12) Hsys = the efficiency of the carbon adsorption system calculated when each carbon adsorber vessel has an individual exhaust stack (expressed as a fraction).

(13) Mci = the total mass in kilograms of each batch of coating (i) applied, or of each coating applied at an affected coating operation during a 7 to 30-day period, as appropriate, as determined from records at the affected source. This quantity shall be determined at a time and location in the process after all ingredients (including any dilution solvent) have been added to the coating, or if ingredients are added after the mass of the coating has been determined, appropriate adjustments shall be made to account for them.

(14) Mr = the total mass in kilograms of HAP or VOC recovered for a 7 to 30-day period.

(15) Qaj = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (j) exiting the emission control device in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 in appendix A of part 60 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(16) Qbi = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device, in dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(17) Qdi = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (i) entering the emission control device from the affected source in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(18) Qfk = the volumetric flow rate of each uncontrolled gas stream (k) emitted directly to the atmosphere from the affected source in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(19) Qgv = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream entering each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration. For purposes of calculating the efficiency of the individual carbon adsorber vessel, the value of Qgv can be assumed to equal the value of Qhv measured for that carbon adsorber vessel.

(20) Qhv = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream exiting each individual carbon adsorber vessel (v) in either dry standard cubic meters per hour when EPA Method 18 is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration or in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis) when EPA Method 25A is used to measure HAP or VOC concentration.

(21) Qini = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (i) entering the total enclosure through a forced makeup air duct in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis).

(22) Qoutj = the volumetric flow rate of each gas stream (j) exiting the total enclosure through an exhaust duct or hood in standard cubic meters per hour (wet basis).

(23) R = the overall HAP or VOC emission reduction achieved for the duration of the emission test (expressed as a percentage).

(24) RSi = the total mass in kilograms of HAP or VOC retained in the coating after drying.

(25) Woi = the weight fraction of VOC in each batch of coating (i) applied, or of each coating applied at an affected coating operation during a 7- to 30-day period, as appropriate, as determined by EPA Method 24 or formulation data. This value shall be determined at a time and location in the process after all ingredients (including any dilution solvent) have been added to the coating, or if ingredients are added after the weight fraction of HAP or VOC in the coating has been determined, appropriate adjustments shall be made to account for them.

[60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 15017, Mar. 27, 1998; 63 FR 46533, Sept. 1, 1998; 65 FR 76945, Dec. 8, 2000]

§63.743   Standards: General.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(10) of this section and in Table 1 of this subpart, each owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart is also subject to the following sections of subpart A of this part:

(1) §63.4, Prohibited activities and circumvention;

(2) §63.5, Construction and reconstruction; and

(3) §63.6, Compliance with standards and maintenance requirements.

(4) For the purposes of this subpart, all affected sources shall submit any request for an extension of compliance not later than 120 days before the affected source's compliance date. The extension request should be requested for the shortest time necessary to attain compliance, but in no case shall exceed 1 year.

(5)(i) For the purposes of this subpart, the Administrator (or the State with an approved permit program) will notify the owner or operator in writing of his/her intention to deny approval of a request for an extension of compliance submitted under either §63.6(i)(4) or §63.6(i)(5) within 60 calendar days after receipt of sufficient information to evaluate the request.

(ii) In addition, for purposes of this subpart, if the Administrator does not notify the owner or operator in writing of his/her intention to deny approval within 60 calendar days after receipt of sufficient information to evaluate a request for an extension of compliance, then the request shall be considered approved.

(6)(i) For the purposes of this subpart, the Administrator (or the State) will notify the owner or operator in writing of the status of his/her application submitted under §63.6(i)(4)(ii) (that is, whether the application contains sufficient information to make a determination) within 30 calendar days after receipt of the original application and within 30 calendar days after receipt of any supplementary information that is submitted, rather than 15 calendar days as provided for in §63.6(i)(13)(i).

(ii) In addition, for the purposes of this subpart, if the Administrator does not notify the owner or operator in writing of the status of his/her application within 30 calendar days after receipt of the original application and within 30 calendar days after receipt of any supplementary information that is submitted, then the information in the application or the supplementary information is to be considered sufficient upon which to make a determination.

(7) For the purposes of this subpart, each owner or operator who has submitted an extension request application under §63.6(i)(5) is to be provided 30 calendar days to present additional information or arguments to the Administrator after he/she is notified that the application is not complete, rather than 15 calendar days as provided for in §63.6(i)(13)(ii).

(8) For the purposes of this subpart, each owner or operator is to be provided 30 calendar days to present additional information to the Administrator after he/she is notified of the intended denial of a compliance extension request submitted under either §63.6(i)(4) or §63.6(i)(5), rather than 15 calendar days as provided for in §63.6(1)(12)(iii)(B) and §63.6(i)(13)(iii)(B).

(9) For the purposes of this subpart, a final determination to deny any request for an extension submitted under either §63.6(i)(4) or §63.6(i)(5) will be made within 60 calendar days after presentation of additional information or argument (if the application is complete), or within 60 calendar days after the final date specified for the presentation if no presentation is made, rather than 30 calendar days as provided for in §63.6(i)(12)(iv) and §63.6(i)(13)(iv).

(10) For the purposes of compliance with the requirements of §63.5(b)(4) of the General Provisions and this subpart, owners or operators of existing primer or topcoat application operations and depainting operations who construct or reconstruct a spray booth or hangar that does not have the potential to emit 10 tons/yr or more of an individual inorganic HAP or 25 tons/yr or more of all inorganic HAP combined shall only be required to notify the Administrator of such construction or reconstruction on an annual basis. Notification shall be submitted on or before March 1 of each year and shall include the information required in §63.5(b)(4) for each such spray booth or hangar constructed or reconstructed during the prior calendar year, except that such information shall be limited to inorganic HAP's. No advance notification or written approval from the Administrator pursuant to §63.5(b)(3) shall be required for the construction or reconstruction of such a spray booth or hangar unless the booth or hangar has the potential to emit 10 tons/yr or more of an individual inorganic HAP or 25 tons/yr or more of all inorganic HAP combined.

(b) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan. Each owner or operator that uses an air pollution control device or equipment to control HAP emissions shall prepare a startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan in accordance with §63.6. Dry particulate filter systems operated per the manufacturer's instructions are exempt from a startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan. A startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan shall be prepared for facilities using locally prepared operating procedures. In addition to the information required in §63.6, this plan shall also include the following provisions:

(1) The plan shall specify the operation and maintenance criteria for each air pollution control device or equipment and shall include a standardized checklist to document the operation and maintenance of the equipment;

(2) The plan shall include a systematic procedure for identifying malfunctions and for reporting them immediately to supervisory personnel; and

(3) The plan shall specify procedures to be followed to ensure that equipment or process malfunctions due to poor maintenance or other preventable conditions do not occur.

(c) An owner or operator who uses an air pollution control device or equipment not listed in this subpart shall submit a description of the device or equipment, test data verifying the performance of the device or equipment in controlling organic HAP and/or VOC emissions, as appropriate, and specific operating parameters that will be monitored to establish compliance with the standards to the Administrator for approval not later than 120 days prior to the compliance date.

(d) Instead of complying with the individual coating limits in §§63.745 and 63.747, a facility may choose to comply with the averaging provisions specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(6) of this section.

(1) Each owner or operator of a new or existing source shall use any combination of primers, topcoats (including self-priming topcoats), Type I chemical milling maskants, or Type II chemical milling maskants such that the monthly volume-weighted average organic HAP and VOC contents of the combination of primers, topcoats, Type I chemical milling maskants, or Type II chemical milling maskants, as determined in accordance with the applicable procedures set forth in §63.750, complies with the specified content limits in §§63.745(c) and 63.747(c), unless the permitting agency specifies a shorter averaging period as part of an ambient ozone control program.

(2) Averaging is allowed only for uncontrolled primers, topcoats (including self-priming topcoats), Type I chemical milling maskants, or Type II chemical milling maskants.

(3) Averaging is not allowed between primers and topcoats (including self-priming topcoats).

(4) Averaging is not allowed between Type I and Type II chemical milling maskants.

(5) Averaging is not allowed between primers and chemical milling maskants, or between topcoats and chemical milling maskants.

(6) Each averaging scheme shall be approved in advance by the permitting agency and adopted as part of the facility's title V permit.

[60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 15017, Mar. 27, 1998; 71 FR 20457, Apr. 20, 2006]

§63.744   Standards: Cleaning operations.

(a) Housekeeping measures. Each owner or operator of a new or existing cleaning operation subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements in these paragraphs unless the cleaning solvent used is identified in Table 1 of this section or contains HAP and VOC below the de minimis levels specified in §63.741(f).

(1) Unless the owner or operator satisfies the requirements in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, place used solvent-laden cloth, paper, or any other absorbent applicators used for cleaning in bags or other closed containers. Ensure that these bags and containers are kept closed at all times except when depositing or removing these materials from the container. Use bags and containers of such design so as to contain the vapors of the cleaning solvent. Cotton-tipped swabs used for very small cleaning operations are exempt from this requirement.

(2) Unless the owner or operator satisfies the requirements in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, store fresh and spent cleaning solvents, except semi-aqueous solvent cleaners, used in aerospace cleaning operations in closed containers.

(4) Demonstrate to the Administrator (or delegated State, local, or Tribal authority) that equivalent or better alternative measures are in place compared to the use of closed containers for the solvent-laden materials described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or the storage of solvents described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(3) Conduct the handling and transfer of cleaning solvents to or from enclosed systems, vats, waste containers, and other cleaning operation equipment that hold or store fresh or spent cleaning solvents in such a manner that minimizes spills.

(b) Hand-wipe cleaning. Each owner or operator of a new or existing hand-wipe cleaning operation (excluding cleaning of spray gun equipment performed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section) subject to this subpart shall use cleaning solvents that meet one of the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) of this section. Cleaning solvent solutions that contain HAP and VOC below the de minimis levels specified in §63.741(f) are exempt from the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) of this section.

(1) Meet one of the composition requirements in Table 1 of this section;

(2) Have a composite vapor pressure of 45 mm Hg (24.1 in. H2 O) or less at 20 °C (68 °F); or

(3) Demonstrate that the volume of hand-wipe solvents used in cleaning operations has been reduced by at least 60% from a baseline adjusted for production. The baseline shall be established as part of an approved alternative plan administered by the State. Demonstrate that the volume of hand-wipe cleaning solvents used in cleaning operations has been reduced by at least 60 percent from a baseline adjusted for production. The baseline shall be calculated using data from 1996 and 1997, or as otherwise agreed upon by the Administrator or delegated State Authority. The baseline shall be approved by the Administrator or delegated State Authority and shall be included as part of the facility's title V or part 70 permit.

(c) Spray gun cleaning. Each owner or operator of a new or existing spray gun cleaning operation subject to this subpart in which spray guns are used for the application of coatings or any other materials that require the spray guns to be cleaned shall use one or more of the techniques, or their equivalent, specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section. Spray gun cleaning operations using cleaning solvent solutions that contain HAP and VOC below the de minimis levels specified in §63.741(f) are exempt from the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section.

(1)(i) Enclosed system. Clean the spray gun in an enclosed system that is closed at all times except when inserting or removing the spray gun. Cleaning shall consist of forcing solvent through the gun.

(ii) If leaks are found during the monthly inspection required in §63.751(a), repairs shall be made as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 days after the leak was found. If the leak is not repaired by the 15th day after detection, the cleaning solvent shall be removed, and the enclosed cleaner shall be shut down until the leak is repaired or its use is permanently discontinued.

(2) Nonatomized cleaning. Clean the spray gun by placing cleaning solvent in the pressure pot and forcing it through the gun with the atomizing cap in place. No atomizing air is to be used. Direct the cleaning solvent from the spray gun into a vat, drum, or other waste container that is closed when not in use.

(3) Disassembled spray gun cleaning. Disassemble the spray gun and clean the components by hand in a vat, which shall remain closed at all times except when in use. Alternatively, soak the components in a vat, which shall remain closed during the soaking period and when not inserting or removing components.

(4) Atomizing cleaning. Clean the spray gun by forcing the cleaning solvent through the gun and direct the resulting atomized spray into a waste container that is fitted with a device designed to capture the atomized cleaning solvent emissions.

(5) Cleaning of the nozzle tips of automated spray equipment systems, except for robotic systems that can be programmed to spray into a closed container, shall be exempt from the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.

(d) Flush cleaning. Each owner or operator of a flush cleaning operation subject to this subpart (excluding those in which Table 1 or semi-aqueous cleaning solvents are used) shall empty the used cleaning solvent each time aerospace parts or assemblies, or components of a coating unit (with the exception of spray guns) are flush cleaned into an enclosed container or collection system that is kept closed when not in use or into a system with equivalent emission control.

(e) Exempt cleaning operations. The following cleaning operations are exempt from the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section:

(1) Cleaning during the manufacture, assembly, installation, maintenance, or testing of components of breathing oxygen systems that are exposed to the breathing oxygen;

(2) Cleaning during the manufacture, assembly, installation, maintenance, or testing of parts, subassemblies, or assemblies that are exposed to strong oxidizers or reducers (e.g., nitrogen tetroxide, liquid oxygen, or hydrazine);

(3) Cleaning and surface activation prior to adhesive bonding;

(4) Cleaning of electronic parts and assemblies containing electronic parts;

(5) Cleaning of aircraft and ground support equipment fluid systems that are exposed to the fluid, including air-to-air heat exchangers and hydraulic fluid systems;

(6) Cleaning of fuel cells, fuel tanks, and confined spaces;

(7) Surface cleaning of solar cells, coated optics, and thermal control surfaces;

(8) Cleaning during fabrication, assembly, installation, and maintenance of upholstery, curtains, carpet, and other textile materials used in the interior of the aircraft;

(9) Cleaning of metallic and nonmetallic materials used in honeycomb cores during the manufacture or maintenance of these cores, and cleaning of the completed cores used in the manufacture of aerospace vehicles or components;

(10) Cleaning of aircraft transparencies, polycarbonate, or glass substrates;

(11) Cleaning and cleaning solvent usage associated with research and development, quality control, and laboratory testing;

(12) Cleaning operations, using nonflamable liquids, conducted within five feet of energized electrical systems. Energized electrical systems means any AC or DC electrical circuit on an assembled aircraft once electrical power is connected, including interior passenger and cargo areas, wheel wells and tail sections; and

(13) Cleaning operations identified as essential uses under the Montreal Protocol for which the Administrator has allocated essential use allowances or exemptions in 40 CFR 82.4.

Table 1—Composition Requirements for Approved Cleaning Solvents

Cleaning solvent typeComposition requirements
AqueousCleaning solvents in which water is the primary ingredient (≥80 percent of cleaning solvent solution as applied must be water). Detergents, surfactants, and bioenzyme mixtures and nutrients may be combined with the water along with a variety of additives, such as organic solvents (e.g., high boiling point alcohols), builders, saponifiers, inhibitors, emulsifiers, pH buffers, and antifoaming agents. Aqueous solutions must have a flash point greater than 93 °C (200 °F) (as reported by the manufacturer), and the solution must be miscible with water.
Hydrocarbon-basedCleaners that are composed of photochemically reactive hydrocarbons and/or oxygenated hydrocarbons and have a maximum vapor pressure of 7 mm Hg at 20 °C (3.75 in. H2O and 68 °F). These cleaners also contain no HAP.

[60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 15018, Mar. 27 1998; 63 FR 46533, Sept. 1, 1998; 68 FR 37352, June 23, 2003]

§63.745   Standards: Primer and topcoat application operations.

(a) Each owner or operator of a new or existing primer or topcoat application operation subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section for those coatings that are uncontrolled (no control device is used to reduce organic HAP emissions from the operation), and in paragraph (d) of this section for those coatings that are controlled (organic HAP emissions from the operation are reduced by the use of a control device). Aerospace equipment that is no longer operational, intended for public display, and not easily capable of being moved is exempt from the requirements of this section.

(b) Each owner or operator shall conduct the handling and transfer of primers and topcoats to or from containers, tanks, vats, vessels, and piping systems in such a manner that minimizes spills.

(c) Uncontrolled coatings—organic HAP and VOC content levels. Each owner or operator shall comply with the organic HAP and VOC content limits specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section for those coatings that are uncontrolled.

(1) Organic HAP emissions from primers shall be limited to an organic HAP content level of no more than: 540 g/L (4.5 lb/gal) of primer (less water), as applied, for general aviation rework facilities; or 650 g/L (5.4 lb/gal) of exterior primer (less water), as applied, to large commercial aircraft components (parts or assemblies) or fully assembled, large commercial aircraft at existing affected sources that produce fully assembled, large commercial aircraft; or 350 g/L (2.9 lb/gal) of primer (less water), as applied.

(2) VOC emissions from primers shall be limited to a VOC content level of no more than: 540 g/L (4.5 lb/gal) of primer (less water and exempt solvents), as applied, for general aviation rework facilities; or 650 g/L (5.4 lb/gal) of exterior primer (less water and exempt solvents), as applied, to large commercial aircraft components (parts or assemblies) or fully assembled, large commercial aircraft at existing affected sources that produce fully assembled, large commercial aircraft; or 350 g/L (2.9 lb/gal) of primer (less water and exempt solvents), as applied.

(3) Organic HAP emissions from topcoats shall be limited to an organic HAP content level of no more than: 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal) of coating (less water) as applied or 540 g/L (4.5 lb/gal) of coating (less water) as applied for general aviation rework facilities. Organic HAP emissions from self-priming topcoats shall be limited to an organic HAP content level of no more than: 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal) of self-priming topcoat (less water) as applied or 540 g/L (4.5 lb/gal) of self-priming topcoat (less water) as applied for general aviation rework facilities.

(4) VOC emissions from topcoats shall be limited to a VOC content level of no more than: 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal) of coating (less water and exempt solvents) as applied or 540 g/L (4.5 lb/gal) of coating (less water and exempt solvents) as applied for general aviation rework facilities. VOC emissions from self-priming topcoats shall be limited to a VOC content level of no more than: 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal) of self-priming topcoat (less water and exempt solvents) as applied or 540 g/L (4.5 lb/gal) of self-priming topcoat (less water) as applied for general aviation rework facilities.

(d) Controlled coatings—control system requirements. Each control system shall reduce the operation's organic HAP and VOC emissions to the atmosphere by 81% or greater, taking into account capture and destruction or removal efficiencies, as determined using the procedures in §63.750(g) when a carbon adsorber is used and in §63.750(h) when a control device other than a carbon adsorber is used.

(e) Compliance methods. Compliance with the organic HAP and VOC content limits specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section shall be accomplished by using the methods specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section either by themselves or in conjunction with one another.

(1) Use primers and topcoats (including self-priming topcoats) with HAP and VOC content levels equal to or less than the limits specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section; or

(2) Use the averaging provisions described in §63.743(d).

(f) Application equipment. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, each owner or operator of a new or existing primer or topcoat (including self-priming topcoat) application operation subject to this subpart in which any of the coatings contain organic HAP or VOC shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section.

(1) All primers and topcoats (including self-priming topcoats) shall be applied using one or more of the application techniques specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(ix) of this section.

(i) Flow/curtain coat application;

(ii) Dip coat application;

(iii) Roll coating;

(iv) Brush coating;

(v) Cotton-tipped swab application;

(vi) Electrodeposition (dip) coating;

(vii) High volume low pressure (HVLP) spraying;

(viii) Electrostatic spray application; or

(ix) Other coating application methods that achieve emission reductions equivalent to HVLP or electrostatic spray application methods, as determined according to the requirements in §63.750(i).

(2) All application devices used to apply primers or topcoats (including self-priming topcoats) shall be operated according to company procedures, local specified operating procedures, and/or the manufacturer's specifications, whichever is most stringent, at alltimes. Equipment modified by the facility shall maintain a transfer efficiency equivalent to HVLP and electrostatic spray application techniques.

(3) The following situations are exempt from the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section:

(i) Any situation that normally requires the use of an airbrush or an extension on the spray gun to properly reach limited access spaces;

(ii) The application of coatings that contain fillers that adversely affect atomization with HVLP spray guns and that the permitting agency has determined cannot be applied by any of the application methods specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section;

(iii) The application of coatings that normally have a dried film thickness of less than 0.0013 centimeter (0.0005 in.) and that the permitting agency has determined cannot be applied by any of the application methods specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section;

(iv) The use of airbrush application methods for stenciling, lettering, and other identification markings;

(v) The use of hand-held spray can application methods; and

(vi) Touch-up and repair operations.

(g) Inorganic HAP emissions. Except as provided in paragraph (g)(4) of this section, each owner or operator of a new or existing primer or topcoat application operation subject to this subpart in which any of the coatings that are spray applied contain inorganic HAP, shall comply with the applicable requirements in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(3) of this section.

(1) Apply these coatings in a booth or hangar in which air flow is directed downward onto or across the part or assembly being coated and exhausted through one or more outlets.

(2) Control the air stream from this operation as follows:

(i) For existing sources, the owner or operator must choose one of the following:

(A) Before exhausting it to the atmosphere, pass the air stream through a dry particulate filter system certified using the methods described in §63.750(o) to meet or exceed the efficiency data points in Tables 1 and 2 of this section; or

Table 1—Two-Stage Arrestor; Liquid Phase Challenge for Existing Sources

Filtration efficiency requirement, %Aerodynamic particle size range, µm
>90>5.7
>50>4.1
>10>2.2

Table 2—Two-Stage Arrestor; Solid Phase Challenge for Existing Sources

Filtration efficiency requirement, %Aerodynamic particle size range, µm
>90>8.1
>50>5.0
>10>2.6

(B) Before exhausting it to the atmosphere, pass the air stream through a waterwash system that shall remain in operation during all coating application operations; or

(C) Before exhausting it to the atmosphere, pass the air stream through an air pollution control system that meets or exceeds the efficiency data points in Tables 1 and 2 of this section and is approved by the permitting authority.

(ii) For new sources, either:

(A) Before exhausting it to the atmosphere, pass the air stream through a dry particulate filter system certified using the methods described in §63.750(o) to meet or exceed the efficiency data points in Tables 3 and 4 of this section; or

Table 3—Three-Stage Arrestor; Liquid Phase Challenge for New Sources

Filtration efficiency requirement, %Aerodynamic particle size range, µm
>95>2.0
>80>1.0
>65>0.42

Table 4—Three-Stage Arrestor; Solid Phase Challenge for New Sources

Filtration efficiency requirement, %Aerodynamic particle size range, µm
>95>2.5
>85>1.1
>75>0.70

(B) Before exhausting it to the atmosphere, pass the air stream through an air pollution control system that meets or exceeds the efficiency data points in Tables 3 and 4 of this section and is approved by the permitting authority.

(iii) Owners or operators of new sources that have commenced construction or reconstruction after June 6, 1994 but prior to October 29, 1996 may comply with the following requirements in lieu of the requirements in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section:

(A) Pass the air stream through either a two-stage dry particulate filter system or a waterwash system before exhausting it to the atmosphere.

(B) If the primer or topcoat contains chromium or cadmium, control shall consist of a HEPA filter system, three-stage filter system, or other control system equivalent to the three stage filter system as approved by the permitting agency.

(iv) If a dry particulate filter system is used, the following requirements shall be met:

(A) Maintain the system in good working order;

(B) Install a differential pressure gauge across the filter banks;

(C) Continuously monitor the pressure drop across the filter and read and record the pressure drop once per shift; and

(D) Take corrective action when the pressure drop exceeds or falls below the filter manufacturer's recommended limit(s).

(v) If a conventional waterwash system is used, continuously monitor the water flow rate and read and record the water flow rate once per shift. If a pumpless system is used, continuously monitor the booth parameter(s) that indicate performance of the booth per the manufacturer's recommendations to maintain the booth within the acceptable operating efficiency range and read and record the parameters once per shift.

(3) If the pressure drop across the dry particulate filter system, as recorded pursuant to §63.752(d)(1), is outside the limit(s) specified by the filter manufacturer or in locally prepared operating procedures, shut down the operation immediately and take corrective action. If the water path in the waterwash system fails the visual continuity/flow characteristics check, or the water flow rate recorded pursuant to §63.752(d)(2) exceeds the limit(s) specified by the booth manufacturer or in locally prepared operating procedures, or the booth manufacturer's or locally prepared maintenance procedures for the filter or waterwash system have not been performed as scheduled, shut down the operation immediately and take corrective action. The operation shall not be resumed until the pressure drop or water flow rate is returned within the specified limit(s).

(4) The requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(3) of this section do not apply to the following:

(i) Touch-up of scratched surfaces or damaged paint;

(ii) Hole daubing for fasteners;

(iii) Touch-up of trimmed edges;

(iv) Coating prior to joining dissimilar metal components;

(v) Stencil operations performed by brush or air brush;

(vi) Section joining;

(vii) Touch-up of bushings and other similar parts;

(viii) Sealant detackifying;

(ix) Painting parts in an area identified in a title V permit, where the permitting authority has determined that it is not technically feasible to paint the parts in a booth; and

(x) The use of hand-held spray can application methods.

[60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 15019, Mar. 27, 1998; 63 FR 46533, Sept. 1, 1998; 65 FR 76945, Dec. 8, 2000]

§63.746   Standards: Depainting operations.

(a) Applicability. Each owner or operator of a new or existing depainting operation subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section, and with the requirements specified in paragraph (b) where there are no controls for organic HAP, or paragraph (c) where organic HAP are controlled using a control system. This section does not apply to an aerospace manufacturing or rework facility that depaints six or less completed aerospace vehicles in a calendar year.

(1) The provisions of this section apply to the depainting of the outer surface areas of completed aerospace vehicles, including the fuselage, wings, and vertical and horizontal stabilizers of the aircraft, and the outer casing and stabilizers of missiles and rockets. These provisions do not apply to the depainting of parts or units normally removed from the aerospace vehicle for depainting. However, depainting of wings and stabilizers is always subject to the requirements of this section regardless of whether their removal is considered by the owner or operator to be normal practice for depainting.

(2) Aerospace vehicles or components that are intended for public display, no longer operational, and not easily capable of being moved are exempt from the requirements of this section.

(3) The following depainting operations are exempt from the requirements of this section:

(i) Depainting of radomes; and

(ii) Depainting of parts, subassemblies, and assemblies normally removed from the primary aircraft structure before depainting.

(b)(1) HAP emissions—non-HAP chemical strippers and technologies. Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, each owner or operator of a new or existing aerospace depainting operation subject to this subpart shall emit no organic HAP from chemical stripping formulations and agents or chemical paint softeners.

(2) Where non-chemical based equipment is used to comply with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, either in total or in part, each owner or operator shall operate and maintain the equipment according to the manufacturer's specifications or locally prepared operating procedures. During periods of malfunctions of such equipment, each owner or operator may use substitute materials during the repair period provided the substitute materials used are those available that minimize organic HAP emissions. In no event shall substitute materials be used for more than 15 days annually, unless such materials are organic HAP-free.

(3) Each owner or operator of a new or existing depainting operation shall not, on an annual average basis, use more than 26 gallons of organic HAP-containing chemical strippers or alternatively 190 pounds of organic HAP per commercial aircraft depainted; or more than 50 gallons of organic HAP-containing chemical strippers or alternatively 365 pounds of organic HAP per military aircraft depainted for spot stripping and decal removal.

(4) Each owner or operator of a new or existing depainting operation complying with paragraph (b)(2), that generates airborne inorganic HAP emissions from dry media blasting equipment, shall also comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (b)(4)(v) of this section.

(i) Perform the depainting operation in an enclosed area, unless a closed-cycle depainting system is used.

(ii)(A) For existing sources pass any air stream removed from the enclosed area or closed-cycle depainting system through a dry particulate filter system, certified using the method described in §63.750(o) to meet or exceed the efficiency data points in Tables 1 and 2 of §63.745, through a baghouse, or through a waterwash system before exhausting it to the atmosphere.

(B) For new sources pass any air stream removed from the enclosed area or closed-cycle depainting system through a dry particulate filter system certified using the method described in §63.750(o) to meet or exceed the efficiency data points in Tables 3 and 4 of §63.745 or through a baghouse before exhausting it to the atmosphere.

(c) Owners or operators of new sources that have commenced construction or reconstruction after June 6, 1994 but prior to October 29, 1996 may comply with the following requirements in lieu of the requirements in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(B) of this section:

(1) Pass the air stream through either a two-stage dry particulate filter system or a waterwash system before exhausting it to the atmosphere.

(2) If the coating being removed contains chromium or cadmium, control shall consist of a HEPA filter system, three-stage filter system, or other control system equivalent to the three-stage filter system as approved by the permitting agency.

(iii) If a dry particulate filter system is used, the following requirements shall be met:

(A) Maintain the system in good working order;

(B) Install a differential pressure gauge across the filter banks;

(C) Continuously monitor the pressure drop across the filter, and read and record the pressure drop once per shift; and

(D) Take corrective action when the pressure drop exceeds or falls below the filter manufacturer's recommended limits.

(iv) If a waterwash system is used, continuously monitor the water flow rate, and read and record the water flow rate once per shift.

(v) If the pressure drop, as recorded pursuant to §63.752(e)(7), is outside the limit(s) specified by the filter manufacturer or in locally prepared operating procedures, whichever is more stringent, shut down the operation immediately and take corrective action. If the water path in the waterwash system fails the visual continuity/flow characteristics check, as recorded pursuant to §63.752(e)(7), or the water flow rate, as recorded pursuant to §63.752(d)(2), exceeds the limit(s) specified by the booth manufacturer or in locally prepared operating procedures, or the booth manufacturer's or locally prepared maintenance procedures for the filter or waterwash system have not been performed as scheduled, shut down the operation immediately and take corrective action. The operation shall not be resumed until the pressure drop or water flow rate is returned within the specified limit(s).

(5) Mechanical and hand sanding operations are exempt from the requirements in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(c) Organic HAP emissions—organic HAP-containing chemical strippers. Each owner or operator of a new or existing organic HAP-containing chemical stripper depainting operation subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements specified in this paragraph.

(1) All organic HAP emissions from the operation shall be reduced by the use of a control system. Each control system that was installed before the effective date shall reduce the operations' organic HAP emissions to the atmosphere by 81 percent or greater, taking into account capture and destruction or removal efficiencies.

(2) Each control system installed on or after the effective date shall reduce organic HAP emissions to the atmosphere by 95 percent or greater. Reduction shall take into account capture and destruction or removal efficiencies, and may take into account the volume of chemical stripper used relative to baseline levels (e.g., the 95 percent efficiency may be achieved by controlling emissions at 81 percent efficiency with a control system and using 74 percent less stripper than in baseline applications). The baseline shall be calculated using data from 1996 and 1997, which shall be on a usage per aircraft or usage per square foot of surface basis.

(3) The capture and destruction or removal efficiencies are to be determined using the procedures in §63.750(g) when a carbon adsorber is used and those in §63.750(h) when a control device other than a carbon adsorber is used.

[60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 15020, Mar. 27, 1998; 63 FR 46533, Sept. 1, 1998]

§63.747   Standards: Chemical milling maskant application operations.

(a) Each owner or operator of a new or existing chemical milling maskant operation subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section for those chemical milling maskants that are uncontrolled (no control device is used to reduce organic HAP emissions from the operation) and in paragraph (d) of this section for those chemical milling maskants that are controlled (organic HAP emissions from the operation are reduced by the use of a control device).

(b) Each owner or operator shall conduct the handling and transfer of chemical milling maskants to or from containers, tanks, vats, vessels, and piping systems in such a manner that minimizes spills.

(c) Uncontrolled maskants—organic HAP and VOC content levels. Each owner or operator shall comply with the organic HAP and VOC content limits specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section for each chemical milling maskant that is uncontrolled.

(1) Organic HAP emissions from chemical milling maskants shall be limited to organic HAP content levels of no more than 622 grams of organic HAP per liter (5.2 lb/gal) of Type I chemical milling maskant (less water) as applied, and no more than 160 grams of organic HAP per liter (1.3 lb/gal) of Type II chemical milling maskant (less water) as applied.

(2) VOC emissions from chemical milling maskants shall be limited to VOC content levels of no more than 622 grams of VOC per liter (5.2 lb/gal) of Type I chemical milling maskant (less water and exempt solvents) as applied, and no more than 160 grams of VOC per liter (1.3 lb/gal) of Type II chemical milling maskant (less water and exempt solvents) as applied.

(3) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do not apply to the following:

(i) Touch-up of scratched surfaces or damaged maskant; and

(ii) Touch-up of trimmed edges.

(d) Controlled maskants—control system requirements. Each control system shall reduce the operation's organic HAP and VOC emissions to the atmosphere by 81% or greater, taking into account capture and destruction or removal efficiencies, as determined using the procedures in §63.750(g) when a carbon adsorber is used and in §63.750(h) when a control device other than a carbon adsorber is used.

(e) Compliance methods. Compliance with the organic HAP and VOC content limits specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section may be accomplished by using the methods specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section either by themselves or in conjunction with one another.

(1) Use chemical milling maskants with HAP and VOC content levels equal to or less than the limits specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.

(2) Use the averaging provisions described in §63.743(d).

[60 FR 45956, Sept. 1, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 15021, Mar. 27, 1998]

§63.748   Standards: Handling and storage of waste.

Except as provided in §63.741(e), the owner or operator of each facility subject to this subpart that produces a waste that contains HAP shall conduct the handling and transfer of the waste to or from containers, tanks, vats, vessels, and piping systems in such a manner that minimizes spills.

§63.749   Compliance dates and determinations.

(a) Compliance dates. (1) Each owner or operator of an existing affected source subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements of this subpart by September 1, 1998, except as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Owners or operators of new affected sources subject to this subpart shall comply on the effective date or upon startup, whichever is later. In addition, each owner or operator shall comply with the compliance dates specified in §63.6(b) and (c).

(2) Owners or operators of existing primer or topcoat application operations and depainting operations who construct or reconstruct a spray booth or hangar must comply with the new source requirements for inorganic HAP specified in §§63.745(g)(2)(ii) and 63.746(b)(4) for that new spray booth or hangar upon startup. Such sources must still comply with all other existing source requirements by September 1, 1998.

(b) General. Each facility subject to this subpart shall be considered in noncompliance if the owner or operator fails to submit a startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan as required by §63.743(b) or uses a control device other than one specified in this subpart that has not been approved by the Administrator, as required by §63.743(c).

(c) Cleaning operations. Each cleaning operation subject to this subpart shall be considered in noncompliance if the owner or operator fails to institute and carry out the housekeeping measures required under §63.744(a). Incidental emissions resulting from the activation of pressure release vents and valves on enclosed cleaning systems are exempt from this paragraph.

(1) Hand-wipe cleaning. An affected hand-wipe cleaning operation shall be considered in compliance when all hand-wipe cleaning solvents, excluding those used for hand cleaning of spray gun equipment under §63.744(c)(3), meet either the composition requirements specified in §63.744(b)(1) or the vapor pressure requirement specified in §63.744(b)(2).

(2) Spray gun cleaning. An affected spray gun cleaning operation shall be considered in compliance when each of the following conditions is met:

(i) One of the four techniques specified in §63.744 (c)(1) through (c)(4) is used;

(ii) The technique selected is operated according to the procedures specified in §63.744 (c)(1) through (c)(4) as appropriate; and

(iii) If an enclosed system is used, monthly visual inspections are conducted and any leak detected is repaired within 15 days after detection. If the leak is not repaired by the 15th day after detection, the solvent shall be removed and the enclosed cleaner shall be shut down until the cleaner is repaired or its use is permanently discontinued.

(3) Flush cleaning. An affected flush cleaning operation shall be considered in compliance if the operating requirements specified in §63.744(d) are implemented and carried out.

(d) Organic HAP and VOC content levels—primer and topcoat application operations—(1) Performance test periods. For uncontrolled coatings that are not averaged, each 24 hours is considered a performance test. For compliant and non-compliant coatings that are averaged together, each 30-day period is considered a performance test, unless the permitting agency specifies a shorter averaging period as part of an ambient ozone control program. When using a control device other than a carbon adsorber, three 1-hour runs constitute the test period for the initial and any subsequent performance test. When using a carbon adsorber, each rolling material balance period is considered a performance test.

(2) Initial performance tests. If a control device is used, each owner or operator shall conduct an initial performance test to demonstrate compliance with the overall reduction efficiency specified in paragraph §63.745, unless a waiver is obtained under either §63.7(e)(2)(iv) or §63.7(h). The initial performance test shall be conducted according to the procedures and test methods specified in §63.7 and §63.750(g) for carbon adsorbers and in §63.750(h) for control devices other than carbon adsorbers. For carbon adsorbers, the initial performance test shall be used to establish the appropriate rolling material balance period for determining compliance. The procedures in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(vi) of this section shall be used in determining initial compliance with the provisions of this subpart for carbon adsorbers.

(i)(A) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all the individual carbon adsorber vessels pursuant to §63.750(g) (2) or (4), the test shall consist of three separate runs, each coinciding with one or more complete sequences through the adsorption cycles of all of the individual carbon adsorber vessels.

(B) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each carbon adsorber vessel pursuant to §63.750(g) (3) or (4), each carbon adsorber vessel shall be tested individually. The test for each carbon adsorber vessel shall consist of three separate runs. Each run shall coincide with one or more complete adsorption cycles.

(ii) EPA Method 1 or 1A of appendix A of part 60 is used for sample and velocity traverses.

(iii) EPA Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of appendix A of part 60 is used for velocity and volumetric flow rates.

(iv) EPA Method 3 of appendix A of part 60 is used for gas analysis.

(v) EPA Method 4 of appendix A of part 60 is used for stack gas moisture.

(vi) EPA Methods 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 3, and 4 shall be performed, as applicable, at least twice during each test period.

(3) The primer application operation is considered in compliance when the conditions specified in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through (d)(3)(iv) of this section, as applicable, and in paragraph (e) of this section are met. Failure to meet any one of the conditions identified in these paragraphs shall constitute noncompliance.

(i) For all uncontrolled primers, all values of Hi and Ha (as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750 (c) and (d)) are less than or equal to 350 grams of organic HAP per liter (2.9 lb/gal) of primer (less water) as applied, and all values of Gi and Ga (as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750 (e) and (f)) are less than or equal to 350 grams of organic VOC per liter (2.9 lb/gal) of primer (less water and exempt solvents) as applied.

(ii) If a control device is used:

(A) The overall control system efficiency, Ek, as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(g) for control systems containing carbon adsorbers and in §63.750(h) for control systems with other control devices, is equal to or greater than 81% during the initial performance test and any subsequent performance test;

(B) If an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, the average combustion temperature for all 3-hour periods is greater than or equal to the average combustion temperature established under §63.751(b)(11); and

(C) If a catalytic incinerator is used, the average combustion temperatures for all 3-hour periods are greater than or equal to the average combustion temperatures established under §63.751(b)(12).

(iii)(A) Uses an application technique specified in §63.745 (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(viii), or

(B) Uses an alternative application technique, as allowed under §63.745(f)(1)(ix), such that the emissions of both organic HAP and VOC for the implementation period of the alternative application method are less than or equal to the emissions generated using HVLP or electrostatic spray application methods as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(i).

(iv) Operates all application techniques in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications or locally prepared operating procedures, whichever is more stringent.

(4) The topcoat application operation is considered in compliance when the conditions specified in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (e)(4)(iv) of this section, as applicable, and in paragraph (f) of this section are met. Failure to meet any of the conditions identified in these paragraphs shall constitute noncompliance.

(i) For all uncontrolled topcoats, all values of Hi and Ha(as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(c) and (d)) are less than or equal to 420 grams organic HAP per liter (3.5 lb/gal) of topcoat (less water) as applied, and all values of Gi and Ga (as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(e) and (f)) are less than or equal to 420 grams organic VOC per liter (3.5 lb/gal) of topcoat (less water and exempt solvents) as applied.

(ii) If a control device is used,

(A) The overall control system efficiency, Ek, as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(g) for control systems containing carbon adsorbers and in §63.750(h) for control systems with other control devices, is equal to or greater than 81% during the initial performance test and any subsequent performance test;

(B) If an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, the average combustion temperature for all 3-hour periods is greater than or equal to the average combustion temperature established under §63.751(b)(11); and

(C) If a catalytic incinerator is used, the average combustion temperatures for all 3-hour periods are greater than or equal to the average combustion temperatures established under §63.751(b)(12).

(iii)(A) Uses an application technique specified in §63.745 (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(viii); or

(B) Uses an alternative application technique, as allowed under §63.745(f)(1)(ix), such that the emissions of both organic HAP and VOC for the implementation period of the alternative application method are less than or equal to the emissions generated using HVLP or electrostatic spray application methods as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(i).

(iv) Operates all application techniques in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications or locally prepared operating procedures.

(e) Inorganic HAP emissions—primer and topcoat application operations. For each primer or topcoat application operation that emits inorganic HAP, the operation is in compliance when:

(1) It is operated according to the requirements specified in §63.745(g)(1) through (g)(3); and

(2) It is shut down immediately whenever the pressure drop or water flow rate is outside the limit(s) established for them and is not restarted until the pressure drop or water flow rate is returned within these limit(s), as required under §63.745(g)(3).

(f) Organic HAP emissions—Depainting operations—(1) Performance test periods. When using a control device other than a carbon adsorber, three 1-hour runs constitute the test period for the initial and any subsequent performance test. When a carbon adsorber is used, each rolling material balance period is considered a performance test. Each 24-hour period is considered a performance test period for determining compliance with §63.746(b)(1). For uncontrolled organic emissions from depainting operations, each calendar year is considered a performance test period for determining compliance with the HAP limits for organic HAP-containing chemical strippers used for spot stripping and decal removal.

(2) Initial performance tests. If a control device is used, each owner or operator shall conduct an initial performance test to demonstrate compliance with the overall reduction efficiency specified in §63.746(c), unless a waiver is obtained under either §63.7(e)(2)(iv) or §63.7(h). The initial performance test shall be conducted according to the procedures and test methods specified in §63.7 and §63.750(g) for carbon adsorbers and in §63.750(h) for control devices other than carbon adsorbers. For carbon adsorbers, the initial performance test shall be used to establish the appropriate rolling material balance period for determining compliance. The procedures in paragraphs (2)(i) through (2)(vi) of this section shall be used in determining initial compliance with the provisions of this subpart for carbon adsorbers.

(i)(A) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all the individual carbon adsorber vessels pursuant to §63.750(g)(2) or (4), the test shall consist of three separate runs, each coinciding with one or more complete sequences through the adsorption cycles of all of the individual carbon adsorber vessels.

(B) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each carbon adsorber vessel pursuant to §63.750(g) (3) or (4), each carbon adsorber vessel shall be tested individually. The test for each carbon adsorber vessel shall consist of three separate runs. Each run shall coincide with one or more complete adsorption cycles.

(ii) EPA Method 1 or 1A of appendix A of part 60 is used for sample and velocity traverses.

(iii) EPA Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of appendix A of part 60 is used for velocity and volumetric flow rates.

(iv) EPA Method 3 of appendix A of part 60 is used for gas analysis.

(v) EPA Method 4 of appendix A of part 60 is used for stack gas moisture.

(vi) EPA Methods 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 3, and 4 shall be performed, as applicable, at least twice during each test period.

(3) An organic HAP-containing chemical stripper depainting operation is considered in compliance when the conditions specified in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section are met.

(i) If a carbon adsorber (or other control device) is used, the overall control efficiency of the control system, as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(g) (or other control device as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(h)), is equal to or greater than 81% for control systems installed before the effective date, or equal to or greater than 95% for control systems installed on or after the effective date, during the initial performance test and all subsequent material balances (or performance tests, as appropriate).

(ii) For non-HAP depainting operations complying with §63.746(b)(1);

(A) For any spot stripping and decal removal, the value of C, as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(j), is less than or equal to 26 gallons of organic HAP-containing chemical stripper or 190 pounds of organic HAP per commercial aircraft depainted calculated on a yearly average; and is less than or equal to 50 gallons of organic HAP-containing chemical stripper or 365 pounds of organic HAP per military aircraft depainted calculated on a yearly average; and

(B) The requirements of §63.746(b)(2) are carried out during malfunctions of non-chemical based equipment.

(g) Inorganic HAP emissions—depainting operations. Each depainting operation is in compliance when:

(1) The operating requirements specified in §63.746(b)(4) are followed; and

(2) It is shut down immediately whenever the pressure drop or water flow rate is outside the limit(s) established for them and is not restarted until the pressure drop or water flow rate is returned within these limit(s), as required under §63.746(b)(4)(v).

(h) Chemical milling maskant application operations—(1) Performance test periods. For uncontrolled chemical milling maskants that are not averaged, each 24-hour period is considered a performance test. For compliant and noncompliant chemical milling maskants that are averaged together, each 30-day period is considered a performance test, unless the permitting agency specifies a shorter period as part of an ambient ozone control program. When using a control device other than a carbon adsorber, three 1-hour runs constitute the test period for the initial and any subsequent performance test. When a carbon adsorber is used, each rolling material balance period is considered a performance test.

(2) Initial performance tests. If a control device is used, each owner or operator shall conduct an initial performance test to demonstrate compliance with the overall reduction efficiency specified in §63.747(d), unless a waiver is obtained under either §63.7(e)(2)(iv) or §63.7(h). The initial performance test shall be conducted according to the procedures and test methods specified in §63.7 and §63.750(g) for carbon adsorbers and in §63.750(h) for control devices other than carbon adsorbers. For carbon adsorbers, the initial performance test shall be used to establish the appropriate rolling material balance period for determining compliance. The procedures in paragraphs (h)(2) (i) through (vi) of this section shall be used in determining initial compliance with the provisions of this subpart for carbon adsorbers.

(i)(A) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all the individual carbon adsorber vessels pursuant to §63.750(g) (2) or (4), the test shall consist of three separate runs, each coinciding with one or more complete sequences through the adsorption cycles of all of the individual carbon adsorber vessels.

(B) When either EPA Method 18 or EPA Method 25A is to be used in the determination of the efficiency of a fixed-bed carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each carbon adsorber vessel pursuant to §63.750(g) (3) or (4), each carbon adsorber vessel shall be tested individually. The test for each carbon adsorber vessel shall consist of three separate runs. Each run shall coincide with one or more complete adsorption cycles.

(ii) EPA Method 1 or 1A of appendix A of part 60 is used for sample and velocity traverses.

(iii) EPA Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of appendix A of part 60 is used for velocity and volumetric flow rates.

(iv) EPA Method 3 of appendix A of part 60 is used for gas analysis.

(v) EPA Method 4 of appendix A of part 60 is used for stack gas moisture.

(vi) EPA Methods 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 3, and 4 shall be performed, as applicable, at least twice during each test period.

(3) The chemical milling maskant application operation is considered in compliance when the conditions specified in paragraphs (i)(3)(i) and (i)(3)(ii) of this section are met.

(i) For all uncontrolled chemical milling maskants, all values of Hi and Ha (as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750 (k) and (l)) are less than or equal to 622 grams of organic HAP per liter (5.2 lb/gal) of Type I chemical milling maskant as applied (less water), and 160 grams of organic HAP per liter (1.3 lb/gal) of Type II chemical milling maskant as applied (less water). All values of Gi and Ga (as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750 (m) and (n)) are less than or equal to 622 grams of VOC per liter (5.2 lb/gal) of Type I chemical milling maskant as applied (less water and exempt solvents), and 160 grams of VOC per liter (1.3 lb/gal) of Type II chemical milling maskant (less water and exempt solvents) as applied.

(ii) If a carbon adsorber (or other control device) is used, the overall control efficiency of the control system, as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(g) (or systems with other control devices as determined using the procedures specified in §63.750(h)), is equal to or greater than 81% during the initial performance test period and all subsequent material balances (or performance tests, as appropriate).

(i) Handling and storage of waste. For those wastes subject to this subpart, failure to comply with the requirements specified in §63.748 shall be c